Home

Motorola BSR 2000 Network Router User Manual

1. 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip mtu The ip mtu command configures the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU packet size allowed on the interface The no ip mtu command resets the default Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip mtu lt 638 4000 gt no ip mtu Command Syntax 68 4000 MTU size in bytes Command Default 1496 bytes 2 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip name server The ip name server command is used to enter the IP address of one or more Domain Name Servers DNS Up to six DNS can be configured on the BSR The no ip name server command deletes a DNS entry Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip name server lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt no ip name server lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D IP addresses of your DNS 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip proxy arp The ip proxy arp command enables proxy ARP on the interface The no ip proxy arp command disables proxy ARP on an interface Note If a host in the local network is incapable of responding to an ARP request for some reason the router will respond on behalf of the host when 7 proxy arp is enabled and the IP to MAC address mapping of the host is stored in the router with a static arp comman
2. Note Community Name Access Method is used predominantly with SNMP A 7 v1 and v2c Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server access lt WORD gt v1 v2c v3 noauth auth priv notify lt WORD gt match exact prefix prefix lt WORD gt read lt WORD gt notify write write lt WORD gt notify no snmp server access lt WORD gt v1 v2c v3 noauth auth priv prefix lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD SNMP group name vl access group using vl security model v2e access group using v2c security model v3 access group using v3 security model USM noauth no authentication auth authentication priv privacy 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 notify WORD specify a notify view name from 0 to 32 bits in length prefix WORD specify a prefix name from 0 to 32 bits in length match specify match parameters exact match exact prefix match prefix read WORD specify a read view name from 0 to 32 bits in length notify specify a notify view for this access group write specify a write view for this access group write WORD specify a write view name from 0 to 32 bits in length 3 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server chassis id The snmp server chassis id command specifies a new chassis ID to uniquely identify the SNMP server s chassis The no snmp server cha
3. cable upstream physical delay The CMTS physical delay function is used to specify the maximum round trip propagation delay between the CMTS and cable modems CMs The CMTS can optionally set the physical delay automatically The cable upstream physical delay command is used to set fixed or automatic physical delay parameters You can use the following options to adjust the physical delay function A single fixed time can be set for physical delay a Physical delay parameters can be configured so that they are adjusted automatically by the BSR when you specify the automatic option with a specified minimum and maximum microsecond range Ifyou do not want to specify a range for the automatic option select the automatic option only The no cable upstream physical delay command changes the physical delay setting back to the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt physical delay lt 0 1600 gt automatic lt 0 1600 gt lt 10 1600 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt physical delay lt 0 600 gt automatic lt 0 1600 gt lt 10 1600 gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 10 1600 Fixed physical delay in microseconds automatic Automatic physical delay in microseconds 11 92 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands 10 1600 Automatic minimum physical delay in microseconds the de
4. clear counters cable The clear counters cable clears counters for a cable interface Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear counters cable lt X Y gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Yis the CMTS port number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 119 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 codes subframe The codes subframe command specifies the sub frame size for an S CDMA channel type The sub frame size establishes the boundaries over which interleaving is accomplished Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage codes subframe lt 28 gt no codes subframe lt 2S gt Command Syntax 1 128 the sub frame size 11 120 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands collect interval The collect interval command configures the interval rate at which data collection is performed by the spectrum manager Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage collect interval lt 60 65535 gt Command Syntax 60 65535 The time interval in seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 121 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 collect resolution The collect resolution command is used to configure the frequency resolution rate that the spectrum manager performs Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage collect resolution lt 200000
5. snmp server host The snmp server host command configures the SNMP agent to send notifications to a remote host You configure an SNMP inform or trap host with the snmp server host command by specifying the receiver of specific inform or trap types All informs or raps are sent if one is not specified Each time the snmp server host command is used one host acting as a inform or trap recipient is configured The no snmp server host clears the host recipient from receiving SNMP notification activity Note A maximum of 40 remote hosts can be specified with the snmp server host command Note If the community string is not defined using snmp server community command prior to using the snmp server host command the default form of the snmp server community command is automatically inserted into the configuration The password community string used for this default configuration is the same as that specified in the snmp server host command f y When removing an SNMP trap host from the trap host list with the no snmp server host command the community name that is specified in the command must exist If the community name does not exist the command will fail Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server host lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt informs lt WORD gt version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv traps lt WORD gt version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv
6. Command Default 200 14 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands admitted bw threshold The admitted bw threshold command specifies the amount of admitted bandwidth in percentage for a service class on an interface If this bandwidth threshold is exceeded an event will be generated The no admitted bw threshold command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage admitted bw threshold lt WORD gt lt 0 100 gt no admitted bw threshold lt WORD gt lt 0 100 Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 100 the percentage of admitted bandwidth Command Default 0 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 allow share The allow share command provides the ability to share bandwidth between different service level classes Enabling bandwidth sharing allows the bandwidth of a service level class to be used as a bandwidth pool that can be shared by multiple service level classes Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage allow share lt WORD gt lt 0 1 gt no allow share lt WORD gt lt 0 1 gt Command Syntax WORD the name of the service class 0 disables bandwidth sharing 1 enables bandwidth sharing Command Default Disabled for every service class 14 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Re
7. Displays SNMP chassis id information Displays information about configured SNMP communities Displays SNMP system contact information from the MIB object sysContact Displays SNMPv3 context information from the MIB object sysContext Display SNMP system description from MIB object sysDescr Displays the local and remote SNMPv3 engines that were configured on the BSR Displays SNMPv3 groups Displays the hosts configured to receive SNMP notifications both SNMP Traps and Informs Displays SNMP system location information from the sysLocation MIB object Displays the maximum SNMP packet size that the SNMP agent can send and receive The maximum packet size is 484 17940 bytes Displays the UDP port number on which the SNMP agent is configured Displays the system information from the sysName MIB object 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 traps users view Displays a list of SNMP traps Displays a list of configured SNMPv3 users stored in the SNMP group username table and their associated access privileges such as engineID and security level Displays the SNMPv3 view name and the object identifier subtrees associated with it 3 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server access The snmp server access command defines access policy information The no snmp server access command clears the SNMP access policies
8. Group Access Command Command All Mode All modes except User EXEC Line Usage show cable modem lt mac gt phy begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem lt mac gt phy count count only lt WORD gt show cable modem phy lt X Y gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem phy lt X Y gt count count only lt WORD gt Command Syntax mac the cable modem s MAC address X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string count count the number of outputted lines 11 192 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 193 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem registered The show cable modem registered command displays the following information about registered cable modems Interface cable modem interface with active connection Prim Sid Primary Service Identifier number Connect State describes the connectivity state of a cable modem The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states
9. Sv Logging Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage the number of times the EVT has occurred since the count was last reset the severity level of the event in order of increasing severity the abbreviations are D Debug I Informational N Notice W Warning E Error C Critical A Alert E Emergency indicates to which logging subsystems EVT messages are forwarded L Local log file T Trap to SNMP S SYSLOG C Console show evt lt NUM gt lt WORD gt lt range gt 1 112 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands Command Syntax NUM WORD range this is always 0 for the BSR 2000 the name of an EVT group refer to Table 1 2 specific EVTs in the specified EVT group such as 1 5 8 13 An asterisk displays all EVTs including EVTs with a count of 0 for a specific EVT group or individual EVT 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 113 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table 1 2 EVT Event Subsystems memchk Memory Check drmr DOCSIS Redundancy accdhe ACC DHCP net Network Manager SRM reg REG ipevt IP Event System swr Switched Reload range Range tpt Testpoint Facility tacacs TACACS dpm Data Path Mapping arp ARP vrfmgr VRF Manager dra DOCSIS Redundancy rpt a eee ipsec IPSEC Agent as Ti iia sys SYS UTIL ubsha Upstream Scheduler RTR 1cp snmpa SNMP Agent ubsbst Upstream Scheduler Burst aa e dsgm
10. The cable upstream codes minislot command specifies the number of active codes allowed for each minislot on an S CDMA channel The number active codes allowed for each minislot determines the minislot capacity and sets the granularity of the upstream grants Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt X Y gt codes minislot lt 2 32 gt no cable upstream lt X Y gt codes minislot lt 2 32 gt Command Syntax X Y the upstream port and logical channel number 0 3 2 32 the number of codes allowed per minislot 11 74 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream concatenation The cable upstream concatenation command enables CMTS concatenation capabilities The no cable upstream concatenation command disables CMTS concatenation capabilities Note Concatenation must be enabled globally with the cable upstream concatenation command before any setting specified with the cable M 7 concatenation command is valid Once concatenation is enabled globally the cable concatenation command will enable or disable concatentation for DOCSIS 1 0 and 1 1 cable modems only and concatenation will always be enabled for DOCSIS 2 0 cable modems regardless of any setting specified with this command Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt concatenation
11. cable downstream trap enable rdn The cable downstream trap enable rdn command enables the rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap for a downstream channel The rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should be generated The no cable downstream trap enable rdn command disables the rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 0 gt trap enable rdn no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt trap enable rdn Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number Command Default Disabled 11 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable flap list aging The cable flap list aging command specifies the cable flap list aging in terms of maximum number of minutes a cable modem is kept in the flap list Use the no cable flap list aging command to disable cable flap list aging Use this command to keep track of cable modem mac address upstream and downstream traffic for every cable modem having communication problems Problems can be detected when the cable is inactive This command will show cable modem registration events missed ranging packets upstream power adjustments and the CMTS physical interface Monitoring the flap list can not affect cable modem communications The user can get the following information with the cable flap list aging number of days command Upstream performance d
12. no cable upstream lt NUM gt concatenation Command Syntax NUM the upstream port number Command Default Enabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 75 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream data backoff Use the cable upstream data backoff command sets data back off value to assign automatic or fixed start and stop values The no cable upstream data backoff command returns to the default data back off value Ww Note The automatic setting is recommended Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt data backoff lt 0 15 gt lt 0 15 gt automatic no cable upstream lt NUM gt data backoff lt 0 5 gt lt 0 15 gt automatic Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 0 15 Start of data backoff 0 15 End of data backoff automatic Automatic data backoff 11 76 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream description The cable upstream description command is used to specify descriptive information for a upstream port on the BSR This information is limited to 80 characters and single word descriptions are not allowed Use the characters _ or to separate words For example if a upstream port served a certain section of a city the MSO could assign the following description MOT config if cable upstream 0 description charlestown_1U Note The entered description can be seen
13. show cable modem cpe lt X Y gt upstream lt NUM gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem cpe lt X Y gt upstream lt NUM gt count count only Command Syntax mac the cable modem s MAC address X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number upstream NUM the upstream port number l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 176 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem detail The show cable modem detail command displays information for a SID assigned to a cable modem on a specific CMTS interface or a specific CM connected to a specific interface The QoS Profile the cable modem used for registration is displayed in the QoS Profile Index field The device type is displayed in the device type field CM cable modem eSTB embedded Set Top Box The following is typical output from the show cable modem detail command 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 177 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 CM Record index 1 Dump Psid 1 Config 0x2 Status regComplete BPI Enabled No MAC Address 0012 2503 52
14. 11 158 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands ping docsis The ping docsis command is used to ping a cable modem CM on the network at the MAC layer to determine if the CM is online by entering the CM s MAC or IP address When a DOCSIS ping is initiated the BSR sends a test packet downstream towards the CM to test its connection In most instances this command is used to determine if a particular CM is able to communicate at the MAC address layer when a cable modem has connectivity problems at the network layer For example if a CM is unable to register and obtain an IP address the ping DOCSIS command can help you determine if there are provisioning problems associated with the CM Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ping docsis lt mac gt lt prefix gt lt 1 100 gt Command Syntax mac The MAC address of the CM in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX prefix The IP address of the CM 1 100 The number of ping test packets to be sent to the cable modem 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 159 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 preamble length The preamble length command is used to specify the preamble length in bits The preamble length is used to define a synchronizing string of modulation symbols that is used to allow the receiver to find the phase and timing of the transmitted burst Group Access MSO Command M
15. A B C D the IP address for ARP table entry to be cleared 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear counters The clear counters command is used to clear a specific counter or all interface counters Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear counters ethernet lt X Y gt cable lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt ipsec loopback lt 1 64 gt Command Syntax cable X Y clears the cable counters for the specified slot and port ethernet X Y clears the Ethernet counters for the specified port X is always 0 Y is the port number gigaether X Y clears the Gigabit Ethernet counters for the specified port X is always 0 Y is the port number ipsec clears the IPSEC counters loopback 64 clears the loopback for the specified loopback interface number 2 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands clear host The clear host command deletes DNS host entries from the host name and address cache Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear host lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD deletes a specific DNS host entry i deletes all DNS host entries 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear ip route The clear ip route command deletes route table entries Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear
16. BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show host authorization The show host authorization command displays the host authorization enabled state and displays all cable host entries in the ARP authorization table The following screen output is displayed Device Type State Seconds Modem MAC Addr Host IP Addr Host MAC Addr Host Dyn Ack 90000 0008 0e72 b 70 150 31 43 3 0008 0e72 b 72 Modem Dyn Ack TD TF 90000 0008 0e72 b 70 150 31 42 2 0008 0e72 bf 70 Host Dyn Ack 90000 0008 0e73 1dba 150 31 43 2 0008 0e73 1dbc Modem Dyn Ack TD TF 90000 0008 0e73 1dba 150 31 42 3 0008 0e73 1dba Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show host authorization 2 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show host authorization cpe The show host authorization cpe command is used to display the dynamic or static ARP entries for CPEs only The following screen output is displayed Type Host IP Address Host MAC Address Dynamic 150 31 43 3 0008 0e72 bE 72 Dynamic 150 31 43 2 0008 0e73 1dbe Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show host authorization cpe leased static begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show host authorization cpe leased static count count only Command Syntax leased display dynamically configured host authorization entries static display static
17. BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip multicast interface The show ip multicast interface command is used to list the IP address multicast protocol PIM or IGMP and time to live TTL information that is associated with each multicast interface Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast interface lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D display information only for this interface address 10 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Multicast Commands show ip multicast oi fwd cache The show ip multicast oi fwd cache command is used to display multicast forwarding cache entries that have outgoing interfaces Ols Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast oi fwd cache 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip multicast no oi fwd cache The show ip multicast no oi fwd cache command is used to display multicast forwarding cache entries which have no outgoing interfaces OIs Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast no oi fwd cache 10 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Multicast Commands show ip multicast proto cache The show ip multicast proto cache command is used to display multicast protocol cache entries Group Access All Comma
18. Command Default debug ip tcp transactions Disabled debug ip udp Disabled debug ipsec ike Disabled debug ipsec ipsec Disabled debug ipsec sadb Disabled debug ipsec spd Disabled debug packet cable Disabled debug ppp fsm Disabled debug ppp packet Disabled debug radius debug snmp Disabled debug sntp debug specmgr debug ssh debug tacacs debug tacacs events debug task monitor Task Monitor is disabled delay interval 20 seconds for the SRM 5 seconds for all other modules mem switchover do both switch over then reboot and switch over registers no display suspend task no switchover reboot yes threshold interval 180 seconds threshold mem low 16000000 bytes 0 off threshold percent 99 percent idle trigger 10 percent num times 1 show debugging undebug all 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 5 Access List Commands Command Default access class in access list standard access list extended ip access group ip access list show access lists All access lists are displayed Table A 6 Routing Policy Commands Command Default default information originate Disabled default metric A built in automatic metric translation for each routing protocol ip local policy route map ip policy route map No policy routing match as path match com
19. Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network lt prefix gt lt A B C D gt no network lt prefix gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax prefix IP address of directly connected network A B C D PIM wild card bits 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 pim accept rp The pim accept rp command configures a router to accept only Join or Prune messages destined for a specified rendezvous point RP and for a specific list of groups The no pim accept rp command disables accepting only Join or Prune messages so that all Join and Prune messages are processed The group address must be in the range specified by the access list If no access list is provided the default is all class D group addresses When the address is one of the system s addresses the system will be the RP only for the specified group range specified by the access list When the group address is not in the group range the RP will not accept Join or Register messages and will respond immediately to Register messages with Register Stop messages Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage pim accept rp lt A B C D gt 1 99 no pim accept rp lt A B C D gt 1 99 Command Syntax A B C D The rendezvous point address of the RP allowed to send Join and Prune messages to groups in the range specified by the group access list 1 99 The access list number that defines wh
20. Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc flow phs lt X Y gt lt 1 4292967295 gt lt 1 65535 gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 1 4292967295 SFID 1 65535 Classifier identification 11 230 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable qos svc flow statistics The show cable gos svc flow statistics command is used to determine the number of dropped packets due to downstream rate limiting for a particular service flow The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc flow statistics command Interface index Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow Qos flow service service service service service service service service service service service Group Access All Command Mode id packets octets time created time active PHS unknowns policed drop packets policed delay packets class admit status admit restrict time All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage 294658 1 605 321040 12906 79778 0 0 0 DefRRUp Success 0 show cable qos svc flow statistics lt X Y gt lt 4292967295 gt Command Syntax X Y 1 4292967295 X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number SFID 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 231 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable qos svc flow summary The show cab
21. E E ONS UP A OSEE E ENDT E EE E E RO 11 6 cable dhep ciaddr primafyssssnroeranoiei e E 11 7 PADIe OMe at TAn only ecr O nace eee 11 8 cable domns eami CSET IOM siparisini iie irie i EE E ei Enea 11 9 cable downstream Trequeney assests coissnvnseiarasaniianies a EE R aE 11 10 pable downstream miterkeavede pii esorare ranoni aE TR a ARKE 11 12 cable downstream modulato ssiri aena ea EES E intone 11 14 cable downstream power level scsi cisncneierdsiernsaietitsdeniiniinkniidn mnie 11 15 cable downstream pre e NANO 15 id ctveisivassiieains claudia 11 16 cable Reais nT Tare PRN oi toca cece cae eink kstkd geananndbiamternelecebielgcabuniesanmnentuiaitnc 11 17 Ae Chea aN se I erna en aed EERE 11 18 fable downsiteain Sram DIET OM 10 acswsascestaper anes nest tin NE EAE EEEE 11 19 cable downstream Shit wrt ccscsvsecacveiidermicsentiassiiantsidenianavieuiainenalaenweinas 11 20 gable domnstisatn hreshold 1c c inin nine es 11 21 Cable downstream trap enable if st 2a 0 sacseced aseina ae n ara E aa EAE aAA EEES Et 11 23 pable dowosticam tan enab ledi ecaro ron krann aa ana Eara OE ene 11 24 alle ap Mt Ae ME arcane nai r a eee aD 11 25 cable flap list inserhon AME rosera ERE 11 27 able lapses thresh serna nee 11 28 XX MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 cable flap list percentage threshold Bee ee E ere E sse 11 29 eable flap hst power adjust threshold eserci N 11 30 ea a A E E N N A AE 11 31 cable flap list tra
22. Release 1 0 CMTS Commands bandwidth snmp out packets packets too big no such name errors bad values errors general errors response trap Group Access All Command Mode requiring the QoS for that modem Each time the modem connects to an upstream channel the value for the guaranteed upstream value increments by the QoS rate number of SNMP packets sent by the other router modem larger than maximum packet size sent by the router modem name errors non existent number undefinable MIB number of set requests that detail an invalid value for a MIB object number of requests failed due to some other error excluding a noSuchName error badValue error or any of the other specific errors number of responses number of traps sent All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interfaces cable lt X Y gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show interfaces cable lt X Y gt count count only 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 247 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines coun
23. The show logging reporting command displays the recording mechanism for logging messages based on their severity level The display output is in the format logging reporting lt severity gt lt logging location gt e g logging reporting alert local The following is an example of typical screen output from the show logging reporting command no logging control docsis logging logging logging logging logging logging logging logging reporting emergency local reporting alert local reporting critical local trap syslog reporting error local trap syslog reporting warning local trap syslog reporting notice local trap syslog reporting information all clear reporting debug all clear The following information is displayed Severity Levels and Descriptions emergency alert critical emergency conditions where the system is unusable reserved for vendor specific fatal hardware or software errors that prevents normal system operation and causes reporting system to reboot severity level 0 conditions where immediate action is needed a serious failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning severity level 1 critical conditions a serious failure that requires immediate attention and prevents the device from transmitting data but the system could recover without rebooting severity level 2 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 119 BSR 2000
24. WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 214 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modulation profile The show cable modulation profile command displays all configured modulation profiles on the BSR A modulation profile contains six burst profiles sent out in a UCD message to configure CM transmit parameters The following is typical screen output from the show cable modulation profile command Cable Modulation Profile 1 Si a a ala ea prades printen a SSeS Shiai Si penea a he SS totes ss 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 1 IUC Req Init Per Short Long Adv Adv Adv Maint Maint Data Data Short Long UGS Popes eeeesSsa faa a pressen pasene possess cats pasenes St as Modulation qpsk qpsk gpsk 16qam 16qam 64qam 64qam XXXX Diff Encoding OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF XXXX Preamble Len 64 128 128 384 384 120 120 XXXX FEC Err CRC 0 5 5 5 10 12 16 XXXX FEC CW Len 16 34 34 78 235 75 220 XXXX Scrambler Seed 338 338 338 338 338 338 338 XXXX Max Burst 0 0 0 8 0 6 0 XXXX Guard Time 8 48 48 8 8 8 8 XXXX Last Codeword FIXED FIXED FIXED SHORT SHORT SHORT SHORT XXXX Scrambler ON ON ON ON ON ON ON XXXX Intlv Depth 1 T 1 1 1 1 1 XXXX Intlv Blk Sz 1536 1536 1536 0 0 1536 1536 XXXX Preamble Type QPSKO QPSKO QPSKO NONE NONE QPSK1 QPSK1 XXXX SCDMA Spreader OFF OFF OFF O
25. WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 123 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show memory The show memory command displays the memory content of the starting address Use the show memory command to view information about memory available after the system image decompresses and loads Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show memory lt address gt lt 1 4294967295 gt byte end lt address gt long short information brief begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show memory lt address gt lt 1 4294967295 gt byte end lt address gt long short information brief count count only Command Syntax address the starting memory address expressed in hexadecimal notation 1 4294967295 the number of bytes to dump byte display in byte format end the ending memory address expressed in hexadecimal notation long display in long format short display in short format brief display only the summary information displays free memory statistics and a summary of memory usage l turns on output modifiers filters 1 124 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude fil
26. WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 73 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip bgp community The show ip bgp community command display routes that belong to specified BGP communities Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp community lt 4294967295 gt lt LINE gt exact match lt LINE gt expanded local AS no advertise no export begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp community lt 4294967295 gt lt LINE gt exact match lt LINE gt expanded local AS no advertise no export count count only Command Syntax 1 4294967295 the community number LINE an ordered list as a regular expression exact match display routes that have an exact match expanded extended access list format local AS do not advertise this route to peers outside of the local autonomous system no advertise do not advertise this route to any peer internal or external no export routes with this community are sent to peers in other sub autonomous systems within a confederation turns on output modifiers filters 12 74 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for outp
27. cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip arp lt A B C D gt lt H H H gt Hostname cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt count count only Command Syntax A B C D H H H Hostname cable X Y ethernet X Y gigaether X Y Displays entries matching IP address Displays entries showing a 48 bit MAC address Displays entries matching a hostname Cable interface ARP entries for a specified BSR slot and port number Ethernet interface ARP entries for a specified BSR port number X is 0 Y is the port number Gigabit Ethernet interface ARP entries for a specified BSR port number X is 0 Y is the port number turns on output modifiers filters 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 55 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 2 56 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show ip dhcp stats The show ip dhcp stats command displays DHCP server statistical information including memory usage counters and DHCP messages
28. em element number 16 24 em event disable mask 16 25 em event priority 16 26 em flag override 16 27 em max batch events 16 28 em max batch time 16 29 Index 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Index em qos descriptor disable 16 30 history size 1 50 em retry count 16 31 hop action band 11 136 em retry interval 16 32 hop action channel width 11 137 em shutdown 16 33 hop action frequency 11 138 em udp port 16 34 hop action modulation profile 11 139 enable 1 40 hop action power level 11 140 enable authentication radius 1 41 hop action roll back 11 142 enable password 1 42 hop period 11 143 enable rdn process 1 43 hop threshold flap 11 144 enable secret 1 44 host authorization 2 12 encapsulation snap 1 45 hostname 1 51 enforce cmts qos 14 10 erase 1 46 es 16 35 ike client addr 16 36 exit 1 47 ike phase1 16 37 ike phase2 16 38 F ike retries 16 39 fec codeword 11 129 ike timeout 16 40 fec correction 11 130 interface 2 14 fft display 11 131 interface cable 11 145 fft setup 11 132 interleaver block size 11 146 fft start 11 133 interleaver depth 11 147 fft store 11 134 interleaver step size 11 148 format 1 48 ip access group 2 15 5 12 ip access list 5 13 G ip address 2 16 11 149 graceful restart period 7 9 ip as path access list 12 21 grant interval 14 11 ip broadcast address 2 18 grant jitter 14 12 ip community list 12 22 grant size 14 13 ip dhep relay inform
29. mtdma scdma tdma 128qam 16qam 256qam 32qam 64qam 8qam qpsk lt 0 16 gt lt 6 253 gt fixed short lt 0 255 gt off on lt Ox0 0x7fff gt off on none qpsk0 qpsk1 lt 0 1536 gt lt 0 2048 gt lt 0 2048 gt lt 0 32 gt off on lt 0 28 gt off on 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 153 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 last codeword length The last codeword length command specifies fixed or shortened handling of FEC for last code word Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage last codeword length fixed shortened no last codeword length fixed shortened Command Syntax fixed fixed handling of FEC for last code word shortened shortened handling of FEC for last code word 11 154 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands load balancing static Static upstream load balancing evenly distributes cable modems across multiple upstream channels serving the same geographical community or Spectrum Group Load balancing is based on the cable modem count on each upstream channel Static load balancing means that the BSR will only attempt to move a cable modem to another upstream channel after the modem s registration process is complete The load balancing static command enables static load balancing for a Spectrum Group The no load balancing static command disables static load balancing
30. reload at lt hh mm gt lt LINE gt lt MONTH gt cancel fast in countdown lt LINE gt reason lt LINE gt Command Syntax at reloads at a specific time hh mm specific hour and minute to reload LINE text of the reason to reload MONTH name of the month cancel cancels a pending reload fast reloads the system immediately in reloads after a time interval countdown time interval in mm or hh mm reason specify a reason for reloading 1 102 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands repeat The repeat command repeats a command or series of commands Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage repeat lt NUM gt lt WORD gt lt lt WORD gt delay lt NUM gt lt WORD gt lt WORD gt Command Syntax NUM the number of times to repeat the command or series of commands WORD the command or series of commands delay NUM the delay in seconds between the execution of each command 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 103 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 service password encryption The service password encryption command enables password encryption The no service password encryption disables password encryption The service password encryption command will also encrypt previously specified passwords in the running config file that are currently unencrypted Note Once passwords appearing in the running configuration fil
31. s membership Report messages are also used by the host to join a new group Leave group messages are sent when the host wishes to leave the multicast group 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 9 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Applications that implement IGMP effectively eliminate multicast traffic on segments that are not destined to receive this traffic thus limiting the overall amount of traffic on the network IGMP Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IGMP commands supported by the BSR J2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IGMP Commands clear ip igmp counters The clear ip igmp counters command clears IGMP statistics counters on a specific router Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip igmp counters 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 9 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip igmp access group The ip igmp access group command controls multicast groups that hosts can join The no ip igmp access group command removes control and allows the hosts to join all groups Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp access group lt 99 gt lt 300 1999 gt no ip igmp access group lt 99 gt lt 300 1999 gt Command Syntax 1 99 standard access list 1300 1999 standard access list number expanded range Command Default any g
32. ssh keygen2 15 9 summary address 8 45 synchronization 12 88 T tacacs server host 1 153 tacacs server key 1 155 tacacs server port 1 156 tacacs server reset connections 1 157 tacacs server retry 1 158 tacacs server timeout 1 159 tem encoding on 11 270 telnet 1 160 telnet authentication radius 1 161 telnet session limit 1 162 time band 11 271 time delete 11 272 timers basic 7 28 timers bgp 12 89 timers spf 8 46 tos overwrite 14 33 traceroute 2 81 trafpriority 14 34 trap enable if 2 83 trap enable rdn 2 84 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI Index 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 U undebug all 4 48 update fpga 1 163 username 1 164 username privilege 1 166 username user group 1 167 V version 7 30 Index 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Visit our website at www motorola com MOTOROLA 526363 001 00 Rev B 2 06 MGBI
33. total errors preventing upstream transmission of packets packets received that were generated using a protocol unknown to the BSR 2000 the average percentage of upstream channel utilization total packets received through the upstream interface with no errors active or inactive cable modems on this upstream channel the associated Spectrum Group name The following is an example of typical screen output from the show interfaces cable upstream command 11 254 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Cable 0 1 Upstream 1 is up Received 0 broadcasts 0 discarded 0 errors 0 multicasts 0 unicasts 0 unknown protocol Avg upstream channel utilization 0 0 packets input Total Modems On This Upstream Channel 0 Spectrum Group Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interfaces cable lt X Y gt upstream lt NUM gt signal quality spectrum lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt stats begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show interfaces cable lt X Y gt upstream lt NUM gt signal quality spectrum lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt S000000 42000000 gt stats count count only Command Syntax X Y NUM signal quality spectrum 5000000 42000000 5000000 42000000 stats X is 0 Y is the port number the upstream channel number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 display signal qu
34. 1 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands encapsulation snap The encapsulation snap command specifies SNAP as the encapsulation method for Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces The SNAP encapsulation method as specified in RFC 1042 allows Ethernet protocols to run on the IEEE 802 2 media The no encapsulation snap command returns the interface encapsulation method to the default method which is ARPA Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet notifies only Command Line Usage encapsulation snap no encapsulation snap 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 45 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 erase The erase command erases a file system stored in Flash memory or NVRAM or the contents of the startup configuration file Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage erase flash nvram startup config Command Syntax flash erase all files in Flash memory nvram erase all files in NVRAM startup config erase the startup configuration file 1 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands exit The exit command used from the Router Configuration Interface Configuration and Global Configuration modes accesses the previous command mode in the command mode hierarchy For example using the exit command in Interface Configuration mode accesses Glo
35. 10 IP Multicast Commands Introduction This chapter describes the IP Multicast Protocol commands used with the BSR This chapter contains the following sections on the Multicast Routing Table Manager MRTM and Multicast Forwarding Manager MFM protocols MRTM Command Descriptions a MFM Command Descriptions MRTM Command Descriptions Unlike traditional Internet traffic that requires separate connections for each source destination pair IP Multicasting allows many recipients to share the same source The IP Multicast protocol sends data to distributed servers on the multicast backbone and MRTM allows different IP protocols to work together on the same router This means that just one set of packets is transmitted for all destinations MRTM also manages Multicast Open Shortest Path First MOSPF and provides multicast routing support for Resource Reservation Protocol RSVP For large amounts of data IP Multicast is more efficient than normal Internet transmissions because the server can broadcast a message to many recipients simultaneously This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MRTM IP multicast commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip mroute The ip mroute command configures an IP multicast static route The no ip mroute command removes the configuration of an IP multicast static route Group Access ISP Command Mode
36. 11 188 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem offline The show cable modem offline command provides the following information about cable modems that are offline Interface cable modem interface with active connection Prim Sid Primary Service Identifier number Mac address cable modem Media Access Control layer address DeRegistration Timestamp the time at which the modem deregistered in month date hh mm ss format lastTxBytes the size of the last transmitted data lastRxBytes the size of the last received data Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem offline lt 0 0 gt lt X Y gt lt mac gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem offline lt 0 0 gt lt X Y gt lt mac gt count count only Command Syntax 0 0 This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number mac the cable modem MAC address turns on output modifiers filters 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 189 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 begin exclude include WORD count count only filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines
37. A B C D OSPF area ID in IP address format 0 65535 Outgoing OSPF cost metric for packets sent from an interface which is an unsigned 16 bit integer from 0 to 65535 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 area nssa Use the area nssa command to configure an area as a Not So Stubby Area NSSA The no nssa command removes the NSSA configuration of an area Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt nssa default information originate no redistribution no summary no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt nssa default information originate no redistribution no summary no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 OSPF area ID number in decimal format A B C D OSPF area ID in IP address format default information originate Originates a Type 7 default into the NSSA area on an NSSA Area Border Router ABR only no redistribution When router is NSSA ABR the redistribute command imports routes into normal areas but not into the NSSA area no summary Does not send summary LSAs into NSSA Command Default No NSSA area is defined 8 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands area range Use the area range command to consolidate routes for an Area Border Router ABR only by advertising a single summary route that is advertised f
38. Als u dit symbool op een Motorola product ziet gooi het dan niet bij het huishoudelijk afval of het bedrijfsafval Uw Motorola materiaal recycleren Gooi dit product niet bij het huishoudelijk afval het of bedrijfsafval In sommige landen of regio s zoals de Eu ropese Unie zijn er bepaalde systemen om elektrische of elektronische afvalproducten in te zamelen en te recycleren Neem contact op met de plaatselijke overheid voor informatie over de geldende regels in uw re gio Indien er geen systemen bestaan neemt u contact op met de klantendienst van Motorola Pt Bx x Var r dd om milj n genom tervinning N r du ser den h r symbolen p en av Motorolas produkter ska du inte kasta produkten tillsammans med det vanliga avfallet tervinning av din Motorola utrustning Kasta inte denna produkt tillsammans med det vanliga avfallet Vissa l nder eller regioner som t ex EU har satt upp ett system f r insamling och tervinning av el och elektronikavfall Kontakta dina lokala myndigheter f r information om vilka regler som g ller i din region Om det inte finns n got insamlingssystem ska du kon takta Motorolas kundtj nst f r hj lp jrahasznos t ssal a k rnyezet v delm rt Ha ezt a jelz st l tja egy Motorola term ken ne dobja ki azt lakoss gi vagy ipari hullad kba Motorola term k nek jrahasznos t sa K rj k ne dobja ki ezt a term ket lakoss gi vagy ipari hullad kba Egyes orsz gok ill r gi
39. B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands begin exclude include WORD count count only turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 141 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show startup config The show startup config command displays the contents of the system startup configuration file Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show startup config begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show startup config count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 1 142 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show stats summary error The show stats summary error command displays FEC error counts and ratios The following is an exa
40. B MGBI 4 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip udp The debug ip udp command displays UDP based transactions The debug output shows whether packets are being received from the host The no debug ip udp command turns off UDP debugging Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip udp dhcp lt mac gt no debug ip udp dhep lt mac gt Command Syntax dhep display Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP packet information mac client hardware MAC address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX Command Default Disabled 4 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ipsec ike The debug ipsec ike command turns on IKE debugging and prints IKE debug messages to the console The debug ipsec ike command without additional arguments turns on all IKE debugging The no debug ipsec ike command turns IKE debugging off IKE debugging must be re enabled after a power cycle or reload Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ipsec ike chan agent del msg info msg key exg main quick no debug ipsec ike chan agent del msg info msg key exg main quick Command Syntax chan agent print channel agent debugging del msg print del message debugging info msg print informational debugging key exg print key exchange debugging main print main mode debugging quick print quic
41. Command Syntax 2 4094 the VLAN ID if omitted all VLAN counters are cleared 17 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 VLAN Tagging Commands encapsulation dotigq The encapsulation dot1q command configures tagged routing on a bridge trunk port This means that all layer 3 packets routed by the BSR that egress the port are tagged with a particular 802 1Q VLAN ID tag The no encapsulation dot1q disables VLAN tagged routing Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage encapsulation dotlgq lt 2 4094 gt no encapsulation dotlq lt 2 4094 gt Command Syntax 2 4094 the VLAN ID for routed traffic Note VLAN ID 1 is reserved for use by the attached Layer 2 switch router for management purposes and as the default native VLAN for that equipment A 7 VLAN ID 1 may not be configured on the BSR for Ethernet port tagged routing or for cable modem Layer 2 bridging The encapsulation dot1q command can be used only if bridge mode trunk has already been entered on the interface with the bridge mode trunk command 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 17 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show bridge vlan The show bridge vlan command displays bridge VLAN statistics including associated bridging cable modems and receive and transmit counts The following is typical screen output from the show bridge vlan command Selected Network Bridge Port ethernet 0 0 Vlan CM 2 0000 00
42. Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage load balancing static no load balancing static Command Default Disabled Note The load balancing static command cannot move cable modems LY registered with a TLV type 2 To move cable modems registered with a TLV type 2 you must use the cable modem ucc command 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 155 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 max burst The max burst command is used to specify the maximum burst length in minislots The maximum burst length is used to determine the breakpoint between packets that use the short data grant burst profile and packets that use the long data grant burst profile If the required upstream time to transmit a packet is greater than this value the long data grant burst profile is used If the time is less than or equal to this value the short data grant burst profile is used Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage max burst lt 0 255 gt no max burst lt 0 255 gt Command Syntax 0 255 the maximum burst value in minislots 11 156 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands modulation type The modulation type command specifies the digital frequency modulation technique used in a modulation profile Quadrature Phase Shift Keying QPSK is a digital frequency modulation technique is used primarily for sending data from the cable subs
43. Modulation Profile Configuration Mode provides a series of modulation profile commands that allow an MSO to create or modify a modulation profile Warning Motorola does not recommend modification of modulation profile parameters without a thorough understanding of modulation changes and DOCSIS interface specifications Modulation profile parameters will affect the physical layer and may cause disruption or degradation of services pre configured modulation profiles To view the configuration of these profiles use the show cable modulation profile command Note Modulation profiles 1 4 101 116 201 205 and 301 310 are Motorola recommends that user created modulation profiles use the numbering range of 401 600 to ensure better future portability For a complete list and configuration of all 23 pre defined modulation profiles refer to Appendix A Pre Defined Modulation Profiles in the BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide For guidelines on modifying modulation profile parameters refer to Appendix B Understanding and Modifying Modulation Profiles in the BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable modulation profile lt 600 gt a long a short a ugs cable modulation profile lt 600 gt initial long request short station lt 0 10 gt lt 16 253 gt lt 0 255 gt 16qam qpsk scrambler no scrambler lt 0x0000
44. Ox7fff gt diff no diff lt 64 256 gt fixed shortened 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 51 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 no cable modulation profile lt 600 gt a long a short a ugs no cable modulation profile lt 600 gt initial long request short station lt 0 10 gt lt 16 253 gt lt 0 255 gt 16qam qpsk scrambler no scrambler lt 0x0000 Ox7fff gt diff no diff lt 64 256 gt fixed shortened Command Syntax 1 600 specify a modulation profile number and enter Modulation Profile Configuration Mode for that modulation profile the default IUC submode is request a long enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode a long IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number for configuring the advanced PHY long data grant a short enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode a short IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number for configuring the advanced PHY short data grant a ugs enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode a ugs IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number for configuring the Unsolicited Grant Service initial enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode initial IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number for configuring the Initial Ranging Burst long enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode long IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number f
45. S W Motorola pethL AA Maul wore th ARKEN o HEM Motorola WK NERA AEA i LT EIA EET TPES UU EN CARVE ICME SS AU SG Re FR LG HHUA SRE A RIT CH HSE AS fhe BNR HMA NZ IMIR AR ABOE Motorola FURS LAER A TEER Rial S EAR SIVES LA Motorola ERE MAUER RREAN E EE Motorola aS HRA WAER KARRADAN EE Hee Rz H AEG iis a fy EP E HRATT A Fa LAE o PAPEI em RRE E E Motorola AR ania RAEE E y UERR EA RETEHO RE IET A i BRT IHKA A TE a E E Aage B83 aSk Motorola aAA o EAA le Be WAE AAS HE VAS Aler aA AAA nAAL Motorola 1799 yas ol AS 7S EE Ae AE PA ela AAL RAA Be ee Sp EE gaas A7 2 ay ws SHS eaa Aaga Aado HHI aao He AMS gy HPT Aae 72 Aago EAA gE BE mee wo Aa Motorola IAAJARS AHAL x Contents Preface TOL See RE eee Ee Pere RET ETE oer MERE ET PLE EE ere re ne EPT AN OAE one terre rere xxxiii Audicien A oe A ee iaeeaanertaad xxxiii Dotun o We ieie eE EIAN E RAER XXXIIl Mas Jeo E E eee EE EAA AA TE MERE ECO PER AAE TE E A renee cee men Erementar seer ET tre XXXV Wates Cautions ANI aie cas ce nse acces onions ee tale eo ea XXXVI T Vou Need Help agneke SERTE EE S REESS XXXVI 1 System Administration Commands SELEPE INEM E 1 AIEN E E E A A pases Oso Ware
46. The match commands specify the match criteria which are the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current set metric type command The set commands specify the set actions the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met The no set metric type command deletes the route map Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map configuration Command Line Usage set metric type internal external type 1 type 2 no set metric type internal external type 1 type 2 Command Syntax internal internal metric external external metric type 1 OSPF external type 1 metric type 2 OSPF external type 2 metric Command Default Disabled 12 66 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands set origin The set origin command configures the conditions for redistributing routes from any protocol to any protocol The no set origin command deletes the BGP origin code When the set origin command configures redistributing routes from any protocol to any protocol any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set origin egp igp incomplete no set origin egp igp incomplete Command Syntax egp remote EGP igp local IGP incomplete unknown heritage 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 67 BSR 2000 Command Reference
47. The downstream port is disabled by default Use the no cable downstream shutdown command to enable the downstream port after the required downstream parameters are configured for the BSR The downstream port is not active for data transmission until it is enabled Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 0 gt shutdown no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt shutdown Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number Command Default The downstream port on the cable interface is disabled or shut down by default 11 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable downstream threshold The cable downstream threshold command specifies downstream channel upper and lower queue thresholds This command allows an operator to configure back pressure parameters for various applications For example if the BSR is running both a time critical application such as Voice Over IP and best effort service the cable downstream threshold command guarantees that the downstream scheduler can only release bandwidth within a certain specified range to the downstream channel When a higher priority VOIP packet arrives the VOIP packet will move ahead of the previously queued downstream non VOIP data Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt NUM gt threshold byte lt 500 65535 gt lt 500
48. The no maximum paths command changes or cancels the number of maximum paths Group Access RESTRICTED Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage maximum paths lt 2 gt no maximum paths Command Syntax 1 2 the maximum number of parallel routes 7 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands network The RIP version of the network command enables networks for the routing process The no network command disables networks for the RIP routing process Note If a network with RIP is not specified the system does not advertise A 7 the network in any RIP routes Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt no network lt A B C D lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D IP address of directly connected networks A B C D associated IP address of the removed routes subnet mask 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI Toad BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 offset list The offset list command adds an offset to incoming and outgoing metrics to routes learned via RIP The offset value is added to the routing metric An offset list with an interface slot port is considered extended and takes precedence over an offset list that is not extended The no offset list command removes the offset for incoming and outgoing metrics to routes learned via RIP Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Com
49. WORD count count only Shows all joins prunes towards this neighbor PIM Rendezvous Point RP information IP group address show group to RP mappings RP to be chosen based on group selected information unresolved groups information turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 15 14 Service Class Commands Introduction Service levels provide a means of defining service flows with specific QoS parameters such as maximum minimum or reserved traffic rates priority and service scheduling types and binding them to a named service class The concept of maximum assigned bandwidth in the context of a service class provides a means for controlling the amount of bandwidth that a particular service class can use on an interface This allows a user to configure levels of service to support applications with specific bandwidth and priority requirements such as voice video and data and to further permit users to provide differentiated levels of service Admission control is an authorization mechanism that provides a method of controlling the admission of service flows belonging to specific service classes on individ
50. You must configure a primary IP address before configuring a secondary IP address Note The BSR supports 128 secondary IP subnets per cable bundle The maximum number of IP subnets that can be configured on the BSR chassis is 1024 f amp Group Access System Administrator 2 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands Command Mode Interface Configuration cable or loopback interfaces only Command Line Usage ip address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt secondary host mta isp bind lt A B C D gt no ip address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt secondary host mta isp bind lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D A B C D secondary host mta isp bind A B C D the IP address the subnetwork mask for the IP address the BSR supports up to a 30 bit subnetwork IP address mask designates the specified IP address as a secondary IP address on a cable interface defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into host DHCP requests defines the IP address for the cable interface as the giaddr for host DHCP requests on the cable interface defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into host DHCP requests this option is only available on the cable interface defines the IP address for the cable interface as the giaddr for all MTA DHCP requests on the cable interface defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into MTA DHCP requ
51. k mint az Eur pai Uni is m r kialak tott k az elektronikai hullad kok begy jt s nek rendszer t L pjen kapcsolatba a helyi hat s gokkal a lak hely n alkalmazott gyakorlattal kapcsolatos inform ci rt Amennyiben gydjt rendszer nem el rhet h vja a Motorola gyf lszolg latot seg ts g rt Kujdesja per ambientin rrethues me ane te perdorimit te perseritur Neqoftese shikoni kete simbol ne produktin Motorola mos e hidhni tej produktin duke prishur keshtu ambi entin e duke shkaktuar humbje komerciale Perdorimi i perseritur i pajisjeve Motorola Ju lutemi te mos e hidhni tej kete produkt duke shkaktuar prishjen e ambientit dhe humbje komerciale Disa vende e regjione te tilla si Bashkimi Europjan kane krijuar rrjetin e grumbullimit dhe perdorimit serish te de tajeve elektrike dhe elektronike te panevojshme Lidhuni me autoritetet tuaja lokale per te marr vesh si ve prohet ne regjionin tuaj Neqoftese nje rrjet i tille nuk ekziston drejtojuni per ndihme Sherbimit te Motorolas per lidhje me bleresit VIR A NAZ E SRE Rae E pE FAIS S DISA SI CWSI ih AE E ERRE amp LTU LEWES FE SW thU PTREOUY TZN ABS Hi ih 22 BEE Te EP SEED L UCAS LAW CS BAY REA Ze OOH SE ele Humic Eo Td BAW BTMRRWEWER LOUVAIN AY AFAROVETF BREW O Hk CRY BTV STEICOW COMBI HOT AIBIRICBIV A DPE KAY EY AF ADRVGA Ehua 7 HAAZ ER ETRS DUKES ERAH fear epg
52. neighbor ebgp multihop neighbor filter list Disabled A 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 12 BGP Commands Command Default neighbor maximum prefix Disabled Threshold default 75 neighbor next hop self Disabled neighbor password Disabled neighbor peer group assigning members neighbor peer group creating neighbor remote as neighbor remove private as No removal neighbor route map neighbor route reflector client neighbor send community neighbor shutdown neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound No storage neighbor timers keepalive 60 seconds hold time 180 seconds neighbor update source loopback Best local address neighbor weight learned routes 0 routes sourced by local router 32768 network redistribute Disabled router bgp route map set as path prepend set comm list set community set local preference set metric type Disabled set origin set tag If not specified tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol 526363 001 00 Rev B A 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 12 BGP Commands Command Default set ip next hop Disabled set weight show ip bgp show ip bgp cidr only show ip bgp community show ip bgp community list show ip bgp dampened paths show ip bgp fla
53. rules soft reconfiguration inbound updates information about peers trying to make a connection select the peer from which inbound to display inbound connections access list number access list number expanded range BGP keepalives incoming information outgoing information displays contents of messages display contents of KEEPALIVE messages display contents of NOTIFY messages display contents of OPEN messages display contents of any other messagesd display contents of ROUTE REFRESH messages display contents of UPDATE messages BGP notification messages display an explanation of the treatment of update messages process clear ip bgp soft in updates generates per update messages 4 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ip icmp The debug ip icmp command displays Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP information exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network The no debug ip icmp turns off ICMP debugging Use the debug ip icmp command to determine whether the BSR is sending or receiving ICMP messages Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip icmp no debug ip icmp Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip igmp The debug ip igmp command displays all Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP packets and all IGMP host rel
54. ssh keygen2 bits 1024 hostkeyfile nvram hostkey type dsa ssh load host key files hostkey hostkey pub ssh logout session id 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 15 Secure Shell Server Commands Command Default ssh message authentication any ssh password authentication radius ssh password guesses 3 ssh port 22 ssh session limit 8 simultaneous SSH sessions ssh timeout 5 minutes Table A 16 PacketCable Commands Command Default cable dynamic service authorization mode cable dynamic service active timeout 0 timer is disabled clear configuration clear counters ipsec clear packet cable cops clear packet cable gate clear packet cable statistics cmts ip Any CMTS IP address dqos client timer 3000 milliseconds dqos cms ip Any CMS IP address dqos cops trap enable Disabled dqos emergency trap enable Disabled dqos pepid Motorola CMTS dqos res req trap enable Disabled dqos shutdown Disabled dqos t0 t1 timer t0 timer 30 t1 timer 250 em element number 0 A 30 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 16 PacketCable Commands Command Default em event disable mask 0x00000000 em event priority 128 em flag override Disabled em max batch events 6 em max bat
55. the default Use the cable shared secondary secret command to authenticate the cable modem such that all cable modems must return a text string to register for access to the network If the no cable shared secondary secret command is enabled on the CMTS secret key checking is not available on any cable modem If shared secondary secret is configured on CMTS cable modems have to use the secret key obtained from the CM configuration files obtained from the TFTP server Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable shared secondary secret 0 lt string gt 7 lt hex dump string gt lt string gt no cable shared secondary secret 0 lt string gt 7 lt hex dump string gt lt string gt Command Syntax 0 Specifies an UNENCRYPTED key will follow 7 Specifies an ENCRYPTED key will follow hex dump string The authentication key in hex number format string The authentication key enclosed with double quotes if the key contains spaces The and characters must not be used Command Default null string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 67 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable spectrum group The cable spectrum group command is used to create a cable spectrum group and enter Cable Spectrum Group mode in which to configure a cable spectrum group All of the cable spectrum parameters are configured from Cable Spectrum Group mode Group Access MSO Command Mode Gl
56. 0 start stop stop only wait start local none radius tacacs sends a start accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a stop accounting notice at the end of a process the requested user process begins regardless of whether the start accounting notice was received by the accounting server sends a stop accounting notice at the end of the requested user process does not send a start accounting request at the start of the process sends a start accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a stop accounting notice at the end of a process the requested user process does not begin until the start accounting notice is received by the server local database to be used as the accounting method no method is specified as the accounting method RADIUS to be used as the accounting method TACACS to be used as the accounting method 1 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands aaa accounting exec default The aaa accounting exec default command enables terminal session accounting on the BSR Enabling terminal session accounting provides resource usage data for a specified terminal session and creates a default list of methods used for accounting services The no aaa accounting exec command disables terminal session accounting Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa accounting exec none start
57. 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands clear log The clear log command deletes buffered log data Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear log 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clock set The clock set command sets the system clock Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clock set lt hh mm ss gt lt 1 31 gt lt MONTH gt lt MONTH gt lt 1 31 gt lt 2000 2035 gt Command Syntax hh mm ss 1 31 MONTH 2000 2035 current time in 24 hour format numeric notation for the current day three letter abbreviated name of the current month numeric notation for the current year 1 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands clock timezone The clock timezone command allows you to set the time zone for the system The no clock timezone command changes the system time to Universal Time Coordinated UTC Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage clock timezone lt WORD gt lt Hours_offset gt lt Minute_offset gt daylightsavings on off no clock timezone Note The daylightsavings option has no effect on the setting of time on the BSR It is present only to satisfy a requirement for Packetcable Packetcable M 7 has a field in a netw
58. 1 28 SAT i E I E A EE A rer reer EE E 1 29 Son O a E ere ny ere ray 1 31 console anthentication radis presini e EE 1 32 E ENTE eee emer T EI A eet err E A A E E E 1 33 A EE A VEA E Ar AAE eT Tee ete err E A eres PE ere A E P E E EEE 1 35 UT IU A EE E A EEE E E E E T E E E ie 1 36 ll E EEA A E ET E AT ANEA EO 1 37 E e E E E T E E E E aes 1 38 AT E r E res E E ee eee ee a 1 40 enable authentic atone ae csser EE E E is 1 41 enable password erca a E E E EEE 1 42 E a a E e gee E E E E E ree eee er rer ere eer ere E E 1 43 I bor E E E N E E A E E E E AE A er aren EEE 1 44 SHCA psu LAH ON Sna Pasen ae E EE 1 45 E S A A I S N AE T E T L S N N E T ET 1 46 e APEE EE P A EAIA EE Tene PEETI AE E E T AT EEE E 1 47 EEA ie vod P EEE AN ba ace E E A E E E E E E 1 48 ical EETA OE E E A A A EA E EEA E A T 1 49 history SIZE yeee EE arial aes 1 50 Ta e E E E E lea alae ee el ie 1 51 I O i ENEE EE EAE E A aes E E E A E E E E E E 1 52 EN TAY BUSOU TOURS EE EE EE E E A E E ea E E 1 53 EEE E A E A OH RE E A E EET 1 54 ip tacacs SOUS ITEHIACG cranra E E A AE 1 55 npr tp source imterate lie a k sei aa 1 56 viii MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 POAT UNG EY A ates ee T eee palais ee Ri 1 57 A iT EN A ck 2 2a E AE E E E A ee 1 59 E E E S E A A A A E A E I E S 1 60 logging buffered pains A EE Nama nan iar Rae Wena 1 62 Teen CANE OLE io casera ia Lei CORE Eg 1 64 Teper control OCIS oss sescussesnchs ck asnccoshnesacte cssnceacs E EEE aes
59. 16 1 cable dynamic service althorization mod es cccscessssecsssssaassssscssssessncansecistacsscsaassaes sions 16 2 Calle chuamicservice ACM VOH PINRO cacani nane aa AT AR E iS 16 4 ET ATA E E EA ere re N E E E E rere er err 16 5 clear cope PIDA instances enn EEA 16 6 clear cownters IPSE Gaie na E E teen 16 7 lear packetacable EE c ee it 16 8 dlear Fae tei PSE A eae ardehanias EAA 16 9 ATRIA cocoa E E A E ican EE a ee ee 16 10 Spe CSM EMME io niin aise noon meio iene Roy aote ANE 16 11 DUS Pdp PS cactainsdi ch ticinioeeih ee id eee 16 12 BAS EU E E N ace ia a cae 16 13 XXX MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 cops status trap enable 66 EEEE ahaa ce E backs ere ee E 16 14 devine pac ketal le Bale aa ei E E E E E 16 15 debug packe cable Gace Ghee snipe nuyduasiiiisneains obivnaresaneatit 16 16 debug PAckelea ble Haee sareren oratia kora arane ae rOn EEN Oe 16 17 EE ATA A AT A AR T ETTET 16 18 dqos emergency trap enable prii KRA E siei eee eee 16 20 girs resTeg map em Ble anaa aada cd anu ees 16 21 BL cme L017 02120 Oe A Or rere try commen A r iets ene errr era Teeter Tce eer tes 16 22 daos COE t NE area E E aR E PEREN 16 23 SiN ea DOT E E A E A E 16 24 em event disable mask 0 PE E E EI EEE A EE AE E AE E ree ore 16 25 ei VOnt priorily ac cnuiaiiuiatiiuhure waubsdiiuia du mnanbarbananen 16 26 CHIE bind E E E AN ver terre Y cereal reefer tern rer crn ee ert E ere 16 27 em max batch
60. 32 16 48 tArdTim 8583fb8 DELAY 48 32 16 48 dpsDsTask 8582b00 PEND 104 60 44 16144 resMgrTask 853e440 PEND 22240 22072 168 22768 tSftTask 853c088 PEND 48 32 16 48 tUbs 8446a40 READY 563368 562880 488 563896 tMcns2 8436000 PEND 48 32 16 48 tMacTask 842a5c0O READY 34793632 34792500 1132 34795744 rdnBpiMain 843e7b8 PEND T 4048960 4048228 732 4048960 tMcnsLogTask 8434de0 PEND 6344 6284 60 6344 tRceyc 84223a0 READY 352 288 64 352 tCmacStats 8420180 PEND 262440 262368 72 262440 tSrmReporter 841d 60 PEND T 112 80 32 112 tRLimit 841bd40 DELAY 352 288 64 352 tMacRtr 8419b20 PEND 409352 408640 712 409880 tAccDhcp 8293c48 DELAY 48 32 16 48 tSPA 8292a28 PEND 148232 148188 44 148232 tDra 8286e18 PEND T 184224 183832 392 185280 tCRA 5 c26998 PEND 395976 395784 192 396632 tDownloadTask 5bbc540 PEND 15528 15480 48 15528 tRdb005 SbblebO PEND T 16352 16216 136 16880 tMcnsTask 842c7e0 READY 56 28 28 56 37 tasks used 103802408 103789516 12892 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 133 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process memory lt process id gt bytes kilobytes megabytes lt process name gt bytes kilobytes megabytes sorted bytes high water mark bytes kilobytes megabytes kilobytes megabytes name bytes kilobytes megabytes no sort bytes kilobytes megabytes use bytes kilobytes megabytes begin e
61. 4 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip policy The debug ip policy command displays IP policy routing packet activity The debug ip policy command displays information about whether a packet matches the routing policy criteria and the resulting routing information for the packet The no debug ip policy command turns off IP policy debugging Note The debug ip policy command uses considerable bandwidth to output J debugging information This may interrupt router activities Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip policy no debug ip policy Command Default Disabled 4 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ip redistribute to The debug ip redistribute to command displays route redistribution information from one routing domain to another routing domain The no debug ip redistribute command turns off IP redistribute debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip redistribute to all bgp ospf rip from all bgp connected ospf rip static no debug ip redistribute to all bgp ospf rip from all bgp connected ospf rip static Command Syntax to to protocols all all supported protocols bgp routes redistribute
62. 400000 gt Command Syntax 200000 400000 The resolution in Hertz Command Default 200000 Hz 11 122 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands dhcp leasequery authorization on The dhcp leasequery authorization on command enables the exchange of DHCP lease query messages between the CMTS and a DHCP server The no dhep leasequery authorization on command disables this exchange When an IP packet is either received from or destined to a Host CPE which does not have an entry in the BSR s DHCP Lease table the DHCP Lease Query feature will attempt to identify the Host CPE If the DHCP Lease Query attempt fails packets associated with this Host CPE are discarded Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage dhcp leasequery authorization on no dhcp leasequery authorization on Command Syntax authorization Authorization configuration on Turn on the authorization Disables Proxy ARP 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 123 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 dhcp throttle on The dhep throttle on command enables DHCP Rate Limiting for all CMs or CPEs The no dhep throttle on command disables DHCP Rate Limiting for all CMs or CPEs Note Once enabled for either CPEs CMs or both types of devices rate limiting applies to all DHCP Request Discover packets on a per device basis A 7 The DHCP Rate Limiting featu
63. 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 135 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show process msg q info The show process msg q info command displays information about current message queues Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process msg q info begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show process msg q info count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 1 136 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show process semaphores The show process semaphores command creates a message when an attempt to unlock a semaphore when it is already unlocked Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process semaphores begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show process semaphores count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes
64. 8 gt no telnet session limit lt 0 S gt Command Syntax 0 8 the telnet session limit number Command Default 8 1 162 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands update fpga The update fpga command allows you upgrade the BSR FPGA Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage update fpga lt prefix gt lt string gt Command Syntax prefix The server IP address string The FPGA image name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 163 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 username The username command establishes a login authentication system based on a username Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage username lt WORD gt password 0 7 lt WORD gt username lt WORD gt nopassword Command Syntax WORD the username up to 16 characters nopassword no password is required for the user to log in password specify a password for the user 31 character maximum enclosed with double quotes if the key contains spaces The and characters must not be used 0 specifies an UNENCRYPTED password 7 specifies a HIDDEN password will follow WORD the UNENCRYPTED cleartext user password 31 character maximum enclosed with double quotes if the key contains spaces The and characters must not be used 1 164 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Relea
65. A A E A E T T 11 62 cable privacy mcast access eee eer ere erate ce 11 63 able privacy tek Mee cna a E 11 64 cable qos profile Sure i GTRINS E E T re ree 11 65 PADIS SRAPCP BOCES E A E E 11 66 cable skarei secondary SEGE ereina nE O 11 67 cable spectrum group eer E E E One 11 68 CAD Seine n aa I kia E E ee E 11 69 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xxi BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Cable ned ame N do ee eet E RRC Terre renee ear ay 11 70 PADIS upitreani Bi SCOURS a ces ete ceca ese can DR aa 11 71 Gable upstream Chemie ye issuers ucilieasneied HRS mR e aS 11 72 cable upstream channel yidi ieaie ae ar n otter EEE renee t at 11 73 cable upstream CodesADmS lOt enniunairaieiiekere iiir iiie dia etie iAE EEEN 11 74 cible ypstrerni CFIC STAI eaaa A E E A Et 11 75 pable vptiredimi dati Dae O aea E 11 76 A A E e E11 A A A ETE 11 77 cable upsircami Torce Tap rrcrarpneip ean aea aE EER E EO 11 78 PADIS potrei TOUCH anr a Ea EIE awe 11 79 cable Gps RT a SEO siare E REA EE N 11 81 cable upstream ingress canceller enable sziccidccesaiscecitiiiaimentnenieacmnnusiiuceien 11 82 cable upstream impress canceller id le 1ntervall 5 5 cssessiscisesrsisssaissestansisheissnsesevseneeaisies 11 83 cable upstream invited range Iter val a sscscccsa sascacessiiahissansacasuarsiaddebaaiasredaanaeanceiaiancanccs 11 84 cable upstream ime t SAA 2e nia reae EREE EEA AKRA 11 85 cable upstream maintain power density OM sr
66. A B C D host IP address used for IKE 16 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands ike phase1 The IKE Phase 1 Lifetime Interval and IKE Phase 1 Lifesize can be specified to enhance security These settings determine how long the key is exposed For example an MSO administrator can decide to update this key on a regular basis to prevent successful hacking The ike phasel command specifies the IKE phase 1 lifetime value and the lifesize value that can either trigger or prevent the expiration of the IKE security association Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage ike phasel lifetime lt 0 300 2592000 gt lifesize lt 0 10240 4190000 gt Command Syntax 0 300 2592000 lifetime interval value in seconds Zero indicates an unlimited lifetime 0 10240 4190000 lifesize value in kilobytes Command Default Lifetime is 28800 Lifesize is 0 which indicates an unlimited size in kilobytes 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ike phase2 The IKE Phase 2 Lifetime Interval and IKE Phase 2 Lifesize can be specified to enhance security These settings determine how long the key is exposed For example an MSO administrator can decide to update this key on a regular basis to prevent successful hacking The ike phase2 command specifies the IKE phase 2 lifetime value and lifesize value for the lifetime Group Access A
67. A E E nan eka aia ee 2 18 ikop relay IONE ONT esaea ncecamiynac st eer e eRe 2 19 ipdonnin siiki E taeda aon laa ae 2 21 aoma IHN asada as een ari ak eden eared a ae 2 22 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xi BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 MUN GOAT UA ELM 5 fas a Sacto hacia ace E tacos ance cpeasgecnGuesde 2 23 1p lomwar pied MU ct aos eer eed eee ee 2 24 ie He eran O SS tered Aor asian aoa ie 2 25 WG HOS ies E E E E E Hane Hee A 2 26 E a N E E A EE E O E ED 2 27 E A E E A E I E AA AE T E E EE EE ce EE AE AA 2 29 DS NAG oh AA E PEA EAE E E AE A EE EE a E 2 30 E a Geena Reape A E heen A E E A E TA 2 31 TD DROS AUD a E EEE E E E E URIS 2 32 Po a eee E E EA E E N EA reer rer E E 2 33 E a ae ne REP O Come e frre nny aa ree 2 34 Wp EAD cas decison Hick E E E E eee eet A ee 2 35 ELE CREO tre E SEE E E E A reg reer rere ret eater cere eenr com A ier rere tye 2 36 Ty geet 6 TE lt 0 1 6 Ih ee eer ee Ree eo eee E ASE eee tr eres erent ere AER E E A te yt ate erin eee rere ere 2 37 By TUG EN E E E PEA E EE A nna acacia eats E I ei 2 38 E E EAA A OA E E A A E A AE AE 2 39 PU re a EE 2 40 Show COM OUISLS aerianas eee een 2 44 show host awi Horatia sisaruksia verter ery nner erty aa a aE 2 46 show host authorization Ope siriene aeea ea EEA E E EE EEEE 2 47 Show host authorization SMI Y eroon nana aaran k EIRE erento 2 49 show Most oron IEC Bi os sada E EA RE TrA 2 51 SNO NOSIS didius o aaaea ed es 2 52 E ETE oy E E A E A S E E try e
68. AMI line coding tldm T1DM framing with AMI line coding 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 95 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 page The page command controls the scrolling of system output displays Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage page off on Command Syntax off on Command Default on scrolling continues until the end of the display without stopping controlled scrolling through the use of the Enter Return key and spacebar MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands password The password command establishes a password that must be specified by users attempting to establish a console or telnet session with the BSR A console or telnet session will not be established if the correct password is not specified by the user The no password command removes the password Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage password console ssh passphrase telnet 0 7 lt WORD gt no password console ssh passphrase telnet Command Syntax console password for console connections ssh passphrase password for SSH connections telnet password for telnet connections 0 specifies an UNENCRYPTED password 7 specifies a HIDDEN password WORD the password 31 character maximum 78 character maximum for option 7 enclosed with double quotes if the key contains spaces The an
69. ATDMA or MTDMA channel Interleaving is a technique which improves the error correction of channel noise such as burst errors The interleaver re arranges transmitted data and distributes it among different interleaver blocks At the receiver end the interleaved data is arranged back into the original sequence by a de interleaver By intermixing the transmitted data and reassembling it on the receiver end any transmission errors are spread out over a greater transmission time Forward error correction FEC is very effective on errors that are spread out Interleaving spreads bursts of errors over several blocks so that the maximum number of errors in each block stays within the number of correctable errors Since most errors occur in bursts this is an efficient way to improve the error rate Interleaver transmissions do not transmit each codeword by itself but instead send bits from multiple codewords at the same time so that a noise burst affects the minimum number of bits per codeword This allows the FEC algorithm a greater chance of detecting and correcting any transmission errors MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage interleaver block size lt 32 2048 gt no interleaver block size lt 32 2048 gt Command Syntax 32 2048 the ATDMA or MTDMaA interleaver block size value 11 146 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands interleaver depth The interleaver depth command speci
70. All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show arp begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show arp count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string 2 42 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show controllers The show controllers command displays detailed hardware and configuration information for each module on installed in the BSR chassis Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show controllers cable lt X Y gt upstream lt 0 3 gt downstream lt 0 0 gt mac begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show controllers cable lt X Y gt upstream lt 0 3 gt downstream mac count count only show controllers ethernet lt X Y gt show controllers gigaether lt X Y gt Command Syntax cable X Y display cable interface controller information for the specified BSR port number including RF signal
71. B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt lt 0 255 gt administratively prohibited alternate address dod host prohibited dod net prohibited echo echo reply general parameter problem host isolated host precedence unreachable host redirect host tos redirect host tos unreachable host unknown host unreachable information reply information request mask reply mask request net redirect net tos redirect net tos unreachable net unreachable network unknown no room for option option missing packet too big parameter problem port unreachable precedence unreachable protocol unreachable reassembly timeout redirect router advertisement router solicitation source quench source route failed time exceeded timestamp reply timestamp request ttl exceeded unreachable 5 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Access List Commands To configure an extended access list for IGMP use the following command access list lt 00 199 gt lt 2000 2699 gt deny permit igmp lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt lt 0 255 gt diff serv host query host report pim To configure an extended access list for TCP use the following command access list lt 00 199 gt lt 2000 2699 gt deny permit tep lt A B
72. B MGBI 11 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable deny ip The cable deny ip command allows operators to filter drop worm virus packets on both the upstream and downstream cable interfaces by specifying the IP protocol used by the virus or worm and its packet length in bytes to enable a filter for a particular threat The no cable deny ip command disables the filter Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable deny ip lt 0 255 gt lt 20 65535 gt no cable deny ip lt 0 255 gt lt 20 65535 gt Command Syntax 0 255 a numeric value indicating which IP protocol number to drop 20 65535 the length in bytes indicating the size of the IP packet to drop 11 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable dhcp giaddr primary This cable dhep giaddr primary command forces the BSR to always set the giaddr in host DHCP requests to the primary cable interface IP address The no cable dhep giaddr primary command sets the giaddr field in DHCP host requests to the default When set to the default the first secondary address if one is defined is used in DHCP host requests otherwise the primary IP address is used Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable dhcp giaddr primary no cable dhcp giaddr primary Command Default The giaddr for cable modems is the primary
73. B MGBI 6 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip policy route map The ip policy route map command identifies the route map used on an interface to perform policy based routing The no ip policy route map command removes the route map on an interface and disables policy based routing on that interface Use the ip policy route map command for paths other than the shortest path This command has associated match and set commands match commands specify policy routing rules set commands perform tasks Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip policy route map lt WORD gt no ip policy route map lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD route map name that must match a specified map tag Command Default No policy routing 6 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands match as path Group Access The match as path command matches a BGP autonomous system path access list to a match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry The no match as path command removes the list numbers from the match entry used in the command Use the match as path command to match a BGP autonomous system path to advertise on the route map Values can be set using the match as path command Use the match as path command to match at least one BGP autonomous system path to ensure advertisement on the route map Use the match as path command to globally repl
74. BGP dampened routes Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp dampened paths begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp dampened paths count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 77 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip bgp flap statistics The show ip bgp flap statistics command displays BGP flap statistics Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp flap statistics lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt longer prefixes filter list lt 199 gt regexp lt LINE gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp flap statistics lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt longer prefixes filter list lt 199 gt regexp lt LINE gt count count only Command Syntax A B C D network address in the BGP routing table to display A B C D displays all BGP routes matching the network address network mask pair lo
75. Baseline Privacy is enabled for this QoS profile false indicates that Baseline Privacy is not enabled for this Qos profile Flow Count the number of cable modems that have registered using this QoS Profile active Qos Profiles are those with Flow Count 0 Tos Mask overwrites the Type of Service TOS field in IP datagrams received on the upstream before forwarding them downstream if the value is not 0 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 223 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Tos Value Created By the overwrite value substituted for the received TOS value Oper indicates a user configured QoS Profile and Modem indicates a QoS Profile learned from the cable modem during registration The following is typical output from the show cable qos profile command Prof Pri Max Guar Max Idx UP UP DOWN BW BW BW 1 1 0 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 A7 Max TX Burst cable modem registrations BPI Flow Tos Tos Created Mode Count Mask Value By false 0 0 0 Oper false 0 0 0 Oper Note The Prof Idx field output indicates a user configured QoS Profile s unique identifying number in the range of 1 16 All QoS Profile identifying numbers in the range of 17 32 indicate a QoS Profile that was learned from When using the show cable qos profile command to view the class of service configuration for DOCSIS 1 0 DOCSIS 1 0 and Euro DOCSIS 1 0 cable modems you will obtain inconsistent results under the following condi
76. C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt diff serv lt 0 63 gt eq lt 0 65535 gt bgp chargen cmd daytime discard domain echo exec finger ftp ftp data gopher gt hostname ident irc klogin kshell login Ipd It neq nntp pim auto rp pop2 pop3 smtp sunrpc talk telnet time uucp whois www To configure an extended access list for UDP use the following command access list lt 00 199 gt lt 2000 2699 gt deny permit udp lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt diff serv lt 0 63 gt eq lt O 65535 gt biff bootpe discard domain echo gt It mobile ip neq netbios dgm netbios ns netbios ss ntp pim auto rp rip snmp snmptrap sunrpc syslog talk tftp time who xdmcp To remove an access list use the following command no access list lt 00 199 gt lt 2000 2699 gt Command Syntax 100 199 extended access list 2000 2699 extended IP access list expanded range deny deny access if conditions are matched permit permit access if conditions are matched 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 5 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 0 255 name or number of an IP protocol ahp esp gre icmp igmp ip ipinip ospf pep pim tep udp A B C D source ad
77. CM Retries Exhausted DOCSIS error message The no logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 enables the logging of this error message This command is useful in situations where a high volume of this error message is being generated and logged Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 no logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 Command Default Logging of these error messages is enabled by default 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 71 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging evt clear The logging evt clear command disables logging of all EVTs or disables EVT logging for a specific logging destination s The no logging evt clear command restores the default EVT logging configuration Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging evt clear I t s c lt slot group gt lt range gt no logging evt clear I t s c lt slot group gt lt range gt Command Syntax I t sI c the log message destination 1 local t trap s SYSLOG c console slot this is always 0 for the BSR 2000 group the name of an EVT group range specific EVTs in the specified EVT group such as 1 5 8 13 1 72 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging evt set The logging evt set command configures EVT logging to log messages to a different destination The EVT m
78. CMTS Commands cable upstream frequency The cable upstream frequency command sets the fixed frequency for the upstream cable port in Hz The no cable upstream frequency command returns the default upstream frequency value The cable interface does not operate until a fixed upstream frequency is set The RF upstream frequency must comply with the expected CM output frequency Note The Japan DOCSIS Standard must be specified with the cable cmts type command before an upstream frequency can be selected for any Japan DOCSIS Standard CMTS module Note Make sure that the upstream frequency selected does not interfere with the frequencies used for any other upstream applications running in the cable plant f y Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage North American DOCSIS Standard cable upstream lt NUM gt frequency lt 5000000 42000000 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt frequency lt 5000000 42000000 gt Euro DOCSIS Standard cable upstream lt NUM gt frequency lt 5000000 65000000 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt frequency lt 5000000 65000000 gt Japan DOCSIS J DOCSIS Standard cable upstream lt NUM gt frequency lt 0000000 55000000 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt frequency lt 0000000 55000000 gt 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 79 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 5000000 42000000 The upstream f
79. Command Default 0 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip rip send version The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only transmit packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the interface to transmit one or both RIP versions The no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 2 Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rip send version 0 1 2 3 no ip rip send version 0 1 2 3 Command Syntax 0 RIP 2 compatible 1 RIP version 1 only 2 RIP version 2 only 3 none Command Default 2 7 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands ip split horizon The ip split horizon command blocks route information from being advertised by a router out any interface from which that information originated Enabling split horizon optimizes communications among multiple routers particularly when links are broken The no ip split horizon disables split horizon Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip split horizon no ip split horizon Command Default Enabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 maximum paths The maximum paths command specifies the maximum number of parallel routes an IP routing protocol can support
80. Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt send community both extended standard no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt send community both extended standard Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group both Send both standard and extended community attributes extended Send extended community attribute standard Send standard community attribute Command Default Send standard community attribute 12 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor shutdown The neighbor shutdown command disables a neighbor or peer group The no neighbor shutdown command enables a neighbor or peer group Use the neighbor shutdown command to end an session for a particular neighbor or peer group This removes all routing information associated Use the show ip bgp summary command for a list of neighbors and peer group connection Those neighbors with an Idle status and the Administrative entry have been disabled by the neighbor shutdown command Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt shutdown no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt shutdown Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 47 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound A7 Group Access The neigh
81. Commands ip multicast routing The ip multicast routing command enables IP multicast routing The no ip multicast routing command disables IP multicast routing This command is used with multicast routing protocols Note Multicast packets are not forwarded unless IP multicast routing is A J enabled Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip multicast routing no ip multicast routing Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip rpf The show ip rpf command displays how IP multicast routing does Reverse Path Forwarding RPF Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip rpf lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D displays RPF information for a specified source address MFM Command Descriptions MFM supports multicast tools for tracing routes maintains a multicast forwarding cache and forwards multicast traffic To forward multicast traffic each multicast routing protocol must register with the MFM with the APIs for inbound check and outbound check Parameters such as cache age for the flow and a time to live value for the interface being registered is included When MFM receives a data packet that does not have a multicast forwarding cache the MFM will call the protocol check inbound function and check the outbound function to the registered protocol to
82. Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt password 0 7 lt LINE gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt password 0 7 lt LINE gt Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of neighbor peer group 0 specifies an UNENCRYPTED password will follow 7 specifies an ENCRYPTED password will follow LINE the unencrypted password 1 32 ASCII characters or the encrypted password 18 80 hex digits even number of digits Command Default Disabled 12 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor peer group assigning members The neighbor peer group assigning members command configures a BGP neighbor to be a member a BGP peer group The no neighbor peer group assigning members command removes the neighbor from the peer group The neighbor peer group creates a new member of a peer group If there is no such peer it will be created and assigned to the group If there is such peer already and it does not belong to any other group it will be assigned to the group and inherit its AS number and all its policies If an existing peer belongs to another group it must be removed from that group first with no neighbor peer group command The neighbor at the IP address specified completes all of the configuration options of the peer group Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt peer group lt
83. Domain Name Server DNS hostname the IP address of the source interface the number of seconds to wait for a response to a probe packet the number of probes to send the TTL value for the first probe the default value is 1 but can be set to a higher value to suppress the display of known hops the largest TTL value that can be used the traceroute command terminates when the destination or this value is reached the destination port used by the UDP probe messages the type of service value set the Don t Fragment flag in the IP header MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands trap enable if The trap enable if command enables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap The ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should be generated for an interface The no trap enable if command disables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Syntax trap enable if no trap enable if Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 83 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 trap enable rdn The trap enable rdn command enables the rdnCardIfLink UpDownEnable trap The rdnCardlfLinkUpDownEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should be generated for a BSR module The no trap enable rdn command disables the rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap Group Access All Command Mode Interface Conf
84. Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip mroute lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt 1 255 gt no ip mroute lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt 1 255 gt Command Syntax A B C D static source address A B C D static network mask A B C D RPF neighbor address or route 1 255 administrative distance for mroute 10 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Multicast Commands ip mroute static distance The ip mroute static distance command configures a static multicast route The no ip mroute static distance command removes the route Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip mroute static distance lt 255 gt no ip mroute static distance lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 the administrative distance for the multicast route a lower distance has preference 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip mroute unicast distance The ip mroute unicast distance command configures a unicast multicast route The no ip mroute unicast distance command removes the route Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip mroute unicast distance lt 255 gt no ip mroute unicast distance lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 the administrative distance for the multicast route a lower distance has preference 10 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Multicast
85. Guide Release 1 0 radius s rver s ur c interfy s LOOP OBC K on at 1 101 ae sis a eae ee ee ere 1 102 lhc Uae eee Ty Meee eee S O EE EN E E herrea eee arr creer crite reir are arr 1 103 service PAs SwWORI SHICLY TN ies cetera cacarinsaniaxaras Ra E E no cnarnnenirmndaer 1 104 RESON UMCOUN A A E ETE A E T A LAT E TT 1 105 o aa a A IE EE E EE AIE E ae 1 106 SHOW BARES eea E ae ees 1 107 CUE Ry AAE A ene Eten rateg rs cere eg tren E A teeter terete vor gr E er gee rere gers 1 109 hy CLOG tices cus Gitano eis aera Nee wie Ieee 1 110 BUENAS EAN E E E E E E E E E E E 1 111 OY NO e 1 115 Show loi an A ee 1 116 shoy oo mE Siini S Eea A RS 1 118 KioN loben ONAE o ach esac cep tadeseaetanenoasas halen es salah cete ta tacenden eal adieads 1 119 SUN A SF cs occa AN Sade A A E EAN E E N E E 1 122 EA 2 2 AE E A T TE E E AE E ETETA 1 123 Showy MEOS aienea araa a E 1 124 show meiwork elot k ninan R 1 126 E a a E E AE ree ee elie A A E A heen erry er ener rer E eres 1 127 Show Procesi arinaa a E EE 1 129 E E E E E ee 1 131 ShoN TE Se OO or 1 133 Show proc ss misg MiO seenen A E E 1 136 show process Se korei oinean e R 1 137 a a E E E Er E A E E E E S 1 138 eO a E E TE E E E E EAE EE TE 1 139 o TUTE OOS E O A AE RI A 1 140 show startup COHN asise A alae 1 142 Show stats Suia EO enan ee 1 143 SON AC a E ts 1 144 BUNS LACS SILAS T 8 oi EA E E E E eee E ET 1 145 E E A E A AE E EA T A E ET EAs 1 146 Show Serp P riene e E EE E ene 1 148 SHOW VI
86. MGBI 11 199 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem summary The show cable modem summary command displays cable modem information for each cable interface on the BSR The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable modem summary command and descriptions of the output fields Interface Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable 1 0 U0 1 0 U1 1 0 U2 1 0 U3 4 0 U0 4 0 U1 Interface Total Registered Unregistered Offline SpecGrp Total 227 163 151 286 57 83 Cable Modem Registered Unregistered Offline SpecGrp 134 3 90 Mansfield 130 0 33 Mansfield 137 0 14 Mansfield 230 2 54 Mansfield 45 0 12 Tewksbury 49 0 34 Tewksbury the BSR 2000 CMTS slot always 0 for the BSR 2000 port and upstream port number the total number of active registered and offline cable modems the number of cable modems which have reached the Online d Online pk Online pt or Online un states the number of cable modems in any Init DHCP Reject state or substate the number of cable modems which have no state and are not communicating but were previously provisioned these modems are assumed to be powered off the Spectrum Group name for each upstream channel 11 200 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem summary lt X Y gt downs
87. Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage router id lt A B C D gt no router id Command Syntax A B C D the new OSPF router identifier IP address 8 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands router ospf The router ospf command enables an OSPF routing process The no router ospf command disables the OSPF routing process Use the router ospf command to designate an OSPF routing process with a unique value Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router ospf no router ospf 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip ospf To display general information about OSPF routing processes use the show ip ospf command Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf network begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip ospf network count count only Command Syntax network shows IP OSPF network displays network area information l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 8 36 M
88. Rev B Debug Commands Introduction This chapter describes the debug commands supported by the BSR 2000 Debug commands help to isolate the source of a system failure The output provides diagnostic information protocol status and network activity which can be used to diagnose and resolve networking problems Debug Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the debug commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug arp The debug arp command displays Address Resolution Protocol ARP information exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network The no debug arp command turns off ARP debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug arp no debug arp 4 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug cable cra The debug cable cra command turns on cra debugging which displays internal CMTS resource agent activity The no debug cable cra command turns off cra debugging Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable cra no debug cable cra 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug cable err The debug cable err command displays miscellaneous error conditions Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug
89. Rsps 0 Number of UCC 0 Number of UCC Fails 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC CMTS Slot 0 MAC Domain 0 CMTS Slot 0 MAC Domain 1 CMTS Slot 0 MAC Domain 0 Interface index Interface index Interface index Interface index 58654976 176095232 176095488 243204096 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 237 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Line Usage show cable ucc stats lt X Y gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 11 238 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable ucd interval The show cable usd interval command shows configured ucd interval between transmission of successive UCD messages The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable ucd interval command Cable ucd interval 1000 Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage show cable ucd interval 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 239 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable upstream The show cable upstream command displays the following upstream cable information ifIndex description centerFreq rng back st rng_back en data_back_st data_back_en channelWidth powerLevel slotSize force frag map interval pre equalization invited range interval range forced continue range power override concatena
90. Se ee 1 66 loco mo der osc vst score cae et ahve auege aearaeak AE 1 67 logemp disable bpi auth imvalid Wiessapes sc5caisassapesccss scnanpioss isastazedassaseiolanteasataease 1 68 logging disable bpi_auth reject _messageS cceeeeeees ee eee eee swhieeusaabs 1 69 logeme disable bpi imap reject Messap ES reenen nre rank REAK AEE 1 70 logging disable cm_ranging fail rl103_0 E A T E PTE P E T 1 71 logging ovt Clear carnea A E S 1 72 E R E NEE ET E N N E E E A E N E T E N 1 73 logging facility TE I EE T iioii san PE E 1 74 MAITA E EAEE A A E A S A EE E E A 1 75 Tenge Pate TW E EN E T A lel AE A AON EEN ET 1 76 logs ing Epor Ag nassi amenities 1 77 loge me Pern IE AIT eame RE 1 80 eis a E A E A T A E E TE T A 1 81 logging snmp trap EE EE E E E E E E aS 1 82 logging source mnteiface LOO BOA irrisorio aaa ara a aaa eekan aaia 1 84 logging trap ee Beer tee Ayes bee eee ieee eee eee P E AT 1 85 aE E A E E N EL 1 87 1 EE ea eer A N EA E A T E A A ee ter a E T ETEA 1 88 BATTE a E E E E E E E E E E E E E 1 89 eaa IG e E EE EA ewan eee aera ee 1 90 AWN E EA E A A E E T E O E E A 1 91 BES ak a ee E cee eae 1 92 perrorkqclackeselect lite 6 l nes eect A 1 94 network clock select bits tl ee seeeeeeeteeeeneeeee ee ee ETE T 1 95 ABE ESE EEE E AL R E E E E E A 1 96 PRS T A T A A E E T E T E E T O 1 97 privilege restino aac 1 98 o aa E E E E E 1 99 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI ix BSR 2000 Command Reference
91. Syntax NUM Upstream port number Command Default Disabled 11 110 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable utilization interval The cable utilization interval command specifies the upstream or downstream channel utilization calculation interval The no cable utilization interval returns the channel utilization calculation interval to the default value of 0 disabled Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable utilization interval lt 0 86400 gt no cable utilization interval lt 0 86400 gt Command Syntax 0 86400 the channel utilization interval in seconds 0 is disabled Command Default 0 disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 111 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 channel type The channel type command specifies the channel type for a modulation profile There are four possible channel types a TDMA DOCSIS 1 1 channel type a ATDMA DOCSIS 2 0 channel type a MTDMA DOCSIS 1 1 or DOCSIS 2 0 channel type a S CDMA DOCSIS 2 0 channel type only used for logical channel configurations Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage channel type tdma atdma scdma mtdma no channel type tdma atdma scdma mtdma Command Syntax tdma TDMA Time Division Multiple Access valid for initial long request short and station IUC codes atdma Advanced TDMA Time Division
92. The event flag which tells the BSR to send event messages to the Record Keeping Server can be overridden The em flag override command forces the BSR to use realtime mode or batch mode regardless of what the Call Manager Server directs the BSR to do The no em flag override command disables event flag override S4 Note PacketCable Multimedia supports realtime mode only Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em flag override batch realtime no em flag override Command Syntax batch send the event message in batch mode realtime send the event message in realtime mode Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 em max batch events Event messages are batched together before being sent to the Record Keeping Server The em max batch events command specifies the amount of event messages that are batched The no em max batch events command restores the default setting The collected messages are sent when the em max batch time parameter expires Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em max batch events lt 2 32 gt no em max batch events lt 2 32 gt Command Syntax 2 32 maximum number of batched event messages Command Default 6 16 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands em max batch time The hold time for batched event messages
93. Use the ip helper address command to forward broadcast packets received on an interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip helper address lt A B C D gt no ip helper address lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D Destination broadcast host address to be used 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip host The ip host command is used to add a static classless DNS host entry to the ip hostname table by matching the host IP address to its DNS host name mapping The no ip host command deletes the host address to name mapping in the host cache Ww Note The initial character of the name must be a letter Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip host lt WORD gt lt A B C D gt no ip host lt WORD gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax WORD name of host A B C D IP address Command Default No hosts configured 2 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands rdp The ip irdp command enables the ICMP Router Discovery Protocol IRDP on an interface The no ip irdp command disables the ICMP IRDP on an interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only Command Line Usage ip irdp address lt A B C D gt holdtime lt 9000 gt maxadvertinterval lt 4 800 gt minadvertinterval lt 3 800 gt mul
94. XX XX XX 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 000b 0643 3b60 C4 1 U1 4 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 000b 0643 3b72 C4 1 U1 3 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX KXiXX XX 000b 0643 3b78 C4 1 U1 9 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 000b 0643 3b84 C4 1 U1 7 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 000b 0643 3b90 C4 1 U1 8 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 000b 0643 3b9a C4 1 U1 10 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 000b 0643 3bb2 C4 1 U1 2 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX KXXX XX 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 187 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem lt mac gt maintenance begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem lt mac gt maintenance count count only show cable modem maintenance lt X Y gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem maintenance lt X Y gt count count only Command Syntax mac the cable modem s MAC address X Y X is 0 Yis the CMTS port number l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output
95. a DHCP host such as a CM or Customer Premises Equipment CPE and redirect the packets to their corresponding DHCP server or DHCP server profile if there is only one DHCP server The DHCP server assigns an IP address to the CM or CPE that requested the IP address Use the ip dhep relay information option command to enable the DHCP option 82 relay agent on the cable interface Use the no ip dhcp relay information option command to disable the DHCP option 82 relay agent on the cable interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dhcp relay information option no ip dhep relay information option Command Default DHCP option 82 disabled 11 152 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands iuc The iuc command is used to completely configure a modulation profile without having to enter individual IUC submodes Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage iuc a long a short a ugs initial long request short station atdma mtdma scdma tdma 128qam 16qam 256qam 32qam 64qam 8qam qpsk lt 0 16 gt lt 16 253 gt fixed short lt 0 255 gt off on lt Ox0 Ox7fff gt off on none qpsk0 qpsk1 lt 0 1536 gt lt 0 2048 gt lt 0 2048 gt lt 0 32 gt off on lt 0 128 gt off on no iuc a long a short a ugs initial long request short station atdma
96. a password string must be at least 8 characters string specifies an authentication password string for this user 3 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands eng HEX specifies engine id with this user local value of engine ID priv des56 provides DES 56 bit encryption with authentication based on the CBC DES DES 56 standard public octet string sets the usmUserPublic MIB object 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 47 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server view Group Access The snmp server view command defines an SNMPv2 MIB view The no snmp server view command removes the defined view You can assign MIB views to SNMP Groups or community strings to limit the MIB objects that an SNMP manager can access You can use a predefined view or create your own view Other SNMP commands such as snmp server community can use the view to create records associated with a view System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server view lt WORD gt lt OID gt at bgp directory docsif dod dot3 egp experimental icmp ifmib igmp interfaces internet ip iso mgmt mib 2 org ospf ppp private rip2 riverdelta security snmp snmpv2 system tcp transmission udp included excluded no snmp server view lt WORD gt lt OID gt at bgp directory docsif dod dot3 egp experimental icmp ifmib
97. a serious failure that requires immediate attention and prevents the device from transmitting data but the system could recover without rebooting severity level 2 error conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 3 warning conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 4 normal but significant conditions an event of importance occurred which is not a failure severity level 5 informational descriptive system messages an unimportant event which could be helpful for tracing normal operations severity level 6 notifications level severity 5 1 86 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands login The login command logs a user on to the system Group Access All Command Mode User EXEC Command Line Usage login lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD 1 to 16 character username 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 87 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logout The logout command logs a user out of the system Use the logout command to end the current session The logout command is used the same way as the exit command In Privileged EXEC mode use the logout command with a character argument to log a particular user out of the system Only users with administrative privileges can log other users out Group Access All Command Mode User EXEC and Privilege
98. action channel width The hop action channel width command is used to change the upstream channel width setting before a frequency hop action Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action channel width 1600000 200000 3200000 400000 800000 priority lt 255 gt no hop action channel width 1600000 200000 3200000 400000 800000 priority lt 255 gt Command Syntax The upstream channel width setting 1600000 1600000 Channel width of 1600 kHz 200000 200000 Channel width of 200 kHz 3200000 3200000 Channel width of 3200 kHz 400000 400000 Channel width of 400 kHz 800000 800000 Channel width of 800 kHz 1 255 The upstream band priority number The lower number takes precedence Command Default upstream band priority 128 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 137 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 hop action frequency The hop action frequency command is used to determine the frequency search order for either discrete center frequencies or frequency bands during the frequency hop action Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action frequency lt 5000000 42000000 gt priority lt 255 gt no hop action frequency lt 5000000 42000000 gt priority lt 255 gt Command Syntax 5000000 42000000 The upstream frequency in Hertz 1 255 The upstream band priority number The lower number takes preceden
99. all the members of the peer group with the same attributes Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt advertisement interval lt 0 600 gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt advertisement interval lt 0 600 gt Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD neighbor peer group name 0 600 amount of time in seconds Command Default 30 seconds for external peers 5 seconds for internal peers 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor confed segment The neighbor confed segment command allows you configure a neighbor to use either AS confederation sequence or AS confederation set as the path segment type in the AS path attribute The no neighbor confed segment command disables the AS confederation path segment type attribute Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt confed segment sequence set no neighbor lt A B C D gt confed segment sequence set Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address sequence convert to AS CONFED_ SEQUENCE rfc3065 value 3 set convert to AS CONFED_ SET rfc3065 value 4 Command Default AS confederation path segment type attribute is disabled 12 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor default originate The neighbor default originate command all
100. an echo message will be the destination of the echo reply message To form an echo reply message the source and M 7 destination addresses are simply reversed the type code changed to 0 and the checksum recomputed ICMP is used to report problems with delivery of IP datagrams within an IP network It can also show when a particular node is not responding when an IP network is not reachable when a node is overloaded when an error occurs in the IP header information etc The protocol is also frequently used by Internet managers to verify correct operations of nodes and to check that routers are correctly routing packets to the specified destination address Group Access All Command Mode User EXEC and Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage ping lt A B C D gt Hostname size lt 40 65515 lt 1 65535 gt timeout lt 024 gt source lt A B C D gt tos lt 0 255 gt ttl lt 0 255 gt df ping docsis lt mac gt lt prefix gt lt 1 100 gt Command Syntax A B C D IP address of the remote system to ping Hostname name of the remote system to ping size 7 165535 size of the echo message in bytes 2 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands 1 65535 timeout 7 1024 source A B C D tos 0 255 ttl 0 255 df docsis mac prefix 1 100 number of ping requests to send timeout in seconds source IP address to use to send the ping request the type of service of the ping packets
101. and IP address configuration 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 45 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show packet cable configuration The show packet cable configuration command displays COPS DQoS event messaging electronic surveillance and PacketCable Multimedia configuration information The following provides typical screen output from the show packet cable configuration command and output field descriptions PacketCable Configuration CMTS IP address 150 31 50 10 COPS Configuration PEP ID Motorola CMTS Client Timer 4000 milliseconds Status trap disabled Dynamic QoS Configuration DQ0S is enabled TO Timer 30 seconds T1 Timer 60 seconds Resource Request trap disabled Emergency trap disabled PacketCable Configuration display the cable CMTS interface IP address COPS Configuration display the PEP ID Client Timer and if the Status SNMP trap is enabled or disabled PDP IP Address display the Policy Decision Point PDP for one or more Call Management Servers PacketCable architecture 16 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands Dynamic QoS Configuration displays if DQoS is enabled or Event Message Configuration Electronic Surveillance Configuration Group Access All Command Mode disabled TO and T1 timer parameters and whether the COPS status and Resource Request SNMP traps are enabled or disabled displays if event message
102. and set comm list list num delete commands are configured in the same sequence of a route map attribute the deletion operation set comm list list num delete is performed before the set operation set community comm Note If the set community and set comm list delete commands are configured in the same sequence of a route map attribute the deletion operation set comm list delete is performed before the set operation set community ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set comm list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt delete no set comm list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt delete Command Syntax 1 99 standard community list number 6 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands 100 199 extended community list number delete delete inbound or outbound communities from the community attribute 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set community A7 Group Access The set community command add or replace communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update Use the no set community command removes the specified communities from the set Use the route map command and the match and set commands to configure the rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another Each route map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it The match commands specify the match cr
103. are tried in turn Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set ip next hop lt A B C D gt no set ip next hop Command Syntax A B C D IP address of the next hop to which packets are output address of the adjacent router Command Default Disabled 12 64 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands set local preference The set local preference command establishes a preference value for the AS system path Use the set local preference command to send the local preference to all routers in the local autonomous system Use the no set local preference form of this command to delete the entry Note In the no set local preference command the optional A J lt 0 4294967295 gt argument has no effect Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set local preference lt 0 4294967295 gt no set local preference lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 local preference value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 65 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set metric type The set metric type command sets the destination routing protocol The no set metric type command returns the default Use the set metric type command and the match and set commands to configure the tules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another Each set metric type command has a list of match and set commands associated with it
104. at which the frequency hop takes place in seconds Command Default 300 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 143 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 hop threshold flap A frequency hopping threshold is configured to prevent unnecessary frequency hops in instances when one or a minimal number of cable modems CMs lose their connection with the BSR The frequency hopping threshold is determined by the percentage of CMs that lose their connectivity The hop threshold flap command is used to trigger the hop threshold flap when a greater than a set percentage of CMs lose their connectivity Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop threshold flap lt 00 gt no hop threshold flap lt 00 gt Command Syntax 1 100 The threshold percentage of CMs that can lose connectivity before the hop threshold flap is triggered Command Default Disabled 11 144 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands interface cable The interface cable command is used to enter cable interface configuration mode Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage interface cable lt X Y gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 145 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 interleaver block size Group Access The interleaver block size command specifies the interleaver block size for an
105. bits hostkeyfile nvram create private hostkey file name stored in filename NVRAM 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 passphrase lt WORD gt Sets a passphrase for SSH connections The password can be up to 31 characters maximum type dsa Digital Signature Algorithm key type type rsa Rivest Shamir Adleman public key algorithm key type Command Default bits 1024 hostkeyfile nvram hostkey type dsa 15 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Server Commands ssh load host key files The ssh load host key files command specifies a new private or public hostkey authentication file The default hostkey authentication file names are hostkey and hostkey pub These two files must exist and must be valid key files Use the UNIX ssh keygenz2 tool to generate a new hostkey authentication file Y Note If the hostkey authentication files are invalid SSH will not run Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh load host key files nvram lt filename gt no ssh load host key files Command Syntax nvram filename Command Default hostkey hostkey pub specifies Non volatile Random Access Memory NVRAM as the location of the hostkey authentication file filename of the hostkey authentication file stored in Flash or NVRAM 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide
106. cache 10 15 show ip ospf 8 36 show ip ospf database 8 37 show ip ospf interface 8 39 show ip ospf memory 8 41 show ip ospf neighbor 8 42 show ip ospf network 8 43 show ip ospf virtual links 8 44 show ip pim 13 14 show ip protocols 2 62 show ip redistribute 6 37 show ip rip database 7 25 show ip route 2 63 show ip rpf 10 6 show ip traffic 2 65 6 39 show ipsec 16 45 show log 1 116 show logging evt 1 118 show logging reporting 1 119 show logging syslog 1 122 show macro 1 123 show memory 1 124 show network clocks 1 126 show packet cable configuration 16 46 show packet cable cops 16 48 show packet cable gate 16 50 show packet cable statistics 16 52 show pool 1 127 show process 1 129 show process cpu 1 131 show process memory 1 133 show process msg q info 1 136 show process semaphores 1 137 show process stack 1 138 show reload 1 139 show route map 6 40 show running config 1 140 show snmp 3 3 show sntp 2 66 show ssh config 15 2 show ssh hostkey fingerprint 15 4 show startup config 1 142 show stats cmts 11 257 show stats summary error 1 143 11 259 show tacacs 1 144 show tacacs statistics 1 145 show tcp brief 2 67 show tcp statistics 2 68 show tech 1 146 show user group 1 148 show users 1 149 15 5 show version 1 150 shutdown 2 71 snmp server access 3 7 snmp server chassis id 3 9 snmp server community 3 10 snmp server communit
107. clear ip ospf The clear ip ospf command resets an OSPF connection using a soft reconfiguration Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip ospf 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 default information originate The default information originate command generates a default route into an OSPF routing domain by configuring the metric for redistributed routes and is used with the redistribute command to redistribute routes into an OSPF routing domain so they are included in an automatic Autonomous System Border Router ASBR summary The no default information originate command removes default routes from the OSPF routing domain Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default information originate always metric lt 0 167772 14 gt metric type lt 2 gt no default information originate always metric lt 0 16777214 gt metric type lt 1 2 gt Command Syntax always Always advertises the default route into the OSPF domain regardless of whether the routing table has a default route metric 0 16777214 OSPF default metric to generate a default route metric type 2 External link type associated with the default route advertised into the OSPF routing domain values are 1 and 2 1 being comparable to the link state metric and 2 larger than the cost of intra AS path Command Default D
108. communities to be deleted If the standard list is referred in the set comm list delete command only the elements with the single community number or no community number in them will be used All others will be quietly ignored Any element specified with the internet keyword is equivalent to element without community number If the set community comm and set comm list list num delete commands are configured in the same sequence of a route map attribute the deletion operation set comm list list num delete is performed before the set operation set community comm Note If the set community and set comm list delete commands are configured in the same sequence of a route map attribute the deletion operation set comm list delete is performed before the set operation set community ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set comm list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt delete no set comm list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt delete 12 60 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands Command Syntax 1 99 100 199 delete standard community list number extended community list number delete inbound or outbound communities from the community attribute 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 61 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set community A7 Group Access The set community command add or replace communities from the community attribute of an inbound or ou
109. count only show ip igmp groups summary count count only Command Syntax summary shows summary report of IGMP groups l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string 9 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IGMP Commands exclude include WORD count count only filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 9 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip igmp statistics The show ip igmp statistics command displays statistics for a specified IGMP interface Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip igmp statistics begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip igmp statistics count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 9 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B
110. descriptions of the service class commands supported by the BSR 14 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands activity timeout The activity timeout command specifies the timeout for active QoS parameters which is the maximum duration that resources may remain unused on an active service flow The no activity timeout command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage activity timeout lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt no activity timeout lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 65535 the activity timeout value in seconds Command Default 0 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 admission timeout The admission timeout command specifies the timeout for admitted QoS parameters which is the duration that the CMTS must hold resources for a service flow s admitted QoS parameter set while they are in excess of its active QoS parameter set The no admission timeout command a restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage admission timeout lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt no admission timeout lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 65535 the admission timeout value in seconds
111. error messages to a logging process Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging on no logging on Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 75 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging rate limit The logging rate limit command limits the rate of system messages and SNMP traps logged per second The no logging rate limit command disables the rate limit Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging rate limit lt 0 2147483647 gt lt 1 2147483647 gt no logging rate limit Command Syntax 0 2147483647 the number of logged messages 1 2147483647 the rate of messages logged per second 1 76 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging reporting The logging reporting command specifies the recording mechanism for logging reports Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging reporting alert critical debug default emergency error information notice warning all clear all set local local syslog local trap local trap syslog no logging reporting alert critical debug default emergency error information notice warning all clear all set local local syslog local trap local trap syslog Command Syntax Severity Levels and Descriptions emergency emergency conditions where the system
112. file names directory names document titles or emphasized text screen display Wed May 6 17 01 03 This font indicates system output 2000 vertical bar page on off A vertical bar separates the choices when a parameter is required The example indicates you can enter either command page on or page off When entering the parameter do not type the vertical bar or the brace brackets 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI XXXV BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Notes Cautions Warnings 7 ZN AN The following icons and associated text may appear in this document Note A note contains tips suggestions and other helpful information such as references to material not contained in the document that can help you complete a task or understand the subject matter Caution The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important installation servicing and operating instructions in the documents accompanying the equipment Warning This symbol indicates that dangerous voltage levels are present within the equipment These voltages are not insulated and may be of sufficient strength to cause serious bodily injury when touched The symbol may also appear on schematics If You Need Help If you need assistance while working with the BSR 2000 contact the Motorola Technical Response Center TRC Inside the U S 1 888 944 HELP 1 888 944 435
113. global port number value set with the tacacs server port command for this TACACS server only 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 153 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 retry 0 100 specifies a retry value this value overrides the global retry value set with the tacacs server retry command for this TACACS server only single connection opens a new TCP connection for every TACACS session established timeout 000 specifies a timeout value in seconds this value overrides the global timeout value set with the tacacs server timeout command for this TACACS server only 1 154 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands tacacs server key The tacacs server key command is used to specify a global authentication encryption key used for all TACACS communications between the TACACS client and the TACACS server A global encryption key is used if no encryption key is specifically configured for this TACACS server The no tacacs server key disables authentication encryption Note The key entered must match the key used on the TACACS server All leading spaces are ignored spaces within and at the end of the key are not If M 7 spaces are used within the key the key should not be enclosed in quotation marks unless the quotation marks themselves are part of the key Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage tacacs server key lt WORD gt no tacacs
114. implementation may choose to return an inconsistentValue error if an attempt is made to set this variable to a value for a security model which the implementation does not support 0 any 1 SNMPv1 2 SNMPv2c 3 USM User Based Security octet string the security name snmpTargetParamsSecurityName for generating notifications which identifies the principal on whose behalf SNMP messages will be generated using this entry authNoPriv set the snmpTargetParamsSecurityLevel object to authorization no privilege 3 42 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands authPriv noAuthNoPriv nonvolatile volatile active not in service set the snmpTargetParamsSecurityLevel object to authorization privilege set the snmpTargetParamsSecurityLevel object to no authorization no privilege specifies the storage type snmpTargetParamsStorageType as nonvolatile which is defined as having persistent memory so that the storage content remains after the device is turned off and on again specifies the storage type snmpTargetParamsStorageType as volatile which is the defined as having temporary memory and so that the storage content is deleted if the device is turned off set snmpTargetParamsRowStatus to active set snmpTargetParamsRowStatus to notInService 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server trap rate limit The snmp server trap
115. in the BGP routing table The no aggregate address command disables this function Use the aggregate address command to implement aggregate routing by redistributing the route in BGP Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage aggregate address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt advertise map lt WORD gt as set attribute map lt WORD gt summary only suppress map lt WORD gt no aggregate address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt advertise map lt WORD gt as set attribute map lt WORD gt summary only suppress map lt WORD gt Command Syntax A B C D aggregate address in routing table A B C D aggregate mask in routing table advertise map WORD name of route map to choose the routes to include into the aggregate and generate associated attributes if as set is specified attribute map WORD route map name to establish aggregate route attribute as set generates AS set path information summary only creates aggregate route and suppresses advertisements of all aggregated more specific routes suppress map WORD suppresses chosen specific routes Command Default Disabled 12 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands auto summary The auto summary command returns the user back to the automatic summarization default of subnet routes into network level routes The no auto summary command disables this function When the route is summed up it reduces the amo
116. in the running configuration and LV in the command output of show commands such as the show ip interface and show running config commands Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt description lt LINE gt Command Syntax NUM is the upstream port number LINE is the text that describes the interface 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 77 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream force frag The cable upstream force frag command is used as a traffic shaping tool that forces the CM to fragment large upstream packets When a CM sends a request to the CMTS for a large data grant that exceeds the configured minislot threshold the CMTS grants the CM the configured minislot threshold which forces the CM to make another data grant request for the remaining data thereby causing data packets in the original grant to be fragmented by the CM Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt force frag lt 0 255 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt force frag lt 0 255 gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 0 255 Configured minislot threshold without fragmentation for large data grants from 0 to 255 Command Default The force fragmentation feature is set to 0 for no forced fragmentation of large data grants 11 78 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0
117. init rl init 12 init rc Option file transfer was started Time of day TOD exchange was started CM sent initial ranging parameters CM is ranging Ranging is complete 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 171 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 dhep d dhep o dhep req dhcp ack online online d online un online pk online pt reject m reject c reject r reject pk reject pt offline DHCP Discover was sent by CM DHCP Offer was received DHCP Request was sent by CM DHCP Ack was received IP address was assigned by DHCP server CM registered enabled for data CM registered but network access for the CM is disabled CM registered but not enabled data Fail to verify modem s identity by BPI module CM registered baseline privacy interface BPI enabled and key encryption key KEK is assigned CM registered BPI enabled and traffic encryption key TEK is assigned CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad mic CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad COS CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to unavailable resource KEK modem key assignment is rejected TEK modem key assignment is rejected CM is considered to be offline The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable modem command 11 172 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CM
118. into the BGP database The no default information originate command disables default route generation Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default information originate no default information originate Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 default metric The default metric feature is used to eliminate the need for separate metric definitions for each routing protocol redistribution The default metric command forces the BGP routing protocol to use the same metric value for all distributed routes from other routing protocols The no default metric command removes or changes the default metric value for the BGP routing protocol Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default metric lt 4294967295 gt no default metric Command Syntax 1 4294967295 Default metric value 12 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands distance bgp The distance bgp command sets external internal and local administrative distances for routes to function The no distance bgp command sets the default values Use the distance bgp command to administer distance based on the preferred routing information source received from a router or group of routers This enables the system to prioritize protocols dependant upon the distances between 1 to 255 where 0 is the best ro
119. ip rip receive version 7 13 ip rip send version 7 14 ip route 2 35 ip routing 2 36 ip source route 2 37 ip split horizon 7 15 ip tacacs source interface 1 55 ip tftp source interface loopback 1 56 ip unreachables 2 38 ipsec 16 41 ipsec shutdown 16 42 iuc 11 153 L last codeword length 11 154 load balancing static 11 155 load interval 1 57 logging 1 59 logging admin status 1 60 logging buffered 1 62 logging console 1 64 logging control docsis 1 66 logging default 1 67 logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages 1 68 logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages 1 69 logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages 1 70 logging disable cm_ranging fail r103_0 1 71 logging evt clear 1 72 logging evt set 1 73 logging facility 1 74 logging on 1 75 Index 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Index logging rate limit 1 76 logging reporting 1 77 logging reporting default 1 80 logging session 1 81 logging snmp trap 1 82 logging source interface loopback 1 84 logging trap 1 85 login 1 87 logout 1 88 Loopback interface 16 10 M mab 14 15 macro 1 89 match as path 6 7 12 24 match community 6 8 12 25 match ip address 6 9 match ip next hop 6 10 match ip route source 6 11 match metric 6 12 match route type external 6 13 match route type internal 6 14 match tag 6 15 max burst 11 156 14 16 max concat burst 14 17 maximum paths 7 16 8 2
120. ip route lt A B C D gt lt A B C_ D gt Command Syntax Deletes all routes A B C D Destination network IP address A B C D Destination network subnet mask 2 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands clear ip traffic The clear ip traffic command resets the IP traffic statistic counters to zero Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip traffic 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 host authorization Group Access The host authorization feature is used for security purposes on the cable network When enabled host authorization denies access to any hacker who tries to take or spoof an IP address from any legitimate user on the same cable network A hacker takes the IP address from this user to steal their data service The hacker accomplishes this by changing the IP address on their PC to the IP address that the DHCP server assigned to a legitimate user s CPE Cable operators can create static entries to deny hackers from stealing service from users Through static entries cable operators can manually bind the CPE MAC hardware and IP address to a particular cable modem This command may be used in circumstances when DHCP is not used to assign the CPE IP addresses The host authorization command is used to enforce the bind of the CM and CPE MAC addresses to the IP address assigned to them statically or th
121. is the J DOCSIS standard start frequency in Hz is the J DOCSIS standard end frequency in Hz channel width 1600 kHz channel width 200 kHz channel width 3200 kHz channel width 400 kHz channel width 6400 kHz channel width 800 kHz auto evaluate the SNR with and without equalization off evaluate the SNR without equalization on evaluate the SNR with equalization auto evaluate the SNR with and without ingress cancellation off evaluate the SNR without ingress cancellation on evaluate the SNR with ingress cancellation 16qam evaluate the SNR for 16qam mode auto evaluate the SNR for both QPSK and 16QAM modes qpsk evaluate the SNR for QPSK mode 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 265 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snr setup get The snr setup get command dispalys the current SNR measurement feature configuration Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage snr setup get lt NUM gt lt NUM gt Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 NUM valid upstream port number 11 266 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands snr start The snr start command initiates SNR measurement via the RF Sentry Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage snr start lt NUM gt lt NUM gt lt mac gt Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 NUM valid upstream port number
122. is unusable reserved for vendor specific fatal hardware or software errors that prevents normal system operation and causes reporting system to reboot severity level 0 alert conditions where immediate action is needed a serious failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning severity level 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 77 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 critical error warnings notice information debug default critical conditions a serious failure that requires immediate attention and prevents the device from transmitting data but the system could recover without rebooting severity level 2 error conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 3 warning conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 4 normal but significant conditions an event of importance occurred which is not a failure severity level 5 informational descriptive system messages an unimportant event which could be helpful for tracing normal operations severity level 6 debugging messages severity level 7 set all the severity levels to default Logging Location Options local local syslog local trap local trap syslog log messages to local nonvolatile memory NVRAM log messages to local NVRAM and the SYSLOG
123. learned or a default value 6 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands set metric type The set metric type command sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol The no set metric type command disables the metric type set for the destination routing protocol Use the route map command to set the type of metric for the route imported by OSPF into its domain Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set metric type external internal type 1 type 2 no set metric type external internal type 1 type 2 Command Syntax external internal type 1 type 2 Command Default Disabled IS IS external metric use IGP metric as the MED for BGP OSPF external type 1 metric OSPF external type 2 metric 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set origin The set origin command configures the conditions for redistributing routes from any protocol to any protocol The no set origin command deletes the BGP origin code When the set origin command configures redistributing routes from any protocol to any protocol any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set origin egp igp incomplete no set origin egp igp incomplete Command Syntax egp EG
124. list lt 99 gt lt 300 1999 gt Command Syntax 1 99 standard access list 1300 1999 standard IP access list expanded range deny deny access if conditions are matched permit permit access if conditions are matched A B C D address to match A B C D wildcard bits any any source host host A B C D a single source host 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 5 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 access list extended Group Access The extended access list command defines an extended access list to configure and control the flow of routing information and traffic by matching a packet with a permit or deny result The no access list command deletes the access list Use the access list command to restrict routing update information control the transmission of packets on an interface or control virtual terminal line access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage To configure an extended access list for AHP ESP GRE IP IPINIP OSPF PCP and PIM use the following command access list lt 00 199 gt lt 2000 2699 gt deny permit lt 0 255 gt ahp esp gre ip ipinip ospf pep pim lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt diff serv lt 0 63 gt To configure an extended access list for ICMP use the following command access list lt 00 199 gt lt 2000 2699 gt deny permit icmp lt A
125. mac MAC address of the reference modem in the form of xxxx XXXX XXXX 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 267 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snr store The snr store command saves the latest SNR measurement data for a 2x8 CMTS module to a file system The user specifies a particular slot and port the file system NVRAM or Flash and a file name without any extension to be used to store the SNR measurement data An extension of snr will be automatically added to the file name Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage snr store lt NUM gt lt NUM gt flash lt filename gt lt WORD gt nvram lt filename gt lt WORD gt Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 NUM valid upstream port number flash lt filename gt store the SNR measurement data from the Flash file system nvram lt filename gt store the SNR measurement data from the NVRAM file system WORD SNR measurement data filename limit of 20 characters excluding the snr filename extension 11 268 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands spreader on The spreader on command enables or disables the spreader for this S SSDMA channel Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage spreader on no spreader on 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 269 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 tcm encoding on The
126. milliseconds five seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 125 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 differential encoding on The differential encoding on command specifies whether or not differential encoding is used in this modulation profile Differential encoding is a technique where data is transmitted according to the phase change between two modulation symbols instead of by the absolute phase of a symbol Differential encoding makes the absolute phase of the received signal insignificant and has the effect of doubling the BER for the same C N The no differential encoding on command disables differential encoding for this modulation profile Note Differential encoding is applicable only to TDMA bursts that use QPSK A 7 or 16QAM modulation Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage differential encoding on no differential encoding on 11 126 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands docstest 7 Group Access The docstest command globally enables or disables DOCSIS 2 0 test mode on the BSR through the DOCSIS 2 0 Testing MIB SP TestMIBv2 0 D02 030530 The DOCSIS 2 0 Testing MIB is used to test DOCSIS 2 0 protocol compliance through a set of objects used to manage DOCSIS 2 0 Cable Modem CM and Cable Modem Termination System CMTS programmable test features Note The DOCSIS 2 0 Testing MIB is considered to be an adjunct to the DOCS
127. modem authentication with a shared secret key The no cable shared secret command sets the cable shared secret back to the default Use the cable shared secret command to authenticate the cable modem such that all cable modems must return a text string to register for access to the network If the no cable shared secret command is enabled on the CMTS secret key checking is not available on any cable modem If shared secret is configured on CMTS cable modems have to use the secret key obtained from the CM configuration files obtained from the TFTP server Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable shared secret 0 lt string gt 7 lt hex dump string gt lt string gt no cable shared secret 0 lt string gt 7 lt hex dump string gt lt string gt Command Syntax 0 Specifies an UNENCRYPTED key will follow 7 Specifies an ENCRYPTED key will follow hex dump string The authentication key in hex number format string The authentication key enclosed with double quotes if the key contains spaces The and I characters must not be used Command Default null string 11 66 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable shared secondary secret The cable shared secondary secret command activates or deactivates cable modem authentication with a shared secondary secret key The no cable shared secondary secret command sets the cable shared secondary secret back to
128. no export additive none 12 62 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands Command Syntax 1 4294967295 community number additive add to the existing community local AS do not advertise this route to peers outside of the local autonomous system no advertise do not advertise this route to any peer internal or external no export routes with this community are sent to peers in other sub autonomous systems within a confederation none no community attribute 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 63 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set ip next hop The set ip next hop command establishes a next hop value for the AS path The no ip next hop command deletes the entry Use the ip policy route map interface configuration command the route map global configuration command and the match and set route map configuration commands to define the conditions for policy routing packets The ip policy route map command identifies a route map by name Each route map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it The match commands specify the match criteria the conditions under which policy routing occurs The set commands specify the set actions the particular routing actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met If the interface associated with the first next hop specified with the set ip next hop command is down the optionally specified IP addresses
129. no response from an active RADIUS server specifying the time interval between retry attempts if there is no response from from an active RADIUS server System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage radius server host lt A B C D gt lt Hostname gt auth port lt 0 65535 gt primary radius server key lt WORD gt radius server retransmit lt 0 00 gt radius server timeout lt 000 gt no radius server host lt A B C D gt lt Hostname gt auth port no radius server key no radius server retransmit no radius server timeout Command Syntax host specifies a RADIUS server A B C D the IP address of the RADIUS server 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 99 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Hostname auth port 0 65535 primary key WORD retransmit 0 100 timeout 7 1000 the hostname of the RADIUS server specify a UDP port number for RADIUS authentication default port number is 1812 select this server as the primary RADIUS server text of the encryption key shared between the RADIUS client and the RADIUS servers Motorola recommends a 22 character minimum specify the number of retry attempts if there is no response from an active RADIUS server default is 3 retries specify the time interval in seconds between retry attempts if there is no response from from an active RADIUS server default is 5 seconds 1 100 MGBI 526363 001 00
130. number A value of 0 represents any protocol For example the Call Management Server Gate Controller or Call Management Server Policy Server can use TCP Port 6 and the Record Keeping Server can use UDP Port 17 source TCP UDP port number 0 represents any port destination TCP UDP port number 0 represents any port used if the packet matches the rule for this policy i e ipAddr ipAddr2 num source port or destination port matches the packet being processed then apply transport mode IPSEC to the IP Packet used if the packet matches the rule for this policy i e ipAddr ipAddr2 num source port or the destination port matches the packet being processed then the IPSEC processing is bypassed and the IP packet is processed used if the packet matches the rule for this policy i e ipAddr ip Addr2 num source port or destination port matches the packet being processed then discard this IP packet allows a rule to be inserted after an existing rule in the SPD If the after is not present the new rule is added to the first index policy security index number from the show ipsec spd policy command The index numbering begins at 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 57 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 spd preshared key The spd preshared key command specifies the Pre shared Key IP address to allow a Pre shared secret key to be passed between parties in a communication f
131. only relevant for upstream A 7 service flows Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage req trans policy lt WORD gt lt 0x0 0x7fff gt no req trans policy lt WORD gt lt 0x0 0x7fff gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command Ox0 Ox7 fff the Request Transmission Policy bit mask 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default BE UP 0 UGS 0x7f UGS AD 0x7f RTPS Oxif NRTPS 0 14 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands restricted admission disabled The restricted admission disabled command disables the admission of service flows in the admission restricted state The admission restricted state is when a service flow is admitted when there is insufficient resources to meet its reserved rate and subsequently the flow only receives best effort service The no restricted admission disabled command enables the admission of service flows in the admission restricted state Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage restricted admission disabled no restricted admission disabled Command Default Restricted admission is enabled by default 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 schedpriority The schedpriority command assigns a scheduling pr
132. operator wants to support multiple ISP providers the ip address command can be used to group secondary subnets together Basically one secondary is defined for CMs and another secondary subnet is defined for CPEs The CM subnet and the CPE subnet are bound through the use of the isp bind option of the ip address command First the secondary subnet for CMs is defined and then the secondary subnet for CPE s is defined using isp bind option To bind the CPE subnet with the CM subnet the CM subnet address is entered after the isp bind option is entered while configuring the secondary subnet for CPE s Note Supporting multiple ISPs on the BSR requires significant coordination between the operator provisioning system and the configuration of the BSR A 7 Refer to Selecting a Specific ISP in the BSR 2000 Configuration and Management Guide 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 149 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Note You must configure a primary IP address before configuring a secondary IP address Note The host or mta optional parameters can be specified with a secondary IP address on a loopback interface However these parameters will have no effect unless the loopback interface is configured as a virtual cable bundle master f y Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Interface Configuration cable or loopback interfaces only Command Line Usage ip address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt secondary hos
133. output in each show version display shows the format version assembly type hardware revision serial part and product numbers FPGA Version number and buffer management information Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show version begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show version count count only 1 150 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands Command Syntax begin exclude include WORD count count only turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 151 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 speed The speed command specifies the speed at which the Ethernet interface operates The default speed is auto negotiated but the speed can be manually set to either 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Ethernet interface only Command Line Usage speed 100 10 auto no speed 100 10 auto Command Syntax 100 100 Mbps 10 10 Mbps auto autonegotiate the connection speed 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps with the device at the o
134. output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 47 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 undebug all The undebug all command disables all debugging functions on the system Group Access System Administrator Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage undebug all 4 48 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Access List Commands Introduction This chapter describes the access list commands used with the BSR 2000 Access lists are used on the BSR to control entry or exit access to or from the BSR Access lists are also used within a route map statement that is part of the routing configuration Access lists can be configured for all routed network protocols to filter packets as the packets pass through the BSR The access list criteria can be defined by the source or the destination address upper layer protocol or other routing information There are many reasons to configure access lists including to restrict contents of routing updates or to provide traffic flow control One of the most important reasons to configure access lists is to provide a basic level of
135. over the transmission line The no cable downstream pre equalization command disables the pre equalization function Note Not all CMs support the pre equalization adjustment If a CM does not N7 support this adjustment it may not be able to receive downstream data correctly from the BSR CMTS interface Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt NUM gt pre equalization lt 3 gt no cable downstream lt NUM gt pre equalization lt 3 gt Command Syntax NUM downstream port number always 0 for the BSR 2000 1 3 band in the range through 3 11 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable downstream rate limit The cable downstream rate limit command controls whether rate limiting is applied to downstream traffic on a given downstream interface The no cable upstream rate limit command disables downstream rate limiting The token bucket algorithm is used for rate limiting Note If the rate limit is enabled downstream traffic is rate limited according to the cable modems configured Packets may be buffered at times when any A 7 cable modem or the hosts behind the cable modems transmit data exceeding the permitted bandwidth Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream lt NUM gt rate limit no cable downstream lt NUM gt rate limit Command Syntax NUM t
136. packets out outbound packets 5 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Access List Commands ip access list The ip access list command adds a standard or extended access list entry The no ip access list command removes the entry Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip access list standard lt 99 gt extended lt 00 99 gt no ip access list standard lt 99 gt extended lt 00 99 gt Command Syntax standard 99 standard access list number extended 00 199 extended access list number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 5 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show access lists The show access lists command displays an access list or all access lists without displaying the entire configuration file Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show access lists lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show access lists lt 99 gt lt 1300 2699 gt count count only Command Syntax 1 199 access list number 1300 2699 access list number expanded range l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number
137. ranging delay is used in sizing Initial Maintenance intervals in the upstream and is used for no other purpose Initial Maintenance is the upstream interval that a cable modem uses to send its initial ranging request message when it wants to join the network The no cable upstream modem ranging delay command restores the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt VNUM gt modem ranging delay lt 0 600 gt no cable upstream lt VUM gt modem ranging delay Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 0 600 The maximum ranging timing offset in microseconds Command Default 250 microseconds 11 90 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream modulation profile The cable upstream modulation profile is used to apply an upstream modulation profile to an upstream channel The no cable upstream modulation profile command returns the modulation profile to modulation profile 1 Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt modulation profile lt 600 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt modulation profile lt 600 gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 1 600 Modulation profile number from 1 to 600 Command Default modulation profile 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 91 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0
138. rate limit command constricts the rate of SNMP messages and log messages sent to a remote host and used by the agent to send an unsolicited notification to one or more pre configured management stations The no snmp server trap rate limit clears the SNMP agent and increases the number of traps sent to a remote host Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server trap rate limit lt 0 2 147483647 gt lt 0 2147483647 gt no snmp server trap rate limit lt 0 2147483647 gt lt 0 2147483647 gt Command Syntax 0 2147483647 number of SNMP traps affects both trap and SYSLOG 0 2147483647 per unit time in seconds 3 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server trap source loopback The snmp server trap source loopback command allows an operator to control the source IP address of SNMP traps generated by the BSR by specifying a loopback interface as the source IP address for SNMP traps The normal convention for generated SNMP traps is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address of the outgoing interface The snmp server trap source loopback command overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of the specified loopback interface The no snmp server trap source loopback command removes the loopback source interface Note Before using the snmp server trap source loopback command the A J loopback interface must be configured and assign
139. rejected reject pt TEK modem key assignment is rejected offline CM is considered to be offline Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem timing offset above below lt 0 500000 gt lt X Y gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem timing offset above below lt 0 500000 gt lt X Y gt count count only Command Syntax above identify all cable modems with a timing offset above the entered number below identify all cable modems with a timing offset below the entered number 0 500000 the timing offset value X Y X is 0 Y is the port number l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 211 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 212 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem unregistered The show cable modem unregistered command displays the following information about unregistered cable modems Interface Prim Sid Connect State Timing Offset Rec Power Ip address Mac address cabl
140. server log messages excluding the specified trap level to local NVRAM log messages excluding the specified trap level to local NVRAM and a SYSLOG server 1 78 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands all clear unsets all logging locations for the report all set sets all logging locations for the report Note Debug messages will not be reported unless debugging has been Ww turned on for a subsystem with the corresponding CLI debug command e g debug snmp 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 79 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging reporting default The logging reporting default command is used to return to the default destination severity log reporting configuration Note The default destination severity log reporting configuration depends on A J which logging control mode is enabled Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging reporting default 1 80 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging session The logging session command enables the transmission of system logging messages to the current login session The no logging session command disables the transmission of system logging messages to the current login session Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage logging session no logging session 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 81 BS
141. set the electronic surveillance feature to the default value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear cops pdp ip all The clear cops pdp ip all command removes all Policy Decision Point PDP IP addresses Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage clear cops pdp ip all 16 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands clear counters ipsec The clear counters ipsec command clears the IPSec statistical counters Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear counters ipsec 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear packet cable gate The clear packet cable gate command releases reserved or committed DQoS and Multimedia gates Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear packet cable gate all dqos cops lt 0 3 gt slot lt NUM gt modem lt mac gt subscriber lt A B C D gt identifier lt 0x00000000 0xffffffff gt Command Syntax all releases all gates dqos releases all DQoS gates cops lt 0 3 gt releases a gate for a specified COPS Client handle slot lt NUM gt Releases all gates associated with a specified slot number This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 modem lt mac gt CM MAC address subscriber lt A B C D gt MTA or Client IP address identifier Gate I
142. snmpCommunityMIB defines objects to help support coexistence between SNMPv1 SNMPv2c and SNMPv3 The snmpCommunityTable contains a database of community strings and provides mappings between community strings and the parameters required for View based Access Control Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server community table lt octet string gt lt octet string gt access list lt num gt active context name eng id index nonvolatile not in service transport tag volatile no snmp server community table lt octet string gt Command Syntax octet string the community string snmpCommunityName whose configuration is represented by a row in this community table octet string a string representing the corresponding value of sampCommunityName in a Security Model independent format access list num the number 1 199 of the IP access list allowed access with this community string active set the sampCommunityStatus object to active 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 context name eng id index nonvolatile not in service transport tag volatile the context in which management information is accessed when using the community string specified by the snmpCommunityName specifies the context EngineID snmp CommunityContextEngineID indicating the location of the context in which man
143. specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 2 60 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 61 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip protocols The show ip protocols command is used for debugging routing activity and processes by displaying the status of routing protocol processes currently on the system Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show ip protocols bgp summary begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip protocols bgp summary count count only Command Syntax bgp display the status of Border Gateway Protocol processes summary display a summary of system routing protocol processes l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 2 62 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show ip route The show ip route command displays the active entries in th
144. specifies a security policy for the given peers IPSec Security Policy Database SPD The SPD policy is priority based The lower number index has a higher priority Data packets are compared against rules in the SPD policy starting with the first index When a match is found that rule is applied and no further comparisons are made against the SPD policy for that data packet When deleting entries a single rule or all the rules in the table can be deleted at once Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage spd policy lt ipAddr ipAddr2 ipMask gt lt ipAddr ipAddr2 ipMask gt lt num gt lt 0 65535 gt lt 0 65535 gt apply bypass discard transport after lt num gt no spd policy lt num gt all Command Syntax ipAdadr ipAddr2 ipMask ipAdadr ipAddr2 ipMask source network IP address followed by a colon and subnetwork mask If a hyphen is used between ipAddr and ipAddr2 this specifies a range of source network IP addresses destination network IP address followed by a colon and subnetwork mask If a hyphen is used between ipAddr and ipAddr2 this specifies a range of destination network IP addresses 16 56 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands num 0 65535 0 65535 apply transport bypass discard after num transport protocol number which is the IP protocol from the IP protocol header The format is a decimal
145. stop stop only wait start default local none tacacs no aaa accounting exec Command Syntax none disables accounting services start stop sends a start accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a stop accounting notice at the end of a process the requested user process begins regardless of whether the start accounting notice was received by the accounting server stop only sends a stop accounting notice at the end of the requested user process does not send a start accounting request at the start of the process 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 wait start local none radius tacacs sends a start accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a stop accounting notice at the end of a process the requested user process does not begin until the start accounting notice is received by the server local database to be used as the authorization method no method is specified as the accounting method RADIUS to be used as the accounting method TACACS to be used as the accounting method MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands aaa authentication enable default The aaa authentication enable default command enables AAA authentication to determine if a user can access the privilege level 15 system administrator The no aaa authentication enable default command disables AAA authen
146. supported on the BSR Timing Offset current cable modem timing adjustment Rec Power cable modem receive downstream power level in dbmv Ip address cable modem IP address Mac address cable modem Media Access Control layer address The following is typical output from the show cable modem registered command Interface Prim Connect Timing Rec Ip Address Mac Address Sid State Offset Power Cable 4 1 D1U1 4 online pt 580 0 2 150 31 101 14 000b 0643 36c8 Cable 4 1 D1U1 6 online pt 581 0 1 150 31 101 44 000b 0643 3716 Cable 4 1 D1U1 9 online pt 581 0 0 150 31 101 45 000b 0643 3b60 Cable 4 1 D1U1 7 online pt 580 0 0 150 31 101 46 000b 0643 3b72 Cable 4 1 D1U1 5 online pt 579 0 1 150 31 101 50 000b 0643 3b78 Cable 4 1 D1U1 1 online pt 583 0 4 150 31 000 21 000b 0643 3b84 Cable 4 1 D1U1 2 online pt 583 0 2 150 31 101 17 000b 0643 3b90 Cable 4 1 D1U1 3 online pt 579 0 1 150 31 101 12 000b 0643 3b9a Cable 4 1 D1U1 8 online pt 581 0 0 150 31 101 15 000b 0643 3bb2 Cable modem connectivity states are as follows online CM registered enabled for data online d CM registered but network access for the CM is disabled 11 194 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands online un online pk online pt reject r reject pk reject pt Group Access All Command Mode CM registered but not enabled data Fail to verify modem s identity by BPI module CM registered baseline privacy in
147. that runs internally to a single Autonomous System such as an enterprise network At the core of the OSPF protocol is a distributed replicated link state database OSPF specifies a Link state Advertisements LSAs that allow OSPF routers to update each other about the LAN and WAN links to which they connected OSPF ensures that each OSPF router has an identical link state database except during period of convergence Using the link state database each OSPF router calculates its IP routing table with the best routes through the network OSPF Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the OSPF commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 area authentication 7 Group Access Use the area authentication command to enable authentication for an OSPF area to Type 1 Type 2 simple password as specified in RFC 1247 while specification of Type 0 is assumed Authentication type must match all routers and access servers in a particular area The no authentication command disables authentication for the specified OSPF area Note Ensure that the ip ospf authentication key command is used to specify a password which must be the same for all OSPF routers on a network for communication to take place before the area authentication command is issued If area authentication is enabled with MD5 authentication message digest keyword whic
148. the default interval it does not disable the query messages Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim query interval lt 65535 gt no ip pim query interval Command Syntax 1 65535 the PIM query message interval in seconds Command Default 30 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip pim spt threshold lasthop The ip pim spt threshold lasthop command configures when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path source tree This is determined by specifying a network traffic threshold at which the router switches to the shortest path source tree after the last hop The no ip pim spt threshold lasthop command restores the default value or changes the setting Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim spt threshold lasthop lt 0 4294967294 gt infinity no ip pim spt threshold lasthop lt 0 4294967294 gt infinity Command Syntax 0 4294967294 the traffic rate in kilobits per second infinity never switch to the shortest path source tree indicates that the rendezvous point RP is always used Command Default 1024 kbps 13 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PIM Commands network The PIM version of the network command enables IP networks for the PIM routing process The no network command disables networks for the PIM routing process Group Access ISP
149. the default value Use the ip ospf priority command value to configure OSPF broadcast networks The router with a higher priority takes precedence when attempting to become the designated router If the routers share the same priority router ID takes precedence Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf priority lt 0 255 gt no ip ospf priority lt 0 255 gt Command Syntax 0 255 the priority value Command Default 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip ospf retransmit interval The ip ospf retransmit interval command establishes the number of seconds between LSAs retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface The no ip ospf retransmit interval command changes the number of seconds between LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface to the default value Use the ip ospf retransmit interval command to establish the time a router sends an LSA to its neighbor The neighbor keeps the LSA until it receives the acknowledgement Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf retransmit interval lt 3600 gt no ip ospf retransmit interval Command Syntax 1 3600 the amount of time between LSA retransmissions in seconds Command Default 5 8 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands ip ospf transmit delay The ip ospf trans
150. the engine id if not specified the local engine ID is used 3 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server docs trap control The snmp server docs trap control command enables various CMTS traps The no snmp server docs trap control disables the CMTS trap Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server docs trap control cmtsBPKMTrap cmtsBpilnitTrap emtsDCCAckFailTrap cmtsDCCReqFailTrap cmtsDCCRspFailTrap cmtsDynServAckFailTrap cmtsDynServReqFailTrap cmtsDynServRspFailTrap cmtsDynamicSATrap cmtsInitRegAckFailTrap cmtsInitRegReqFailTrap cmtsInitRegRspFailTrap no snmp server docs trap control cemtsBPKMTrap cmtsBpilnitTrap emtsDCCAckFailTrap cmtsDCCReqFailTrap cmtsDCCRspFailTrap cmtsDynServAckFailTrap cmtsDynServReqFailTrap cmtsDynServRspFailTrap cmtsDynamicSATrap cmtsInitRegAckFailTrap cmtsInitRegReqFailTrap cmtsInitRegRspFailTrap Command Syntax cmtsBPKMTrap the failure of a BPKM operation detected on the CMTS side cmtsBpilnitTrap the failure of a BPI initialization attempt happened during the CM registration process and detected on the CMTS side emtsDCCAckFailTrap the failure of a dynamic channel change acknowledgement that happened during the dynamic channel change process on the CMTS side 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cmtsDCCReqFa
151. the response timer for sending the COPS Client Open message can be specified if COPS connections time out before receiving a Client Accept message The cops client timer command specifies the time permitted for the BSR to receive the Client Accept message from the PDP before terminating the COPS connection The no cops client timer command restores the default setting Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage cops client timer lt 3600000 gt no cops client timer lt 3600000 gt Command Syntax 1 3600000 COPS Client timer value in milliseconds Command Default 3000 milliseconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cops pdp ip The cops pdp ip command restricts COPS connections to a specific Policy Decision Point PDP A PDP is either the Call Management Server in the PacketCable architecture or the Policy Server in the PacketCable Multimedia architecture where a Client MTA policy request is either serviced or rejected The no cops pdp ip command removes an IP address from the list Note If one or more PDP IP addresses are configured only connections LD from these PDP IP addresses are accepted Up to 100 trusted PDP IP addresses can be configured Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage cops pdp ip lt A B C D gt no cops pdp ip lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D PDP IP ad
152. the route map Values can be set using the match as path command Use the match as path command to match at least one BGP autonomous system path to ensure advertisement on the route map Use the match as path command to globally replace values matched and set with the match as path command and the set weight command to supersede weights established with the neighbor weight and the neighbor filter list commands The values set by the match and set commands override global values For example the weights assigned with the match as path and set weight route map commands override the weights assigned using the neighbor weight and neighbor filter list commands The implemented weight is established by the initial autonomous system match Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage match as path lt 199 gt no match as path lt 199 gt Command Syntax 1 199 as path list number you can specify a single number or multiple numbers separated by a space 12 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands match community The match community command creates a BGP autonomous system community access list match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry The no match community command removes the match entry completely The no match community command removes the list numbers or the exact match attribute from the match entry use the command Use the match community l
153. update Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distribute list lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt in out no distribute list lt 199 gt lt 300 2699 gt in out Command Syntax 1 199 Access list number that is used to filter incoming and outgoing routing updates 1300 2699 Expanded range access list number that is used to filter incoming and outgoing routing updates in Filters incoming routing updates out Filters outgoing routing updates Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip ospf authentication key 7 Group Access The ip ospf authentication key command assigns a password for use by neighboring OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication The no ip ospf authentication key command deletes the password assigned for use by neighboring OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication Note All neighbor routers on the same network need the same password to exchange OSPF information ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf authentication key lt WORD gt no ip ospf authentication key lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD character string from 1 to 8 characters in length 8 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands ip ospf cost The ip ospf cost command establishes a precise cost metric value for sen
154. version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv lt WORD gt bgp docsdevemts entity environ flap ospf pim samp snr udp port lt 0 65535 gt 3 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands no snmp server host lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt informs lt WORD gt version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv traps lt WORD gt version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv lt WORD gt bgp docsdevemts entity environ flap ospf pim snmp snr udp port lt 0 65535 gt ommand Syntax A B C D WORD informs version 1 2c auth no auth priv traps bgp docsdevemts entity environ flap ospf pim snmp IP address of SNMP notification host 1 to 32 alphabetic characters specifying an SNMP community enable SNMP informs version to use for notification messages lowest security level second level more than security level 1 most secure level authenticates without encryption no authentication unscrambled packet privileged level authenticates and scrambles packet enable SNMP traps send BGP state change informs or traps send docsdevicecmts change informs or traps send entity state change informs or traps send SNMP environment change informs or traps send flap state change informs or traps send OSPF state change informs or traps send PIM state change informs or traps send SNMP state change informs or trap
155. which is enabled by the ip dhep relay information spectrum group name command allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert when available the Spectrum Group name associated with the upstream channel that the DHCP client is using into outbound DHCP client requests i e DHCP Discovers and DHCP Requests as they traverse the BSR Note f you are configuring two MAC domains on the 2x8 CMTS module the ip dhcp relay information option command must be entered for each MAC domain If this command is not entered in for each domain CMs cannot register in that domain Note If a DHCP client on a particular subnet is using an upstream frequency that is not configured as a member of a Spectrum Group the Spectrum Group name is not inserted by the DHCP relay agent into the DHCP discover packet f y Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage ip dhcp relay information option spectrum group name no ip dhcp relay information option spectrum group name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax option spectrum group name insert a MAC address Agent Remote ID only into a client s DHCP discover packets insert the Spectrum Group name into all DHCP outbound requests 2 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip domain list The ip domain list command provides up to six domain names to
156. 0 Mbps management interface that does not support the negotiation feature Ethernet ports 1 and 2 are typically used to support an external T1 E1 BITS clock X is always 0 Y is the port number gigaether X Y Provides two 1000 Mbps optical Ethernet interfaces X is always 0 Y is the port number loopback 64 Loopback interfaces are used to act as inbound logical interfaces when physical interfaces go down 2 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip access group The ip access group command configures an interface to use an access list The no ip access group command does not allow incoming or outgoing packets Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip access group lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt in out no ip access group lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt in out Command Syntax 1 199 Standard number range from 1 to 199 1300 2699 Extended number range from 1300 to 2699 in Incoming packet is processed only if the source address is in the access list out Same as in outgoing packet is processed only if access list permits the packet Command Default No access groups defined 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip address The ip address command configures a primary or secondary IP address for an interface or defines the Gateway IP address giaddr for Customer Premises Equipment CPE Multi
157. 0 hop geton vall Bad kison Aone neers 11 142 PG E E E cece aoa aoe ea 11 143 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xxiii BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Horane JCS Rt UE eee Re EPE ete een eaten er meer E ty rey Pe 11 144 UT ACS I cack cach az A E te ae N E E E emcees aes 11 145 mterlegver Ploce 5 painless persed pic aes ipe REN 11 146 imterleayer SUD 5 cas 28 uses a A E E E 11 147 a E a A A E S E E E A E 11 148 E 08 e EEE A EEEN E A E cer ere ee ES E E E R AE S 11 149 ip diop Delay mionnation COMO cece eee ener 11 152 I Seo yesh i vaccine O EE D A E OR ea ee 11 153 Fast coche wit idle hema nerin iain saeiaeu tadncancneianaien 11 154 load balanicine SETI sonra EE arcadia einer 11 155 UVP RSLS e Re eRe E TE E Aen ame OR E ETE IET ene eee EA E ere rey veneer tree re 11 156 modalahon Ay 2 ee E ere ee 11 157 E asl a el eee Veron ne ee etry E ener E S irereeray erenreri treme rrr reer S 11 159 ier Jets to L014 opener eee ee rere rere ert tree eon ety erent Osety eves COvEere re neremrrt en Sette reves eerenter re 11 160 dices JUL Con qe ate eee De nek eer cea ape eam are A eee E ee ee ere reer eter eeer 11 161 CSC RNS at ess tas exeerdters E leslie E E Mee OT OT 11 162 soram bersed erna onesie ma eles 11 163 Siow CARTS eG Bt aS caro arriciatiaeeriesecm an aia ecco ee 11 164 show canle dowie aNs vis csices teed sids ee TMi aden Ro te eae 11 166 show cable flap itasse E 11 168 E E A E E E A E EE E 11 170 MOW TA UG a er NC s
158. 0 18 41 11 07 RMs N Module state RUNNING CMTS slot 1 02 10 18 41 11 07 RMs I Slot 1 booted with version 2 1 0TO0P39 KRBU 02 10 18 41 09 07 SPECMGR N No shut down succeed for channel ifIndex 98561 02 10 18 41 09 07 CRMTASK N link up notification ifIndex 98561 02 10 18 41 08 07 CRMTASK N link up notification ifIndex 98305 02 10 18 41 08 07 IM N IP Interface cable 1 0 on 150 31 41 1 is up 02 10 18 41 08 07 IM N Interface cable 1 0 is up 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc N configuration change by hotswapper cable downstre am schedule priority wfq 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc I restoring cable downstream schedule priority wfq 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc E bad return value 0 from parse in loadInterfaceConf iguration for config line cable dynamic service authorization mode disable 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc I restoring cable dynamic service authorization mode disable 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc N configuration change by hotswapper cable upstream 3 shutdown 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc I restoring cable upstream 3 shutdown 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc N configuration change by hotswapper cable upstream 2 shutdown 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc I restoring cable upstream 2 shutdown 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc N configuration change by hotswapper cable upstream 1 shutdown 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc I restoring cable upstream 1 shutdown 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc N configuration change by hotswapper no cable upstr eam 0 shutd
159. 0 40 69 drops input queue 0 75 7 drops 5 minute input rate 2202000 bits sec 416 packets sec 5 minute output rate 120000 bits sec 13 packets sec 1125177443 packets input 14081732 bytes 25 no buffer Received 3125750 broadcasts 0 runts 0 giants 0 throttles 1018 input errors 87 CRC 0 frame 0 overrun 0 ignored 0 abort 25006326 packets output 1183354279 bytes 0 underruns 0 output errors 0 collisions 4 interface resets 0 output buffer failures 0 output buffers swapped out lt Load Interval Bandwidth Utilization Information Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage load interval lt 300 gt Command Syntax 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 57 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 1 300 the load interval timer value in minutes Command Default 5 minutes 1 58 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging The logging command specifies the IP address of a remote SYSLOG server The no logging command clears the IP address specification of a remote SYSLOG server Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging lt A B C D gt no logging lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D SYSLOG server IP address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 59 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging admin status A7 The logging admin status command controls the t
160. 0 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 tacacs server retry The tacacs server retry command is used to globally specify a retry count for all TACACS servers A global retry count is used if no retry count is specifically configured for this TACACS server The no tacacs server retry command restores the global default value of 3 retries Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage tacacs server retry lt 0 100 gt no tacacs server retry Command Syntax 0 100 the retry count Command Default 3 retries 1 158 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands tacacs server timeout The tacacs server timeout command is used to specify a global timeout interval for all TACACS servers A global timeout value is used if no timeout value is specifically configured for this TACACS server The no tacacs server timeout command restores the global default timeout value or specifies another value Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage tacacs server timeout lt 000 gt no tacacs server timeout lt 000 gt Command Syntax 1 1000 timeout value in seconds Command Default 10 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 159 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 telnet The telnet command establishes a telnet connection between the BSR and a remote system Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command
161. 0 KHz 1 dBmV 16 to 14 dBmV 400 KHz 2 dBmV 13 to 17 dBmV 800 KHz 5 dBmV 10 to 20 dBmvV 1 6 MHz 8 dBmV 7 to 23 dBmV 3 2 MHz 11 dBmV 4 to 26 dBmV Caution Use caution when increasing the input power level in absolute mode The CMs on the HFC network increase their transmit power level by 3 dB for every incremental upstream channel bandwidth change causing an increase in the total power on the upstream channel This may violate the upstream return laser design parameters 11 94 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt power level lt 160 290 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt power level lt 60 290 gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 160 290 The input power level expressed in tenths of a dB Command Default 0 dB Command Example The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power level command to set the upstream input power level to 5 dBmV in absolute mode which keeps the input power level at 5 dBmV regardless of the upstream channel bandwidth setting as shown below MOT config if cable upstream 0 power level 50 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 95 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream power level default Group Access The BSR CMTS interface controls CM output power levels to meet the desir
162. 0 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands show ip bgp neighbors The show ip bgp neighbors command displays information about TCP and BGP connections to neighbors Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp neighbors lt WORD gt global ipv4 advertised routes dampened routes received routes routes begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp neighbors lt WORD gt global ipv4 advertised routes dampened routes received routes routes count count only Command Syntax A B C D global ipv4 advertised routes dampened routes received routes routes the IP address of a neighbor if not specified all neighbors are displayed Global routing forwarding Neighbors active in this family displays all routes advertised to a BGP neighbor displays all dampened routes received from a neighbor displays all received routes both accepted and filtered from a specific neighbor displays all routes that were received and accepted for the specified neighbor turns on output modifiers filters 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 81 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string c
163. 00 0065 3 0000 0000 0066 The show bridge vlan counters command displays statistical counters for all VLANs or a specific VLAN associated with a network bridge port The following is typical screen output from the show bridge vlan counters command VLAN Upstream Upstream Downstream Downstream ID Packets Discards Packets Discards 2 714 23 922 34 3 50 0 45 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show bridge vlan show bridge vlan counters lt 2 4094 gt 17 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 VLAN Tagging Commands Command Syntax counters display statistical counters for all VLANs ora specific VLAN associated with a network bridge port 2 4094 the VLAN ID if omitted all VLANs are displayed Note VLAN ID 1 is reserved for use by the attached Layer 2 switch router for management purposes and as the default native VLAN for that equipment M 7 VLAN ID 1 may not be configured on the BSR for Ethernet port tagged routing or for cable modem Layer 2 bridging 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 17 7 Command Defaults This Appendix provides a list of default values or default states for BSR 2000 commands Those commands for which the Default column is left blank do not have a default value associated with them Table A 1 System Administration Commands Command Default aaa accounting commands default aaa accounting exec default aaa authentication login d
164. 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Command Default none 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable modem qos dsc Group Access The cable modem qos dsc command triggers a Dynamic Service Change DSC initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem CM The cable modem qos dsc command triggers a dynamic service change DSC initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem s configuration file format This configuration file is saved in tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with known IP address The current implementation only the change of service based on service flow not the flow classifier nor the payload header suppression The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format This configuration file is saved in the tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address The current implementation only is the change of service based on service flow not the flow classifier nor the payload header suppression MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt qos dse lt prefix gt lt string gt Command Syntax mac The CM Dynamic Service Addition MAC address of the specified cable modem prefix Specified cable modem IP add
165. 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands auto cost reference bandwidth The BSR OSPF routing process calculates the OSPF cost metric for an interface according to the bandwidth of this interface The cost of an interface depends on the type of interface OSPF uses a reference bandwidth of 100 Mbps for cost calculation The formula to calculate the cost is the reference bandwidth divided by interface bandwidth Use the auto cost reference bandwidth command to set the automatic cost metric that the OSPF routing process uses to differentiate the cost of multiple high bandwidth links Use the no auto cost reference bandwidth command to remove the OSPF cost metric for a link Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage auto cost reference bandwidth lt 4294967 gt no auto cost reference bandwidth lt 4294967 gt Command Syntax 1 4294967 The reference bandwidth in Mbps Command Default 10 Mbps 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 auto virtual link Use the auto virtual link command to automatically detect and create OSPF virtual links The no auto virtual link command disables automatic detection and creation of OSPF virtual links Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage auto virtual link no auto virtual link Command Default Disabled 8 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands
166. 00000 85 7000000 gt Euro DOCSIS Standard cable downstream lt 0 0 gt frequency lt 2000000 858000000 gt no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt frequency lt 2000000 858000000 gt Japan DOCSIS J DOCSIS Standard cable downstream lt 0 0 gt frequency lt 9 000000 S60000000 gt no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt frequency lt 9 000000 S60000000 gt 11 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number 91000000 857000000 The downstream carrier center frequency Valid values are from 91000000 to 857000000 Hertz Hz for North American DOCSIS 112000000 85S8000000 The downstream carrier center frequency Valid values are from 112000000 to 858000000 Hz for EuroDOCSIS 91000000 860000000 The downstream carrier center frequency for the Japan DOCSIS J DOCSIS Standard Command Default 555000000 Hz 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream interleave depth The cable operator can protect the downstream path from excess noise or decrease latency on the downstream path by setting the interleave depth A higher interleave depth provides more protection from noise on the HFC network but increases downstream latency A lower interleave depth decreases downstream latency but provides less protection from noise on the HFC network The cable downstream interleave depth command sets the downstream port interleav
167. 02 1Q tags Note VLAN ID 1 is reserved for use by the attached Layer 2 switch router for management purposes and as the default native VLAN for that equipment A 7 VLAN ID 1 may not be configured on the BSR for Ethernet port tagged routing or for cable modem Layer 2 bridging 17 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 VLAN Tagging Commands bridge mode trunk The bridge mode trunk command enables VLAN tagged bridging on a network interface Only the Ethernet Network Interface is permitted to be configured for VLAN Tagging Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Ethernet and Gigaether only Command Line Usage bridge mode trunk priority lt 0 255 gt Command Syntax 0 255 the optional priority value for the bridge mode trunk port if multiple network ports are configured with bridge mode trunk command the BSR selects the port with the highest priority value for forwarding VLAN tagged layer 2 packets If not specified the default priority value is 128 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 17 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear bridge vlan counters The clear bridge vlan counters command clears all receive and transmit statistics for all VLANs associated with a VLAN cable modem These are the same statistics displayed with the show bridge vlan counters command Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear bridge vlan counters lt 2 4094 gt
168. 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable qos svc flow param set The show cable qos svc flow param set command displays parameter settings for all service classes configured on an individual CMTS slot and port or all CMTS modules on the BSR The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc flow param set command Interface index Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Group Access All Command Mode service flow id parameter set type parameter set bit map active timeout admitted timeout scheduling type traffic priority max traffic rate max traffic burst min reserved rate min reserved pkt size max concatenated burst tos AND mask tos OR mask req trans policy All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage 294658 1 Active Oxdc800000 0 200 Best Effort 5 96000 3044 64000 300 1522 Oxff 0x0 0x0 show cable qos svc flow param set X Y lt 1 4292967295 gt Command Syntax X Y 1 4292967295 X is 0 Y is the port number service flow ID 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 229 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable qos svc flow phs The show cable qos svc flow phs command displays the payload header suppression PHS configured for an interface that is used for a specific service flow Note If the PHS is not specified all PHS entries with the specified SFIDs are A J listed Group Access All
169. 12 85 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip bgp summary The show ip bgp summary command displays the status of all BGP connections Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp summary global ipv4 begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp summary global ipv4 count count only Command Syntax global Global routing forwarding ipv4 Neighbors active in this family turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 12 86 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands show ip community list The show ip community list command displays a configured community access list and the associated elements Use the show ip community access list command to display configured community access lists and their elements With the optional access list number argument it displays the specified community access list if such list exists Without it it displays all configured community access lists Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show i
170. 17 clear cable srvclass stats 14 9 clear cable ucc stats 11 118 clear counters 2 8 clear counters cable 11 119 clear counters ipsec 16 7 clear evt 1 25 clear host 2 9 clear ip bgp 12 12 clear ip bgp dampening 12 13 clear ip bgp flap statistics 12 14 clear ip igmp counters 9 3 clear ip multicast fwd cache 10 7 clear ip multicast proto cache 10 8 clear ip ospf 8 11 clear ip rip statistics 7 3 clear ip route 2 10 clear ip traffic 2 11 clear log 1 27 clear packet cable configuration 16 5 clear packet cable cops 16 6 clear packet cable gate 16 8 clear packet cable statistics 16 9 Client Accept message 16 11 client timer 16 11 clock set 1 28 clock timezone 1 29 cmts ip 16 10 codes subframe 11 120 collect interval 11 121 collect resolution 11 122 commands snmp server community 3 24 snmp server host 3 24 Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act CALEA 16 35 configure 1 31 console authentication radius 1 32 copy 1 33 D debug arp 4 2 debug cable cra 4 3 debug cable err 4 4 debug cable keyman 4 5 debug cable mac 4 6 debug cable map 4 7 debug cable modem select 4 8 debug cable privacy 4 9 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI Index 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug cable qos 4 10 debug cable range 4 11 debug cable reg 4 12 debug cable ucc 4 13 debug ip access list 4 14 debug ip bgp 4 15 debug ip icmp
171. 17 3 clear bridge vlan COMETS ciane nko E E E 17 4 e E e Ea K E A hire A F A A RUE 17 5 BY DEEE VO oaa ere crete erent nat nen rrnerey TOT Coe ere ren Cree rrrte ayy re 17 6 A Command Defaults Index xxxii MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Preface Scope This document describes how to install and configure the Motorola Broadband Services Router 2000 BSR 2000 Audience This document is for use by those persons who will install and configure the BSR 2000 product Only trained service personnel should install maintain or replace the BSR 2000 Documentation Set The following documents comprise the BSR 2000 documentation set BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide This document contains the Command Line Interface CLI commands for managing configuring and maintaining the BSR 2000 BSR 2000 Configuration and Management Guide This document provides the instructions and procedures for configuring and managing the BSR 2000 BSR 2000 Installation Guide This document describes how to install the BSR 2000 HD product 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xxxiii BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 BSR 2000 Release Notes These documents provide information about features not described or incorrectly documented in the main documentation set known problems and anomalies product limitations and problem resolutions BSR 2000 SNMP MIB Reference Guide This document describes the Simple Network Manage
172. 170 show cable loadbalance rule 11 171 Index 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Index show cable modem 11 171 show cable sync interval 11 236 show cable modem cpe 11 175 show cable ucc stats 11 237 show cable modem detail 11 177 show cable ucd interval 11 239 show cable modem hosts 11 180 show cable upstream 11 240 show cable modem loadbalance group 11 182 show clock 1 110 show cable modem mac 11 184 show controllers 2 44 show cable modem maintenance 11 187 show debugging 4 47 show cable modem offline 11 189 show docsis version 11 243 show cable modem phy 11 191 show docstest 11 244 show cable modem registered 11 194 show evt 1 111 show cable modem stats 11 197 show history 1 115 show cable modem summary 11 200 show host authorization 2 46 show cable modem summary total 11 202 show host authorization cpe 2 47 show cable modem svc flow id 11 204 show host authorization summary 2 49 show cable modem time registered 11 206 show host unauthorized cpe 2 51 show cable modem timing offset 11 209 show hosts 2 52 show cable modem unregistered 11 213 show interfaces 2 53 show cable modulation profile 11 215 show interfaces cable 11 245 show cable modulation profile brief 11 218 show interfaces cable downstream 11 249 show cable privacy auth 11 219 show interfaces cable intercept 11 251 show cable privacy cm auth 11 220 show interfaces cable service class 11 252 show cable privacy cmts 11 221
173. 2 52 a EN E ols S ee er ET PEE A E N 12 53 S Aa e E A ease eee A E E E E 12 54 A ATIT E OA A E AAT T T E er rt er E TET 12 56 POUT DEM cccwiiinurisicies iii ei elaine 12 58 eras PDDE anise 12 59 set comm list eee Pe ee eee PEE PE TT EAE E P E 12 60 REATI s A E EA AE E N A A E E A E A E 12 62 a A 4 2d E a A ETE E er ver O T 12 64 set local pre renti cu nausea a 12 65 SEEC aroan ca eee eee 12 66 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xxvii BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 SO ee Site N EE E E AAE AET show ip as path access list cccceceeseeeseeeeteeeeeees TNF TE AE A E show ip bep Cid roO0ly sssini rtn show ip bop Conmitmiunity ssinanisrinnenini show ip bgp community list sisiississisissrueisisssrisiisss show ip bgp dampened paths cccecceseeceteseeeees show ip bgp flap statistiC Sussac show ip bep PUGH sssrin e rE S show ip bgp neighbors ssaciscccisiicrtacih dedvvideentarteadcasts show ip bep Patigi irriter show ip bep peer erou sisian essi oaee E e o E E show ID DEP SUMINA ye ccs sep cecnsststsevind aestramotcerrunnent show ip commnumnity list ccisisisiessccisiecarmanisarcernceses RVING IELTS erie idee Cers POD rea 13 PIM Commands Introduction PIM Command Descriptions pn DO enina Koea I a E I EA E iireneenener at 1p pim message Imie aad kirssa Yp Pim SECIS annaia ip pin spt threshald lasthora PNA e eh T A pim register chec kasiri airar ek asgan S oli LAE A E TE E pim uni
174. 2000 1 32 the QoS Profiles s identifying number based on a valid range of defined service classes numbers 1 16 are user configured and numbers 17 32 are learned by the CMTS during cable modem registration mac adds the MAC addresses of the cable modems to the display 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 225 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable qos svc flow classifier A service flow classifier matches a packet to a service flow using a service flow reference The service flow reference associates a packet classifier encoding with a service flow encoding to establish a SFID Classifiers have the following features a Classifiers are loosely ordered by priority Several classifiers can refer to the same service flow More than one classifier may have the same priority a The CMTS uses a downstream classifier to assign packets to downstream service flows a The CM uses an upstream classifier to assign packets to upstream service flows The show cable qos svc flow classifier command is used to display the packet classifiers of a service flow configured on the cable interface Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc flow classifier lt X Y gt lt 4292967295 gt lt 1 65535 gt Note If the Classifier ID is not given all the classifiers with the given SFID A 7 are listed Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 1 42
175. 21 21 58 58 80 80 4 4 4 80 80 58 58 58 58 4 4 4 58 58 172 1721 172 1721 58 58 21 21 50 50 58 58 58 58 50 21 5 58 80 4 80 58 58 4 58 58 21 50 PEPBRHNNNNEH N N e BENHE PB PRPRPRPPRPPPP EPP PP PEPPY PPP GOOOCOCOOOOCOOOOOOCOOrFAOAAOO oO tate A n e o o eee teeta o o e et Note The show ip route rip command can be used to display RIP routes in the routing table ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Line Usage show ip rip database begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip rip database count count only Command Syntax begin exclude include WORD count count only turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 7 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands source port 520 The source port 520 command enables UDP port 520 to be used by the RIP routing process The no source port 520 command disables UDP port 520 Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Comm
176. 26363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Access List Commands 0 65535 bgp chargen cmd daytime discard domain echo exec finger ftp ftp data gopher gt hostname ident irc klogin kshell login Ipd It neq nntp pim auto rp pop2 pop3 the number or name of a TCP port 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 5 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 range smtp sunrpe talk telnet time uucp whois www 5 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Access List Commands 0 65535 biff bootpc bootps diff serv discard domain echo gt It mobile ip neq netbios dgm netbios ns netbios ss ntp pim auto rp range rip snmp snmptrap sunrpe syslog talk tftp time who xdmcp the number or name of a UDP port 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 5 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip access group Use the ip access group command to assign an access list to an interface and determine if the interface accepts inbound or outbound packets or both from this access list The no ip access group command removes the access list or disables inbound or outbound packets Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip access group lt 99 gt lt 300 2699 gt in out no ip access group lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt in out Command Syntax 1 199 access list number 1300 2699 access list number expanded range in inbound
177. 26363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable flap list power adjust threshold The cable flap list power adjust threshold specifies the flap list power adjustment parameters in dBmV for recording a flap list event The no cable flap list power adjust threshold command disables power adjust thresholds Use the cable flap list power adjust threshold to manage the flapping modem detector and place the cable modem on the flap list if the connection exceeds the parameters Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable flap list power adjust threshold lt 0 gt no cable flap list power adjust threshold lt 0 gt Command Syntax 1 10 threshold in dBmV Command Default 2 dBmV 11 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable flap list size The cable flap list size command specifies the flap list size the maximum number of cable modems in the flap list The no cable flap list size command sets the default flap list table size Use the cable flap list size number command to set the number of modems that the cable flap list table can record Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable flap list size lt 8 9 gt no cable flap list size lt 8 9 gt Command Syntax 1 8191 number of
178. 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip redirects The ip redirects command enables messages to be redirected if a packet needs to be resent through the interface that received the packet The no ip redirects command disables messages that are redirected if a packet needs to be resent through the interface that received the packet Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration not supported for Cable interfaces Command Line Usage ip redirects no ip redirects 2 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip route The ip route command is used to configure a static route when the router cannot dynamically build a route to the specific destination or if the route must be in place permanently The no ip route command remove a static route Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip route lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt null lt 0 0 gt lt 255 gt tag lt 1 4294967295 gt no ip route lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt null lt 0 0 gt lt J 255 gt tag lt 1 4294967295 gt Command Syntax A B C D static route destination prefix A B C D static route destination prefix mask A B C D the forwarding router s IP address null 0 0 null slot and port valid values 0 and 0 1 255 administrative distance default value 1 tag 1 4294967295 match value to control route map redistribution valid values 1
179. 3 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ipsec The debug ipsec command displays all realtime IP security IPSec debugging information to the console The no debug ipsec command turns off this debugging function 7 Note Debugging for IPSec can only occur when IPSec is not shutdown Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ipsec ike chan agent del msg info msg key exg main quick ipsec sadb spd no debug ipsec ike chan agent del msg info msg key exg main quick ipsec sadb spd Command Syntax ike enables the debugging of the Internet Key Exchange IKE channel agent information delete messages informational messages key exchanges main mode IKE phase 1 and quick mode IKE phase 2 information to the console Disabling this parameter shuts down all six of the IKE debug printing categories chan agent enables the debugging of the channel agent information and prints it to the console del msg enables the debugging of delete messages and prints them to the console 16 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands info msg key exg main quick ipsec sadb spd Command Default Disabled enables the debugging of informational messages and prints them to the console enables the debugging of key exchanges and prints them to the console enables the debuggi
180. 327000000 rfModulation true interleaveDepth 32 qamMode 256 channelWidth 6000000 powerLevel 600 10th of dB Spectrum Group 11 166 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable downstream lt 0 0 gt Command Syntax 0 0 MAC domain identification 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 167 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable flap list The show cable flap list command displays the cable flap list and provides the following information MAC ID Customer account or street address Cable IF Upstream port Hit Number of times modem responds to mac layer keep alive messages minimum hit rate one time 30 seconds can indicate intermittent upstream laser clipping or common path distortion Count should be much higher than Miss count if not modem having problem maintaining the connection due to upstream problem flap count increments each time the system transitions from a Hit to a Miss Miss Number of times modem misses the mac layer keep alive message 8 normal can indicate intermittent upstream laser clipping common path distortion Ins Number of times the modem comes up and connect to the network number of times RF link reestablished more frequently than time period configured in the cable flap list insertion time command P Adj Number of times the CMTS instructed the modem
181. 4 17 debug ip igmp 4 18 debug ip mfm 4 19 debug ip mrtm 4 20 debug ip ospf 4 21 debug ip packet 4 23 debug ip pim 4 24 debug ip policy 4 26 debug ip redistribute to 4 27 debug ip rip 4 29 debug ip rip database 4 30 debug ip rip events 4 31 debug ip rip trigger 4 32 debug ip tcp transactions 4 33 debug ip udp 4 34 debug ipsec ike 4 35 debug ipsec ipsec 4 36 debug ipsec sadb 4 37 debug ipsec spd 4 38 debug mpls forwarding 4 39 debug packet cable 4 39 debug radius 4 40 debug snmp 4 41 debug sntp 4 42 debug specmgr 4 43 debug ssh 4 44 debug tacacs 4 45 debug tacacs events 4 46 default information originate 8 12 12 15 default information originate OSPF 6 2 default information originate RIP 7 4 default metric 6 4 12 16 default metric OSPF 8 13 default metric RIP 7 5 delete 1 35 description 1 36 dhcp leasequery authorization on 11 123 dhcp throttle on 11 124 dhcp throttle window 11 125 differential encoding on 11 126 dir 1 37 disable 1 38 distance 7 6 8 14 distance bgp 12 17 distance ospf 8 15 distribute list 8 17 distribute list in 7 7 12 19 distribute list out 7 8 12 20 docstest 11 127 docstest type 11 128 dgos cops trap enable 16 20 dqos emergency trap enable 16 20 dgos res req trap enable 16 21 dqos shutdown 16 22 dgos t0 timer 16 23 dgos tl timer 16 23 duplex 1 39 E Electronic Surveillance 16 35 Element ID 16 24
182. 44 BE UP 3044 RTPS 3044 NRTPS 3044 14 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands max concat burst The max concat burst command specifies the maximum concatenated burst in bytes which a service flow is allowed The maximum concatenated burst is calculated from the FC byte of the Concatenation MAC Header to the last CRC in the concatenated MAC frame The no max concat burst command restores the default value Note Specifying a maximum concatenated burst is only relevant for A 7 upstream service flows Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage max concat burst lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt no max concat burst lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 65535 the maximum concatenated burst in bytes a value of 0 means there is no limit Command Default 1522 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 max latency The max latency command specifies the maximum allowable time for sending a packet from a CMTS network interface to an RF interface starting at the point the packet is received on the network interface The no max latency command restores the default value Note Specifying a maximum latency value is only relevant for downstream A 7 service flows Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration C
183. 6 debus cable M rres E E ER 4 7 a A A e E E E E E E A E E 4 8 negen eN dh 5 BGO pe EE E CP E REE E E AE A A E E AE E ornate 4 9 devua cable QOS rrronnreik anen E eee 4 10 debus Cable Tange ccd isis oE EIRE AE 4 11 eaea a E E E eer L AE A E a EE EE yey 4 12 Eoo pa DIE NOC srr E EEA RER 4 13 A E a IRE A AE N N E EAEE A E OEN ATN 4 14 debug ip DePiro a A AA 4 15 deona IC a eee ee 4 17 OE 1h e e ee ERE epre Nee nema eR cet ery Ee nner ST gee mer tye met eer rere ey cerey 4 18 De TD AUTEN sax iacch E E A E ive en eee ee 4 19 denua IN CII sar deniad maeeserenoeleiniel on ron aipentnnbainoombaN 4 20 debug ip Ospi eeni iie nan adel aniaeddavinviiada diate E 4 21 E e E oe N E E E E A E E E 4 23 xiv MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 so UT e T 1 eee E E S emer E E I E EAE E ner sre eer ner tree meron A eee 4 24 EOT e E E eave eee E ieee aero 4 26 S Tp CME E A E E E A E T 4 27 PS UE TD WD EE E E EE ade E E ARI E E E T 4 29 E E e A A TT A E T AE AOT OE 4 30 EE E A A A E T E E E A E 4 31 a Tk PN A E vai ee E E ee 4 32 Pi cli Ua OW Ee E ge meg tee eee A E eater te tematrrc E E eer et 4 33 ARS UE TS WELD A E A E E E E aad esse e ead emetic 4 34 SUE e a A A AE E E A EEA EEE A ore 4 35 ne o 112 2 E E E E AEE E E E EE AE E E E A E EE 4 36 debug ipse sadoissa A 4 37 debus WN RAUL Sa 4 38 ETEA Aa 1 E I E EEE E ETE E A N E E 4 39 AETA E E E E PEA E A E N EA E 4 40 A t A E ER E ER eg 4 41 EAE E E E EE EE ae 4 42 E E E A E E E E ee
184. 6 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default 0 6 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands set ip next hop The set ip next hop command establishes a next hop value for the AS path The no ip next hop command deletes the entry Use the ip policy route map interface configuration command the route map global configuration command and the match and set route map configuration commands to define the conditions for policy routing packets The ip policy route map command identifies a route map by name Each route map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it The match commands specify the match criteria the conditions under which policy routing occurs The set commands specify the set actions the particular routing actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met If the interface associated with the first next hop specified with the set ip next hop command is down the optionally specified IP addresses are tried in turn Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set ip next hop lt A B C D gt no set ip next hop Command Syntax A B C D IP address of the next hop to which packets are output address of the adjacent router Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set ip qos queue The set ip qos queue comman
185. 63 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 match metric The match metric command matches routes imported or otherwise with specified metric value The no match metric command disables matching imported routes with specified metric values Use the match metric command to match a route for the specified metric value s Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage match metric lt 0 4294967295 gt no match metric lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 metric value 6 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands match route type external The match route type external command is used to match the type of OSPF routes The no match route type external clears the match condition Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage match route type external level 1 level 2 type 1 type 2 no match route type external level 1 level 2 type 1 type 2 Command Syntax type 1 matches only type 1 external route OSPF type 2 matches only type 2 external route OSPF level 1 IS IS level 1 route level 2 IS IS level 2 route 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 match route type internal The match route type internal command matches and redistributes OSPF routes of an internal type The no match route type internal command clears the condi
186. 65535 gt pdu lt 16 256 gt lt 16 256 gt no cable downstream lt NUM gt threshold byte lt 500 65535 gt lt 500 65535 gt pdu lt 16 256 gt lt 16 256 gt Command Syntax NUM the downstream channel number byte use the byte count as a threshold unit 500 65535 specify the upper byte threshold 500 65535 specify the lower byte threshold pdu use the PDU count as a threshold unit 16 256 specify the upper PDU threshold 16 256 specify the lower PDU threshold 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Defaults upper byte threshold 1000 bytes lower byte threshold 500 bytes upper pdu threshold 32 PDUs lower pdu threshold 16 PDUs 11 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable downstream trap enable if The cable downstream trap enable if command enables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap for a downstream channel The ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should be generated The cable downstream no trap enable if command disables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 0 gt trap enable if no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt trap enable if Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0
187. 7 Outside the U S 1 215 323 0044 Motorola Online _Attp businessonline motorola com The TRC is on call 24 hours a day 7 days a week In addition Motorola Online offers a searchable solutions database technical documentation and low priority issue creation and tracking XXXVI MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B System Administration Commands Introduction This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR 2000 User management commands which establish authentication and to protect the network from unauthorized users Configuration file commands that handle the operating system and the system software for the BSR The configuration file commands allow you to customize the operating system configuration at system startup and to modify and store the configuration file for later use System services commands that globally configure IP system services used with the BSR such as protocols NVRAM IP parameters the operating system and the system clock Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP commands that are used with the BSR to access online directory services over the TCP IP network protocol The BSR becomes an LDAP client and connects to an LDAP server to requests services and or information 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Logger commands which provide a way to configure system event reporting intended for diagnostics The information in the rep
188. 8 12 26 max latency 14 18 max rate 14 19 memory checkzero 1 90 message 1 91 min pkt size 14 20 min rate 14 21 modulation type 11 157 more 1 92 mtrace 10 9 N name 14 22 neighbor advertisement interval 12 27 neighbor confed segment 12 28 neighbor default originate 12 29 neighbor description 12 30 neighbor distribute list 12 31 neighbor ebgp multihop 12 32 neighbor filter list 12 33 neighbor maximum prefix 12 35 neighbor next hop self 12 37 neighbor password 12 38 neighbor peer group assigning members 12 39 neighbor peer group creating 12 40 neighbor remote as 12 41 neighbor remove private as 12 43 neighbor route map 12 44 neighbor route reflector client 12 45 neighbor send community 12 46 neighbor shutdown 12 47 neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound 12 48 neighbor timers 12 49 neighbor update source loopback 12 51 neighbor weight 12 52 network 7 17 12 53 13 7 network area 8 29 network clock select bits el 1 94 network clock select bits t1 1 95 0 offset list 7 18 output delay 7 20 P PacketCable description 16 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI Index 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 packet cable 16 43 page 1 96 passive interface 2 39 7 21 8 30 password 1 97 pdp ip 16 12 pep id 16 13 pim accept rp 13 8 pim register checksum 13 9 pim rp address 13 10 pim unicast route lookup 13 12 ping 2 40 ping docsi
189. 8 sets window height in number of lines width 16 384 sets window width in number of columns 1 106 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show aliases The show aliases command displays any one of the following m Aliases for commands in all modes a Aliases for commands in a specific mode a Aliases for all commands that begin with include or exclude a specified string a Aliases for a specific mode that begin with include or exclude a specified string Group Access All Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show alias all conf exec priv begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show alias all conf exec priv count count only Command Syntax all conf exec priv begin exclude Alias visible in all modes specifies aliases for Global Configuration mode specifies aliases for User EXEC mode specifies aliases for Privileged EXEC mode turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 107 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 include WORD count count only filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen o
190. 9 9 ID TE ap Ver E NE E ee es one RE 9 10 show Tp iemp mieri saci tactscaravtavsaicosaniutanienetea E E 9 11 Show ip emp roS esn a a EAEI AEAEE N 9 12 Ea A S UGB E A E E E huodancnbubaneebidess 9 14 10 IP Multicast Commands e 0 E E E E IAE E A E terremeee erie ere 10 1 META Coninand Tipit WN isror orenak aron gece a nran Ea ERAR AE ERE EEAO 10 1 AE POT A E Lean T T E E T ETET 10 2 onte S AAE ia a E aerate 10 3 Wr TULLE HIMEASU dE a E a 10 4 T EA E aa yes tse ecodtnonl arte kacanneldads gl gealea neta ecancae naanseenead a 10 5 SSS ADB E nie anda E E aeons aoe da eee ee A 10 6 MEM Conimand Dest Puente cocasmmctrnecrne meine mn EEE 10 6 clear ip multicast Twd CI enea E 10 7 ekar pca prolo Oa E e en ei 10 8 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xix BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 EEEE E EPE EPE A T cic ouch goo id E EE E hai sacua E E caeanoigeen ness 10 9 show ip multicast cac he suninat yor R S 10 10 show ip multicast Py Ca Clie iscir EE 10 11 show 1p multicast mterfggssiorerra eane n R EEES 10 12 show mp miliecast oN CEE sne i rE NE 10 13 show ip Mas no n le eacee e T AA AEA 10 14 Shiow ip mulicast proto tat h Renee ne re aN 10 15 11 CMTS Commands Jarena Sirte m a AE E E EE A E E E A E E ee oi E E 11 1 EMTS Command Wieser poni ei EERE 11 1 arp Ume E WiHaetela anna aL 11 2 T T EN A VEEE A A fet AN EN E er em Te erin EE 11 3 NEE A EAE E E E tren er ty EAER yn A te E A EAE 11 4 e AE o n E E PEA E S S EA E E T 11 5
191. 92967295 SFID 1 65535 Classifier identification 11 226 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable qos svc flow dynamic stat The show cable qos svc flow dynamic stat command displays the statistics for dynamic service additions deletions and changes for both upstream and downstream service flows The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc flow dynamic stat command Interface index 294658 Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Qos Group Access All Command Mode DSA DSA DSA DSC DSC DSC DSD DSD DS Direction Reqe dynamic dynamic dynamic dynamic dynamic dynamic All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage RSps Acks Reqs Rsps Acks Reqs RSps a sts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 adds add fails changes change fails deletes delete fails show cable qos svc flow dynamic stat O O OO CO 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 227 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable qos svc flow log The show cable qos svc flow log command displays the time that the service flow was created or deleted the total number of packets counted and the MAC address of the cable modem CM that used the service flow Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc flow log 11 228 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release
192. ACC Packet upemot Upconverter Motorola Manager Engine 1 114 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show history The show history command displays a list of commands executed during a session The list size is determined by the setting of the history size command Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show history begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show history count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 115 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show log The show log command displays message logging in the log file the newest message first The show log command displays log file contents and information about users who have logged into the BSR The following is an example of typical screen output from the show log command Preparing log file for reading 02 11 10 39 08 07 telnet01 N user enabled user authenticated 02 11 10 39 04 07 telnet01 N connection made from 10 14 11 218 on session 01 02 1
193. American DOCSIS standard Euro sets the CMTS module type to the Euro DOCSIS standard Japan sets the CMTS module types to the Japan DOCSIS J DOCSIS Standard Command Default Domestic 11 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable concatenation The cable concatenation command enables or disables concatenation for DOCSIS 1 0 or DOCSIS 1 1 cable modems The no cable concatenation command restores the default setting Note Concatenation must be enabled globally with the cable upstream concatenation command before any setting specified with the cable M 7 concatenation command is valid Once concatenation is enabled globally the cable concatenation command will enable or disable concatentation for DOCSIS 1 0 and 1 1 cable modems only and concatenation will always be enabled for DOCSIS 2 0 cable modems regardless of any setting specified with this command Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable concatenation docsis 1 0 docsis 1 1 no cable concatenation docsis 1 0 docsis 1 1 Command Syntax docsis 1 0 concatenation is enabled for DOCSIS 1 0 cable modems only docsis 1 1 concatenation is enabled for DOCSIS 1 1 cable modems only Command Default Concatenation is enabled for DOCSIS 1 0 1 1 and 2 0 cable modems if concatenation is globally enabled with the cable upstream concatenation command 526363 001 00 Rev
194. BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Q MOTOROLA 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 MGBI Notice Copyright 2006 Motorola Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication my be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make and any derivative work such as translation transformation or adaptation without written permission from Motorola Inc Motorola reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes in content from time to time without obligation on the part of Motorola to provide notification of such revision or change Motorola provides this guide without warranty of any kind either implied or expressed including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Motorola may make improvements or changes in the product s described in this manual at any time Motorola and the stylized M logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Inc Broadband Services Router BSR BSR 64000 RiverDelta and SmartFlow are trademarks of Motorola Inc All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 MGBI Published 2 06 gt Caring for the Environment by Recycling When you see this symbol on a Motorola product do not dispose of the product with residential or commercial waste Recycling your Motorola Equipment Please do not dispose of this product w
195. Cable 2 0 U2 Cable 2 0 U3 Total Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage Registered Move Move Modems Success Failure 3 al 0 1 1 0 6 3 0 2 L 0 12 6 0 show cable spectrum group lt WORD gt load balance summary Command Syntax WORD The Spectrum Group name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 235 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable sync interval The show cable sync interval command shows the configured sync interval value between CMTS transmission of successive SYNC messages The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable sync interval command Cable sync interval 10 Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage show cable sync interval 11 236 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable ucc stats The show cable ucc stats command displays DOCSIS Upstream Channel Change UCC statistics for a MAC domain The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable ucc stats command CMTS Slot 0 MAC Domain 1 Number of UCC Reqs 0 Number of UCC Rsps 0 Number of UCC 2 0 Number of UCC Fails 0 Number of UCC Reqs 0 Number of UCC Rsps 0 Number of UCC 0 Number of UCC Fails 0 Number of UCC Reqs 0 Number of UCC Rsps 0 Number of UCC 0 Number of UCC Fails 0 Number of UCC Reqs 0 Number of UCC
196. Cable 4 1 D1U1 9 online pt 581 0 1 150 310145 000b 0643 3b60 Cable 4 1 D1U1 1 online pt 583 0 3 150 31 101 21 000b 0643 3b84 Cable 4 1 D1U1 2 online pt 583 O 1 150 312 101 117 000b 0643 3b90 Cable 4 1 D1U1 8 online pt 581 0 0 15031 101415 000b 0643 3bb2 Cable modem connectivity states are as follows init rl CM sent initial ranging parameters init 12 CM is ranging init rc ranging is complete dhep d DHCP Discover was sent by CM dhcp o DHCP Offer was received dhcp req DHCP Request was sent by CM dhcp ack DHCP Ack was received IP address was assigned by DHCP server init o option file transfer was started init t Time of day TOD exchange was started online CM registered enabled for data online d CM registered but network access for the CM is disabled online un CM registered but not enabled data Fail to verify modem s identity by BPI module online pk CM registered baseline privacy interface BPI enabled and key encryption key KEK is assigned online pt CM registered BPI enabled and traffic encryption key TEK is assigned reject m CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad mic 11 210 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands reject c CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad COS reject r CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to unavailable resource reject pk KEK modem key assignment is
197. Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 error warnings notice information debug default error conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 3 warning conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 4 normal but significant conditions an event of importance occurred which is not a failure severity level 5 informational descriptive system messages an unimportant event which could be helpful for tracing normal operations severity level 6 debugging messages severity level 7 set all the severity level to default Logging Location Options local local syslog local trap local trap syslog all clear all set log messages for the report go to local nonvolatile memory NVRAM log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and the SYSLOG server log messages for the report go to local NVRAM SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and a SYSLOG server SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager unsets all logging locations for the report sets all logging locations for the report 1 120 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show logging reporting 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 121 BSR 2000 Command Refer
198. D path ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp always compare med no bgp always compare med 12 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands bgp confederation identifier The bgp confederation identifier command configures a BGP confederation identifier The no bgp confederation identifier command removes a BGP confederation identifier Use the bgp confederation identifier command to reduce the IBGP mesh which splits an autonomous system into many autonomous systems They are then grouped into an individual confederation Each autonomous system is entirely engaged and has a small number of connections to other autonomous systems in the identical confederation The confederation appears to be an individual autonomous system to all else Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp confederation identifier lt 65535 gt no bgp confederation identifier lt 65535 gt Command Syntax 1 65535 autonomous system number to identify confederation as a whole 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 bgp confederation peers The bgp confederation peers command configures the ASs that belong to the confederation The no bgp confederation peer command removes an AS from the confederation Use the bgp confederation peers command to configure the ASs that belong to a confederation Autonomous systems speci
199. D the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 1 110 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show evt The show evt command displays EVT counts for all EVT groups a specific EVT group EVT group counts that only occur on a specific BSR slot or individual event By default only EVT groups with non zero event counts are displayed The following is an example of typical screen output from the show evt command Slot 0 CRA Cra event system EVT Base 4608 Num Title Count Sv Logging 1 rcvd crm msg 144 D 14 Received CA Certificate SET request 3 D 18 Sent GET CA Cert message to CRM 1D 23 cmtsSendCrmCmAdd 12 D 24 cmtsSendCrmCmDel 8 D 25 cmtsSendCrmCmReg 12 D Slot 0 MACCFG macCfg event system EVT Base 9984 Num Title Count Sv Logging Flap tree add success 3 D 3 Flap tree delete success 3 D 8 FlapListAdd success 3 D 10 FlapListDel success 3 D 15 FlapListAgeout success 2D 18 set cmh flap rowstatus to active 3 D 19 set cmh flap rowstatus to destroy 3 D 22 set cmh flap mac addr 4 D In addition to the BSR 2000 slot number EVT group name and EVT base number the following information is displayed Num the EVT number EVTs are numbered from 1 to 255 maximum Title the title of the individual event 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 111 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Count
200. EL 8 23 O R isgca hss ccd sat arupcetae aoe ass otsed as saonaredacavonseansueahioueseceenn eae nomena 8 24 HO OSE POOKIE sieciics eisinnaties nave atendldiev ical diaieelea daniels 8 25 Tyee OMG a T E E A TT 8 26 I OSm a eN E ee eee re rep re ey ere Tere ees eRe RTE err etiey er eer er rer 8 27 MRL ed MANO OL sce a EA APEE E E E A S E E eee 8 28 A ANAE E ue E A EAEE OEE EE 8 29 passive imterf ate aeara E aE 8 30 e a A E Ree ee 8 31 A EE T a EEE EEE E E E E A E A E E A E er 8 33 OUND o E E E E A E E A E ES 8 34 GUNES EE AE E A E E SOANE O ETE T ES 8 35 ShO IPOS E cie E 8 36 SHON ip ospr PIAA A E ONE 8 37 xviii MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 show ip ospf interface cceeeeseeseeneees PE E auc E E E E EE E NT 8 39 SHON iP OSPE MEMO area eda ea Ree 8 41 e e L E E E E E E N A E E E 8 42 show ip ospi TeV Ot k cninn ena han eusenenrantanincavaneas was 8 43 a a ES AA A E T E E O ITT 8 44 BUNA ALY CCE E E E E ee A TE T 8 45 E ae E L E AE E A A EE E E E A E E 8 46 9 IGMP Commands Tee e n EP E E A E A E gieteatenaaNISE 9 1 IGMP Command Descriptions 0i0c0 ccscecsnecenecnsesacenns A AE E E A 9 2 Clear ip Emp COETS ora O neue 9 3 A e a S a A NE A E E E A A E ENT 9 4 E a O I E E A E E T E 9 5 Wp rap CSTE A E A E E E 9 6 ip igmp query max FES PONS so rs cicss usstitass ets ini ceress ec eaee E E 9 7 TD ESBS UNE VU aaa ca caus ea cat cstan ayaa ee ceeded pda eda tee eet meas 9 8 WY LT a Ol AE ene edad ee ea A
201. FF OFF OFF OFF XXXX Codes Subfrm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 XXXX Intlv Stp Sz 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 XXXX TCM Encoding OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF XXXX Channel Type mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma XXXX 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 215 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 A7 Group Access The show cable modulation profile command displays the following modulation profile group information Modulation Diff Encoding Preamble Len FEC Err CRC FEC CW Len Scrambler Seed Max Burst Guard Time Last Codeword Scrambler Intlv Depth Intlv Blk Sz Preamble Type SCDMA Spreader Codes Subfrm Intlv Stp Sz TCM Encoding Channel Type the upstream modulation type indicates if differential encoding is enabled disabled the preamble length in bits the number of corrected Forward Error Correction FEC errors the FEC code word length in bytes the scrambler seed in decimal format the maximum burst length in minislots Guard time size Last codeword shortened Scramble enabled indication the interleaver depth value the interleaver block size value the preamble type NONE QPSKO QPSK1 enabled disabled SCDMA spreader the codes subframe value the interleaver step size value enabled disabled TCM encoding the channel type atdma mtdm scdma tdma Note For a complete list and configuration of all 23 pre defined modulation profiles refer to Appendix A Pre Defined Modulation Profiles of the BSR 2000 Configuration and
202. Fails MAC Domain Reqs Rsps Rsps Depart Rsps Arrive Acks Fails MAC Domain Reqs RSps Rsps Depart Rsps Rsps Depart Rsps Arrive Acks Fails 0 Interface index 32513 0 gt o O O O oO oO 0 Interface index 229121 0 O OOO OGOGO 1 Interface index 229122 0 O O On On On On ome Interface Configuration cable interface only 11 164 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Command Line Usage show cable dcc stats lt X Y gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Yis the CMTS MAC domain 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 165 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable downstream The show cable downstream command displays the following downstream cable information ifIndex annex frequency rfModulation interleaveDepth qamMode channelWidth powerLevel Reserved BW Spectrum Group interface index the downstream MPEG framing format radio frequency carrier center frequency radio frequency enabled depth of interleaving to provide protection from noise downstream modulation type radio frequency channel width downstream transmit power level in units of whole dB to one decimal place the amount of reserved downstream bandwidth configured the associated Spectrum Group names The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable downstream command ifIndex 98305 description annex B frequency
203. G5 aaa sasha adaxial A 7 25 SOUICepitl 220 coe ee es 7 27 TIC a T A Canta A A E AAE AAE A E T EET 7 28 a E aire mie nae A E are 7 30 8 OSPF Commands EEA a T he Sava shoves E IE A A E EAE ET E N E A EE E E 8 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xvii BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 OSPF Command ISP Ue cas soas ce twhgs secs nohe gach nes E E EERE 8 1 Gis SUE RNG AMOR A E E E AE aed E tana 8 2 Bee Ae e o E E siamese mane 8 3 MNS WAS aa nes sista austen ce eau den ORO a E E E E E ceaeaens 8 4 ted NES norco SE LEO ON ane eS 8 5 HR id VON EEE E AA E E TE E A E decease es aelatea I EA 8 6 aa S NEE eaa r aR 8 7 ato cgst Fe ference andi dth siis sane s ced isacesadeadevacssdndaces chad cvses kinidin iia intine ERES rhii 8 9 savanna Mnk ssie r EEE E E a NE 8 10 ELE 0 E E ENIN E E E A EA A renee rere E E ern 8 11 PST eat Wish tera UAC ET sire AA E 8 12 defaut mietit oa ies sees dctanaeta cin caianan dadaichadh E ees 8 13 ATLA GLa cae AAN OET AE ERA E E N A a N A E EA 8 14 a E E a m erie eres er tmtr ere Carre ee mete Tire ete rere erent rere 8 15 E OE U1 vane roe oer oe ae re ater ree ree rere ere ane ere pre eer ee ere 8 17 Ee E SHCAN OM ROY E vist street eerie ee eUa ARERR 8 18 W OSpl COSEaieainauuaai anim nee a ees 8 19 Wy Dept Hatabaseatilter all Oth rnea 8 20 E Peat Mere shia patient ere Ee A OD 8 21 ip ospt hello mietyals iicisucinsncdenrnincionienciaianarnienpininininiaeuens 8 22 WEY DSP NRSSS AD SHC SSO Mik va E A E E E A E E
204. GBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands show ip ospf database The show ip ospf database command displays list of information related to the OSPF database Group Access All Command Mode All Modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf lt 0 4294967295 gt database A B C D adv router lt A B C D gt asbr summary database summary external network nssa external router self originate summary begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip ospf lt 0 4294967295 gt database A B C D adv router lt A B C D gt asbr summary database summary external network nssa external router self originate summary count count only Command Syntax 0 4294967295 A B C D adv router A B C D asbr summary database summary external Assigned OSPF area ID number router links link state ID always the same as the advertising router network IP address value dependent upon advertisement LSA type Displays all LSAs for the specified advertising router Specifies the advertised router ID Autonomous System Boundary Router ASBR summary summary of the OSPF database external LSAs 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 network network LSAs nssa external NSSA external LSA information router router LSAs self originate LSAs from the local router summary sum
205. GP Commands neighbor next hop self The neighbor next hop self command disables BGP processing updates The no neighbor next hop self command enables BGP processing updates Note Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the peer group name argument is used with the neighbor next hop self VA 7 command Specifying the command with an IP address will override the value inherited from the peer group Use the set ip next hop command for additional control Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt next hop self no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt next hop self Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of neighbor peer group Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor password The neighbor password command enables the Message Digest 5 MD5 authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers The no neighbor password command disables the Message Digest 5 MD5 authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers Use the neighbor password command to authenticate and to verify TCP connections between two BGP peers of which the same password is configured This command begins the MDS generation for outgoing packets and check every segment on a TCP connection for incoming packets Group Access ISP Command Mode Router
206. Guide Release 1 0 set tag The set tag command sets the value of the destination routing protocol The no set tag command removes the value The route map global configuration command and the match and set route map configuration commands are used together to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another Each route map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it The match commands specify the conditions for redistribution for the current route map command The set commands specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met The no route map command deletes the route map Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set tag lt 0 4294967295 gt no set tag lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 tag value Command Default If not specified tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol 12 68 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands set weight The set weight command to set the route weight on the network The first autonomous system match determines the weight to be set Use the set weight command to set the route weight on the network The first AS match determines the weight to be set The route with the highest weight is chosen as the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network Weights spoken when an as path is mat
207. IP address on the cable interface The giaddr for Hosts is the first secondary IP address on the cable interface 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream carrier only The downstream carrier only function is disabled by default and is used for testing purposes only to control downstream output The cable downstream carrier only command is used optionally as a test function to enable the modulation to the RF carrier of the downstream output The no cable downstream carrier only command disables the modulation to the RF carrier of the downstream output Note If the cable downstream carrier only command is used set the Ww rfModulation to 1 If the no cable downstream carrier only command is used set the rfModulation to 0 Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 0 gt carrier only no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt carrier only Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number Command Default Modulation to the RF carrier is disabled 11 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable downstream description The cable downstream description command is used to specify descriptive information for a downstream port on the BSR This information is limited to 80 characters and single word descriptions are not allowed Use the characters _ or to separate words For
208. IS 2 0 Specification rather than a part of that specification Support for this MIB does not indicate compliance with the DOCSIS 2 0 specification Conversely lack of support for this MIB does not indicate non compliance with the DOCSIS 2 0 specification However support for this MIB is mandatory for all DOCSIS 2 0 compliant CMs and CMTSs that are submitted for Certification and Qualification by CableLabs Once DOCSIS 2 0 test mode is enabled with the docstest enable command the BSR remains in DOCSIS 2 0 test mode until the test mode is disabled with the docstest disable command or the system is rebooted MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage docstest disable enable Command Syntax disable disable DOCSIS 2 0 test mode enable enable DOCSIS 2 0 test mode Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 127 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 docstest type The docstest type command allows you to specifiy the type of DOCSIS 2 0 test to be used through a series of enumerated test modes The enumerated test mode selected with the docstest type command corresponds to an integer TYPE field in the DOCSIS 2 0 Testing MIB s CM CMTS TLV Table Note DOCSIS 2 0 test mode must be enabled with the docstest enable A J command before a DOCSIS 2 0 test type can be specified Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage docstest type lt 1 2 gt lt Slot Po
209. Line Usage telnet lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt Command Syntax A B C D the IP address of a remote system WORD the hostname of a remote system 1 160 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands telnet authentication radius The telnet authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for telnet access The no telnet authentication radius command disables this feature Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage telnet authentication radius fail message lt LINE gt local password no telnet authentication radius fail message local password Command Syntax fail message LINE specify message to display for a failed login authentication local password authenticate with a locally configured password if there is no response from the RADIUS server 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 161 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 telnet session limit The telnet session limit command specifies a limit on the number of concurrent telnet sessions allowed to the BSR Setting the session limit to 0 will disallow any telnet sessions from being accepted Setting a session limit value will not affect any currently open telnet sessions The no telnet session limit command restores the default session limit of 64 concurrent telnet sessions Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage telnet session limit lt 0
210. MGBI 2 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Tunneling commands provide a way to encapsulate packets inside of a transport protocol IP in IP Encapsulation for tunnel interfaces is supported by the BSR IP Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IP commands supported by the BSR 2 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands arp The arp command adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache The no arp command removes the entry in the ARP cache The arp command can also specify the type of ARP packet that is used whether to use an alias if proxy arp is enabled and to specify a cable bundle interface if cable bundling is being used Note Proxy ARP is not enabled by default ARP cache entries translate 32 bit addresses into 48 bit hardware addresses If the host supports A 7 dynamic resolution static entries are usually not needed Use the clear arp cache command to remove all dynamically learned entries Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage arp lt A B C D gt lt H H H gt arpa snap no arp lt A B C D gt lt H H H gt arpa snap Command Syntax A B C D H H H arpa snap Command Default no entries in table arpa ethernet ARP four part dotted decimal format matching the local data link 48 bit local data link address standard Ethernet style ARP RFC 826 IEEE 802 3 usage of ARP packe
211. Management Guide All 11 216 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modulation profile lt 600 gt lt 1 gt Command Syntax 1 600 the modulation profile number 1 11 a specific IUC code 1 Request Burst 3 Initial Maintenance 4 Station Maintenance 5 Short Grant Burst 6 Long Grant Burst 9 Advanced PHY Short Data Grant 10 Advanced PHY Long Data Grant 11 Unsolicited Grant Service 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1207 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modulation profile brief The show cable modulation profile brief command displays cursory information for all configured modulation profiles on the BSR The show cable modulation profile brief command displays which modulation profiles are pre defined pre defined but modified by the user or user configured as shown in the sample commnad output below Profile Chan type Config status In use 1 tdma pre defined yes 2 to 4 tdma pre defined 5 tdma user configured 6 tdma user configured 101 mtdma pre defined changed 102 to 104 mtdma pre defined 201 to 205 atdma pre defined 301 to 310 scdma pre defined Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modulation profile brief 11 218 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable privacy auth The show cab
212. Multiple Access valid for a long a short a ugs initial request and station IUC codes scdma S CDMA Synchronous CDMA Code Division Multiple Access valid for a long a short a ugs initial request and station IUC codes mtdma TDMA A TDMaA valid for a long a short a ugs initial request and station IUC codes 11 112 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands clear cable dcc stats The clear cable dec stats command clears all Dynamic Channel Change DCC statistics for all CMTS modules in the BSR chassis or a CMTS module in a specified slot Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable dec stats lt X Y gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS MAC domain 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 113 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear cable flap list The clear cable flap list command clears the cable flap list You can either clear the flap list of a specific cable modem by specifying its MAC address or clear the flap lists of all the cable modems by using the all option Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable flap list lt mac gt all Command Syntax mac MAC address in the form of xxxx Xxxx Xxxx all apply to all MAC addresses 11 114 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands clear cable modem The clear cable modem command is used to either clear
213. NMP packet headers packets display SNMP packets Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug sntp The debug sntp command displays information on Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP activity The no debug sntp command turns off SNTP debugging Group Access System Administrator Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug sntp no debug sntp 4 42 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug specmgr The debug specmgr command enables the display of spectrum management debugging messages The command output displays a time stamp the error rate the number of word errors total word count and the upstream noise power level in one tenth of a dBmV The no debug specmegr stops displaying spectrum management debugging messages Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug specmer cable lt VNUM gt upstream lt VNUM gt no debug specmgr cable lt VUM gt upstream lt NUM gt Command Syntax cable display cable information NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 upstream display upstream information NUM upstream port number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ssh The debug ssh command enables debugging for SSH The no debug ssh command turns SSH debugging off Group Access All Command Mode A
214. Note The debug ip packet command uses considerable bandwidth to A J output debugging information This may interrupt router activities Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip packet lt 7 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt detail no debug ip packet Command Syntax 1 199 access list number 1300 2699 extended access list number detail display more detailed IP packet debugging information Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip pim The debug ip pim command enables PIM debugging The no debug ip pim command turns PIM debugging off Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip pim all assert bsr cache general hello join prune register rp rp db rt change no debug ip pim Command Syntax all assert bsr cache general hello join prune register rp rp db rt change debug all pim processing information debug assert processing information debug BSR RP processing information debug internal cache maintenance information debug non specific PIM application information debug hello processing information debug Join Prune processing information debug register processing information debug RP processing information debug RPSet Database processing information debug route change processing information
215. ORD the user defined service class name 1 15 characters in length schedtype specifies which upstream scheduling service is used for upstream transmission requests and packet transmissions be down best effort service on the downstream port be up best effort service on the upstream port non rtps non real time polling rtps real time polling ugs unsolicited grant service ugs ad unsolicited grant service with activity detection 14 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands poll interval The poll interval command specifies the nominal polling interval between successive unicast request opportunities for this service flow on the upstream channel The no poll interval command restores the default value Note Specifying a nominal polling interval is only relevant for service flows using Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection UGS AD Real Time A 7 Polling Service RTPS or Non Real Time Polling Service NRTPS scheduling Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage poll interval lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt no poll interval lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 4294967295 the nominal polling interval in microseconds Command Default UGS AD 10000 RTPS 50000 NRTPS 50000 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Rele
216. P igp remote IGP incomplete unknown history 6 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands set tag The set tag command sets the value of the destination routing protocol The no set tag command removes the value The route map global configuration command and the match and set route map configuration commands are used together to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another Each route map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it The match commands specify the conditions for redistribution for the current route map command The set commands specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met The no route map command deletes the route map Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set tag lt 0 4294967295 gt no set tag lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 tag value Command Default if not specified tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set weight The set weight command to set the route weight on the network The first autonomous system match determines the weight to be set Use the set weight command to set the route weight on the network The first AS match determines the weight to be set The route with the highest weight
217. PF routes are redistributed into BGP internal routes that are internal to an autonomous system external routes external to an autonomous system but are imported into OSPF as either Type 1 or Type 2 external route external 1 routes that are external to an autonomous system but are imported into OSPF as Type 1 external route 12 54 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands external 2 rip static metric 0 4294967295 route map WORD weight 0 65535 Command Default Disabled routes that are external to an autonomous system but are imported into OSPF as Type 2 external route RIP source protocol IP or BGP static routes metric value used for the redistributed route the name of the route map used to conditionally control the route redistribution set a network weight value when redistributing into BGP 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 55 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 route map A7 Group Access The route map command creates or modifies route maps and their sequences The no route map command removes the corresponding sequence from the route map If there are no sequences left in the route map the route map will be deleted too Use the route map command and the match and set commands to configure the rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another Each route map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it The match commands spec
218. R 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging snmp trap The logging snmp trap command logs all SNMP traps or logs SNMP traps of a specified severity level and higher Note The logging snmp trap command limits SNMP trap logging to SNMP LP traps with a level up to and including the severity level specified with this command Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging snmp trap alerts critical emergencies errors informational notifications warnings no logging snmp trap alerts critical emergencies errors informational notifications warnings Command Syntax Severity Levels and Descriptions emergencies emergency conditions where the system is unusable reserved for vendor specific fatal hardware or software errors that prevents normal system operation and causes reporting system to reboot severity level 0 alert conditions where immediate action is needed a serious failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning severity level 1 1 82 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands critical error warnings notifications information critical conditions a serious failure that requires immediate attention and prevents the device from transmitting data but the system could recover without rebooting severity level 2 error conditio
219. R measurements for 16qam mode qpsk perform SNR measurements for QPSK mode 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 263 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snr setup The snr setup command is used to configure SNR measurement on the BCM3138 BCM3140 chip set Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage snr setup lt NUM gt lt NUM gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 65000000 gt lt 5000000 55000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 65000000 gt lt 5000000 55000000 gt 1600000 200000 3200000 400000 6400000 800000 equalization auto off on ingress cancel auto off on modulation type 16qam auto qpsk Note Depending on the configuration of the BSR 2000 the start and end LY frequencies will reflect the North American DOCSIS EURODOCSIS or J DOCSIS standards Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 NUM valid upstream port number 5000000 42000000 is the North America standard start frequency in Hz 5000000 42000000 is the North America standard end frequency in Hz 5000000 65000000 is the EURODOCSIS standard start frequency in Hz 5000000 65000000 is the EURODOCSIS standard start frequency in Hz 11 264 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands 5000000 55000000 5000000 55000000 1600000 200000 3200000 400000 6400000 800000 equalization ingress cancel modulation type
220. Re eee one ee epee er Oe eer ee Eee etree OU WE MB C E ANE E EE EE E A E A T A A A OT ETE set local preferente assinei ar a E E E E E E E ES PERE An R J a Ar E E E E E E AO TA A E E A E E E E E xvi MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 a A e E E Ee Pee Om re Ree De Rit AEA E E re ren Pre renee eer 6 39 Siow CIRO Hap acide aad aenaeedec EE 6 40 7 RIP Commands LR D cocina eLee Leman ine orem 7 1 SA cae sei Tia Deser PMS eee eee eee ee Ere Rete rte Tey onene tcePan ener kere miner E 7 1 AUS ANAIA a A E A EA EAE E dana E E E 7 2 e A E a A A ay tee E A T a EE 7 3 defaukt intonnation orie mateeria oreinen E a a ea E Oa aa REE 7 4 e A a AE E A Se ee aE 7 5 CS 1 2 E ee A E E TA P AE ENE EE EAE E E a T 7 6 MistWibyle list Wiis cuiwnsaiiiuniatduurinmnadnsaiiata ned 7 7 HAA LCT E aera ere er Nee AA Ter Tenney E E N NEN A E N EET 7 8 AA Ey Gorse 101 TO o MOPE E E E E E EAE E EA 7 9 oE E E EL Ol ao E A E A A E ern A EEE E 7 10 aE EG GREENS AE A A TEE E A E ELE 7 11 ip fip message digest Key ui cain arnvnesaidaideneuna nen 7 12 Parre iS ennn erences eee 7 13 ps OTH TO 2d hia torte ee Reece RE 7 14 BS BPE a A EEE E parade Genin A E E E neal cierto EOS 7 15 ERB ANU Ta L UL EE PPE EPEA E EE E A A E E E eee 7 16 WEO oci A E ESE 7 17 e E E E E ees 7 18 Lis E ES pene N E A E A A A E ET 7 20 EE od is i E oe E A E ere Cy E A E E E 7 21 a e EE EEE E E A E A E E 7 22 Eaa TP caste eesti A T een En lea e oe 7 24 show ip np a bet
221. Reference Guide Release 1 0 snr loop The snr loop command allows an operator to perform SNR measurements for a specified number of times on one particular frequency Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage snr loop lt NUM gt lt NUM gt lt NUM gt lt NUM gt lt frequency gt 1600000 200000 3200000 400000 6400000 800000 lt mac gt equalization off on ingress cancel off on modulation type 16qam qpsk Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 NUM valid upstream port number 0 3 NUM the number SNR measurement repetitions 1 100 NUM a ranging pattern number used to look up a certain pattern to be used for SNR measurement frequency the particular frequency to perform SNR measurements on 1600000 channel width 1600 kHz 200000 channel width 200 kHz 3200000 channel width 3200 kHz 400000 channel width 400 kHz 6400000 channel width 6400 kHz 800000 channel width 800 kHz 11 262 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands mac equalization ingress cancel modulation type the MAC address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX Of a device to perform SNR measurements on off perform SNR measurements without equalization on eperform SNR measurements with equalization off perform SNR measurements without ingress cancellation on perform SNR measurements with ingress cancellation 16qam perform SN
222. Release 1 0 ssh logout session id The ssh logout session id command will terminate an SSH session in progress This command can be used when a user wants to reconnect using new configuration parameters Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage ssh logout session id lt 0 3 gt Command Syntax 0 3 the session id number the session id is the number displayed with the show users ssh ssh command 15 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Server Commands ssh message authentication The ssh message authentication command specifies the message authentication data integrity algorithm used for SSH sessions Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh message authentication any hmac md5 hmac md5 96 hmac shal hmac sha1 96 none no ssh message authentication Command Syntax any attempt all possible MAC algorithms except none hmac md5 digest length key length 20 hmac md5 96 first 96 bits of HMAC MDS digest length 12 key length 16 hmac shal digest length key length 20 hmac sha1 96 first 96 bits of HMAC SHA1 digest length 12 key length 20 none no message authentication Command Default any 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ssh password authentication radius The ssh password authentication radius command enables RADIUS servic
223. Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands radius server source interface loopback The radius server source interface loopback command allows an operator to control the source IP address of Radius authentication protocol packets generated by the BSR by specifying a loopback interface as the source IP address for Radius authentication protocol packets The normal convention for generated Radius authentication protocol packets is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address of the outgoing interface The radius server source interface loopback command overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of the specified loopback interface The no radius server source interface loopback command removes the loopback source interface Note Before using the radius server source interface loopback LD command the loopback interface must be configured and assigned an IP address Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage radius server source interface loopback lt 64 gt no radius server source interface loopback Command Syntax 1 64 the loopback interface number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 101 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 reload The reload command reloads the operating system The reload command is most often used to reload upgraded software Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage
224. SIS ernn a a S 1 149 X MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 aaa RUN gos goss E ES E oa cata hal sae web A A A EE E E agate eee 1 150 tedes oli Ln 0 dane ee ett nT ene AA a eee 1 153 ee oct Jc go Ua eee EEE conte renee A ever narra rerervere ceerrivrer teri rererent verter eer 1 155 LACACe Server POTE ar E E ReaD ARR 1 156 LAbAGS FESS COINEOUONS ia ic iaseioiiad nein wal era E E OAT 1 157 WCAC S BCID CU a EE O EAE EEE E E E E bade T 1 158 ete R COU E A A EE O E E EN ee 1 159 E E E N EE E E AE E A E Dat E E A P EA 1 160 tehet authentication TAJNE esias eoan an a ERR E ES E A UI aE 1 161 A a a A E E E E E E A E 1 162 wp a RA E Rrvenrar ear een renew ar 1 163 SCENE MIE sched ee aa a a Se ee 1 164 PUR 23 NSH Coal Y all a E eye comet ten erty ver feete Veer Treen rrrerrer verre E E erry 1 166 MUS AUS USET TOU eigin 1 167 2 IP Commands EEEE a a P E E E A EE E E E E T E E 2 1 IP Command DESTUI aeriene NS 2 2 A E T EEE A E N E E A S E EEE 2 3 nan Dae oi ad E E A tes plate E E T 2 4 BUS Tie e e Se cai op consi cater EAA E E E A E E EE E 2 5 NCU a I AE E E A EE AE E T E E E E E A A 2 7 glear comiterea E 2 8 a EEE O E E EN OE S OE OT T E S 2 9 E EE A ere eet Pe R EIE E EE E EE A E EE E EE e cy 2 10 GV Up E ypa EAE E ARAE ARET 2 11 L EA e a P A T EAEE EEE E event sr 2 12 a E A E EEE E E E E E ene 2 14 E e E A A A A E eae E E uate 2 15 Uy ge 1 p eee Enerre ee near ere ey rea neem enn Terente pen een rere tree 2 16 WAS POG CAG PSA CIES E
225. Spectrum The no cable upstream ingress canceller enable command disables the ingress canceller feature for an upstream cable port Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt ingress canceller enable Command Syntax NUM the upstream port 11 82 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream ingress canceller idle interval The cable upstream ingress canceller idle interval command configures the idle interval for the ingress canceller feature Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt ingress canceller idle interval lt 256 5 2 gt frequency lt 1 20 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt ingress canceller idle interval lt 256 5 2 gt frequency lt 1 20 gt Command Syntax NUM the upstream port 256 512 the range of the idle interval in symbols frequency 20 the range of the idle frequency 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 83 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream invited range interval The cable upstream invited range interval command is used to define the amount of time in milliseconds allowed by the CMTS between ranging requests transmitted by the cable modem CM The no cable upstream invited range interval command returns to the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Con
226. System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage disable 1 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands duplex The duplex command configures an Ethernet interface for duplex mode full or half and enables disables auto negotiation Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Ethernet interface only Command Line Usage duplex half full auto no duplex half full auto Command Syntax half configures the interface for half duplex operation Half duplex operation allows the interface to send and receive signals but not at the same time full configures the interface for full duplex operation Full duplex operation allows the interface to send and receive signals at the same time auto configures the interface to auto negotiate its operational mode either full duplex or half duplex with the device to which it is physically connected Command Default Auto negotiation enabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 enable The enable command allows you to enter Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC mode If the system prompts you for a password enter the password After entering Privileged EXEC mode the prompt changes from the User EXEC mode prompt hostname gt to the privileged EXEC mode prompt hostname Group Access System Administrator Command Mode User EXEC Command Line Usa
227. TS Commands Interface Cable 4 1 D1U1 5 Cable 4 1 D1U1 1 Cable 4 1 D1U1 4 Cable 4 1 D1U1 3 Cable 4 1 D1U1 9 Cable 4 1 D1U1 7 Cable 4 1 D1U1 8 Cable 4 1 D1U1 1 Cable 4 1 D1U1 2 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage Prim Connect Sid State online pt online pt online pt online pt online pt online pt online pt online pt online pt Timing Rec Offset Power O 572 573 576 586 581 573 581 583 578 O O O O O O OO WrRPwWWNOON 0 Ip Address 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 3l 3L 3 1 5 31 31 31 3 1 5 31 3l 101 101 101 101 14 44 45 46 101 101 101 101 101 50 21 17 12 15 Mac Address 000b 0643 000b 0643 000b 0643 000b 0643 000b 0643 3b78 000b 0643 3b84 000b 0643 3b90 000b 0643 3b9a 000b 0643 3bb2 36c8 3716 3b60 3b72 show cable modem begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem count count only Command Syntax begin exclude include WORD turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 173 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 count co
228. The snmpNotifyFilterTable is a table containing filter profiles Filter profiles are used to determine whether a particular management target should receive particular notifications When a notification is generated it must be compared to the filters associated with each management target that is configured to receive notifications in order to determine whether the notification can be sent to that management target Entries in the snmpNotifyFilterTable are created and deleted using the snmpNotifyFilterRow Status object Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server notify filter lt octet string gt lt OID gt lt octet string gt excluded included nonvolatile volatile active not in service no snmp server notify filter lt octet string gt lt OID gt Command Syntax octet string the name of the filter profile snmpNotifyFilterProfileName to be used when generating notifications using the corresponding entry in the snmp TargetAddrTable OID the MIB subtree snmpNotifyFilterSubtree which when combined with the corresponding value of the snmpNotifyFilterMask object defines a family of subtrees which are included in or excluded from the filter profile 3 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands octet string excluded included nonvolatile volatile active not in service Command Default the bit mask snmpNotifyFilte
229. Time to live value in seconds sets the don t fragment IP flag in the outgoing ping IP header DOCSIS complaint cable modem The cable modem mac address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX Cable modem IP address Number of ping messages to be sent to the cable modem 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show arp Protocol Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Group Access The show arp command displays static and dynamic entries in the ARP table The following is typical screen output from the show arp command Address Age min Hardware Address Type Interface 10 10 10 10 0030 b801 c5f4 ARPA ethernet 0 0 10 25554 1 0000 0000 0004 ARPA 10 2555 1 0000 0000 0005 ARPA 10 2556 1 0000 0000 0006 ARPA LO 255 57 21 0000 0000 0007 ARPA 150 31 60 1 41 00e 0 6367 99b1 ARPA ethernet 0 0 150 31 60 10 0030 b801 c570 ARPA ethernet 0 0 150 31 60 99 is 0000 0000 9999 ARPA ethernet 0 0 15031 6123 21 0008 0ee4 84e8 ARPA cable 0 0 150 31 61 27 31 0008 0ee4 dqd550 ARPA cable 0 0 150 3 1 561 28 3 0020 4026 77c0 ARPA cable 0 0 150 312 612 229 3 0020 4027 a028 ARPA cable 0 0 150 31 61 34 3 0020 4026 d5dc ARPA cable 0 0 150 31 61 37 3 0020 4026 77bc ARPA cable 0 0 150 31 267 80 3 0020 4029 19dc ARPA cable 0 0 150 31 61 81 3 0020 4027 a038 ARPA cable 0 0
230. Usage arp time out lt 4 6000 gt no arp timeout lt 4 6000 gt Command Syntax 4 6000 amount of time in minutes that an entry is allowed to stay in the ARP cache Command Default 60 minutes MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands band The band command is used to define the start and end frequency band for the Spectrum Group Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage North American DOCSIS band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt no band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt Euro DOCSIS band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 65000000 gt no band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 65000000 gt Command Syntax 5000000 42000000 The start upstream frequency in Hertz for DOCSIS 5000000 42000000 The end upstream frequency in Hertz for DOCSIS 5000000 65000000 The start upstream frequency in Hertz for Euro DOCSIS 5000000 65000000 The end upstream frequency in Hertz for Euro DOCSIS 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable cmts type The cable cmts type command specifies the DOCSIS type supported by all CMTS modules resident in the BSR chassis Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable cmts type Domestic Euro Japan no cable cmts type Domestic Euro Japan Command Syntax Domestic sets the CMTS module type to the North
231. WORD gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt peer group lt WORD gt Command Syntax A B C D address of the BGP neighbor WORD the name of the peer group 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor peer group creating The neighbor peer group creating command creates a BGP peer group The no neighbor peer group creating command removes the peer group and all of its members Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt WORD gt peer group no neighbor lt WORD gt peer group Command Syntax WORD peer group name 12 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor remote as The neighbor remote as command performs many functions as described below Use the neighbor remote as number command to assign a BGP router to an autonomous system Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt remote as lt 65535 gt creates a new BGP peer and assigns an AS number to it If such peer does not exist already it assigns anew AS number to existing peer Such assignment can be done for the existing peer only if it is not a member of any peer group no neighbor lt A B C D gt remote as lt 65535 gt deletes the corresponding peer regardless if it is peer group member or not neighbor lt WORD gt remote as lt 65535 gt assigns a new AS number to ex
232. _messages Logging of these messages is enable by default logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages Logging of these messages is enable by default logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages Logging of these messages is enable by default logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 Logging of these messages is enable by default logging evt clear logging evt set logging facility local 7 logging on Disabled logging rate limit logging reporting logging reporting default logging session logging snmp trap logging source interface loopback logging trap Notifications level severity 5 login logout memory checkzero message 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 1 System Administration Commands Command Default more page on password privilege restricted radius server radius server source interface loopback redundancy cmts redundancy enabled reload repeat service password encryption No encryption session timeout 5 minutes for telnet sessions 0 for console sessions session maintained indefinitely show aliases show boot show clock show evt show history show log show logging evt show logging reporting show logging syslog show memory 32 bit show pool show process show proces
233. a Trivial File Transport Protocol TFTP server flash copy the configuration file to flash ftp copy the configuration file to a File Transport Protocol FTP server 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 nvram running config startup config system tftp copy the configuration file to NVRAM copy to the currently running system configuration copy to the startup configuration in NVRAM copy to the system copy the configuration file to a Trivial File Transport Protocol TFTP server 1 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands delete The delete command deletes a file stored in Flash memory or NVRAM or deletes the startup configuration file Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage delete flash nvram startup config Command Syntax flash delete all files from Flash memory nvram delete all files from NVRAM startup config delete the startup configuration file 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 description A7 The description command is used to specify descriptive information for any interface on the BSR This information is limited to 79 characters Use the characters _ or to separate words For example if a particular CMTS interface served a certain section of a city the MSO could assign the fo
234. a gael E A A ae E E ta toes 14 25 restricted adiissiom CU ON gost ti ee td sca A E A E E A EEEE St 14 27 A e ES a E A E E E E E E E A E E 14 28 shoy Gable servet i ena A NES 14 29 show cable sive lass Stats eic eoni e E 14 32 OSE E E ee ce eee 14 33 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xxix BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ETE 0 1 mer eae E ene rere oe E I te Serna eer Stent cen ere reer ate 14 34 15 Secure Shell Server Commands PREC OCMC E n PEE E E aimee Nn eA nnn ue ManaiR 15 1 Secure Shell Server Command Descriptions sjccissstaiminnsccimiinccraciminesiaaaneagivayn 15 1 Bae ye ent UL es 2h oso E bins ap cha A E E PT A A E EAI E E AE E E AA T 15 2 Show ssh hokey TNEI Mieren RS 15 4 E E E E peer Vee were E E E T A T A A T 15 5 ssh GiphETS sinsear Raed enna 15 6 ETNE T E E T T E E E AE A E E 15 8 RSE RIO er aehs ease asc neha heyec ean ecco ceceseac bance tabde ecsaeca au anes akeacxtungeaeteads 15 9 ssh load host key Plessen a E 15 11 Soh logout E E E A E N E A E OETA 15 12 ssh mesage Am en T 15 13 ssh VASE PCT CL LUC ARIUS ao pie caves cs ence onarena oF annn E SR EEREN ARE EE 15 14 Gh Pas Gil Bus 96S cre snes incite Mane ADRE 15 15 SGU POTI asea Gh caer ae eens 15 16 GS SES SIE caer ethers E ae ee ae E 15 17 Ea E AE A rents E Tir eae men errant rer meray A reer erty etre 15 18 16 PacketCable Commands T E etree Eee RR E eet oT eT Weare tre Per ere ek ed RED Cree rn eet ener Sener et Tee 16 1 Command Desoriphon S tirannia A
235. able downstream lt 0 0 gt modulation 256 64 Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number 256 Modulation rate 8 bits per downstream symbol 64 Modulation rate 6 bits per downstream symbol Command Default 64 QAM 11 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable downstream power level The cable downstream power level command sets the power level of a downstream channel The no cable downstream power level changes the power level setting of a downstream channel to the default Use the cable downstream power level command to set the absolute power level in tenths of dBmV Use cable downstream power level default setting to set the receive power based on the automatic calculation of the necessary power level Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 0 gt power level lt 450 630 gt no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt power level lt 450 630 gt Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number 450 630 An integer between 450 and 630 unit is in tenth dBmV Command Default 550 dBmV 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream pre equalization The cable downstream pre equalization command enables pre equalization adjustment on the downstream port that includes sending pre equalization coefficients in a ranging response to a CM to compensate for impairment
236. able upstream trap enable rdn Disabled cable utilization interval 0 disabled clear cable flap list clear cable modem offline clear cable modem clear cable qos svc flow statistics clear cable ucc stats clear counters cable collect interval collect resolution 200000 Hz A 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 11 CMTS Commands Command Default dhcp leasequery authorization on dhcp throttle on Disabled dhcp throttle window One DHCP Request packet every 5000 milliseconds five seconds fft display fft setup sample 2048 window rectangular fft start fft store guard band North America 0 Hz Europe 0 Hz hop action band Upstream band priority 128 hop action channel width Upstream band priority 128 hop action frequency Upstream band priority 128 hop action modulation profile Modulation profiles 1 or 2 Upstream band priority 128 hop action power level Upstream band priority 128 hop action roll back Disabled hop period 300 seconds hop threshold flap Disabled interface cable ip address ip dhcp relay information option DHCP option 82 disabled load balancing static Disabled ping docsis show cable downstream show cable flap list show cable insert interval show cable modem show cab
237. ac IP Addr 150 31 83 15 US Chan 1 DS Chan 0 Vendor Id 00 00 00 MAX Classifier 0 MAX CPES 1 Qos Profile 0 Device type CM Rang ng State State 0x4 Retry 0 NoReqCount 0 Pending 0 Rx Power 2 Freq Offset 26 Timing Offset 1791 Last Invited 1567669 ms Max Interval 10003 ms Max Req Delay 398 ticks Equalization Data 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O00 HCM Capability Concatenation T DOCSIS Version DOCSIS 2 0 Fragmentation l PHS 1 BPI 1 US SIDs 4 Transmit Equilizer 1 Taps Symbol Xmit Equilizer Taps 24 DCC Support 1 11 178 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem detail lt X Y gt lt NUM gt lt MAC gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem detail lt X Y gt lt NUM gt lt MAC gt count count only Command Syntax X Y NUM MAC begin exclude include WORD count count only X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number The Service Identifier assigned to a CM The cable modem s MAC address turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specifi
238. ace values matched and set with the match as path command and the set weight command to supersede weights established with the neighbor weight and the neighbor filter list commands The values set by the match and set commands override global values For example the weights assigned with the match as path and set weight route map commands override the weights assigned using the neighbor weight and neighbor filter list commands The implemented weight is established by the initial autonomous system match ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage match as path lt 199 gt no match as path lt 199 gt Command Syntax 1 199 as path list number you can specify a single number or multiple numbers separated by a space 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 match community The match community command creates a BGP autonomous system community access list match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry The no match community command removes the match entry completely The no match community command removes the list numbers or the exact match attribute from the match entry Use the match community list command to ensure that the route is advertised for outbound and inbound route maps If a change to some of the information is to match is needed configure a second route map with specifics Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Confi
239. age neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt update source loopback lt 64 gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt update source loopback lt 64 gt Command Syntax A B C D WORD loopback 1 64 Command Default Best local address neighbor IP address name of BGP peer group loopback interface loopback interface number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 51 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor weight The neighbor weight command establishes a weight to a neighbor connection The no neighbor weight command removes a weight to a neighbor connection Note Initially all routes learned from this neighbor will have the assigned LAD weight The route with the highest weight is chosen as the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt weight lt 0 65535 gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt weight lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group 0 65535 weight assignment Command Default learned routes 0 routes sourced by local router 32768 12 52 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands network The network command specifies the list of networks for the BGP routing process The no network command deletes the entry Use the network command to control what networks are origina
240. agement information is accessed when using the community string specified by the corresponding value of the snmpCommunityName object the unique index value of a row in the snmp CommunityTable specifies the storage type snmp CommunityStorageType as nonvolatile which is defined as having persistent memory so that the storage content remains after the device is turned off and on again sets the snmpCommunityStatus object to notInService specifies the transport tag snmpCommunityTransportTag which is a set of transport endpoints from which a SNMP command responder application will accept management requests if a management request containing this community is received on a transport endpoint other than the transport endpoints identified by this object the request is deemed unauthentic specifies the storage type snmpCommunityStorageType as volatile which is the defined as having temporary memory and so that the storage content is deleted if the device is turned off MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands Command Default snmpCommunityStatus active snmp CommunityStorageType nonvolatile 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server contact The snmp server contact command specifies the contact information in the sysContact MIB object Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snm
241. ail CM registered baseline privacy interface BPI enabled and key encryption key KEK is assigned CM registered BPI enabled and traffic encryption key TEK is assigned CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad mic CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad COS CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to unavailable resource KEK modem key assignment is rejected TEK modem key assignment is rejected CM is considered to be offline All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage to verify modem s identity by BPI module show cable modem lt X Y gt lt mac gt lt prefix gt stats begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only 11 198 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem lt X Y gt lt mac gt lt prefix gt stats count count only Command Syntax X Y mac prefix begin exclude include WORD count count only X is 0 Y is the port number the cable modem MAC address the IP address turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B
242. ality information view the noise power level for the whole spectrum start frequency in Hz end frequency in Hz display upstream statistical information 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 255 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 begin exclude include WORD count count only turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 256 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show stats cmts The show stats cmts command displays the following upstream and downstream statistical information Upstream Statistics cable upstream up administratively down Received broadcasts Received multicasts Received unicasts discarded errors unknown protocol Total Modems On This Upstream Channel Spectrum Group upstream cable location upstream interface administrative status upstream interface broadcast packets received upstream interface multicast packets received upstream interface unicast packets received upstream interface discarded packets total errors preventing upstream transmission of packets packets received that were generated using a protocol unknown to the BSR 2000 total acti
243. ally configured host authorization entries turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 47 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 2 48 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show host authorization summary The show host authorization summary command is used to display the dynamic or static ARP entries for CPEs only The following screen output is displayed Interface Total Total Total Dynamic Static Total Modems Hosts Routers Entries Entries Entries Cable 4 0 2 2 0 4 0 4 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show host authorization summary begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show host authorization summary count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 49 BSR 2000 Comman
244. an is not a valid command error message 1 148 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show users The show users command displays information about active Telnet sessions including the username user group and privilege level the IP address of the originating host and the session ID Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Global Configuration Command Line Usage show users begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show users count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 149 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show version The show version command displays the configuration of the system hardware the software version the names and sources of configuration files and the boot images Boot ROM the boot version Image the current software version running on the module Date Built the date the above version was built CPU the processor type name Memory Size the processor memory size Depending on the module type the remaining
245. anager ubs Upstream Scheduler rm Resource Manager eth8 Ethernet Switch ubsim UBS IM SYNC crmbpi CRM BPI fei FEI ubsmap UBS MAP crm CRM srpemt SRM Reporter CMTS macmr MAC MGR crmsub CRM SubMgt maccfg MAC CFG docsif DOCS IF crmfft CRM FFT cmtbuf CMTS Buffer macrtr MACRTR crmsnr CRM SNR fpga CMTS FPGA brgtag BRG TAG crmutl CRM Util bem Broadcom Driver brg BRG cman PAM DOES TERE bempkt Broadcam Driver Per brgrtr BRG RTR a CRM CLI Packet spafft Spectrum Agent FFT crmdsg CRM DSG dsgif DSG Interface frm FRM spasnr Spectrum Agent SNR een Certificate Storage ard ARD rssi Spectrum Agent RSSI Module ardpkt ARD PKT spasce Spectrum Agent SC brmtag BRM VLAN Tagging ue QUE Manager ardrtr ARD RTR rsm Redundancy SRM upc Upconverter acctrt ACC RTR rdb Run Time Database res RES btp Boot Uptime fpevt FP EVT resrtr RES RTR mens MCNS spemgr Spectrum Manager resaut RES AUTH red CMTS Redundancy ICP dgm DQM ressf RES SF ucc Upstream Channel Change dqos PacketCable DQOS resmgr RES MGR dec Dynamic Channel Change pemm P acketCable Ibm Load Balancing dsx Dynamic Service Multimedia Ibm2 Load Balancing 2nd _ svcflo Service Flow em PacketCable Event Table cre CRA Ibgmer oe as Manage Ibmsnr Load Balacing SNR cra2 CRA SNR drm DOCSIS Redundancy S Cable Modem bem1l Broadcom 3138 Driver Selector bemmac Broadcom 3212 Driver seal acc ACC pream Preamble drme DOCSIS Redundancy acepkt ACC Packet upemot Upconverter Motorola Manager Engine 1 26 MGBI 526363
246. ance for a group of routers as opposed to any specific route passing an access list The distance ospf command serves the same function as the distance command used with an access list Use the distance ospf command when OSPF processes have mutual redistribution to choose internal routes from one external route to another Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distance ospf intra area lt 255 gt inter area lt 255 gt external lt 1 255 gt no distance ospf intra area lt 255 gt inter area lt 255 gt external lt 255 gt Command Syntax intra area 255 sets distance for all routes within an area default value 110 inter area 255 sets distance for all routes from one area to another area default value 110 external 255 sets distance for routes learned by redistribution from other routing domains 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default intra area distance 110 inter area distance 110 external distance 110 8 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands distribute list Use the distribute list command to filter networks received and sent in routing updates and networks suppressed in routing updates by using access lists The networks that are permitted or denied are defined in access lists The no distribute list command removes access list from an incoming or outgoing routing
247. and Line Usage source port 520 no source port 520 Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 timers basic The timers basic command configures RIP network timers The no timers basic command resets the network timer default Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage timers basic lt update gt lt invalid gt lt flush gt no timers basic lt update gt lt invalid gt lt flush gt Command Syntax update clocks the interval between periodic routing updates generally set to 30 seconds small number of seconds added every time the timer is sent to prevent collisions 1 4294967295 rate in seconds at which updates are sent This is the fundamental timing parameter of the routing protocol 7 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands invalid interval in seconds routing updates 1 4294967295 Interval of time in seconds after which a route is declared invalid it should be at least three times the value of the update argument A route becomes invalid when there is an absence of updates that refresh the route The route then enters into a holddown state The route is marked inaccessible and advertised as unreachable However the route is still used for forwarding packets flush number of seconds used before route removed from routing 1 4294967295 Amount of time in seconds that must pa
248. and Line Usage cable intercept lt mac gt lt prefix gt lt 0 65535 gt no cable intercept lt mac gt lt prefix gt lt 0 65535 gt 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax mac prefix 0 65535 Command Default None The intercept source which is the MAC address from which traffic is intercepted Packets with a source or destination MAC address that matches this address are copied and forwarded to the data collection server Most often this MAC address is the user s CPE device such as a PC or VoIP phone and not the MAC address of the user s CM Specifies the destination IP address for the data collection server that receives copies of the forwarded traffic The destination User Datagram Port UDP port number which is used exclusively by the data collection server A default UDP port number is not provided 11 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable modem aging timer The cable modem aging timer command specifies a cable modem aging timer in minutes Cable modems that go off line are automatically removed from the network after the configured time period Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable modem aging timer lt 0 30240 gt off Command Syntax 10 30240 the cable modem aging timer number in minutes 10 minutes to 21 days off disables the cable modem aging t
249. and to disable console logging Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging console alerts critical debugging emergencies errors informational notifications warnings no alerts critical debugging emergencies errors informational notifications warnings Command Syntax Severity Levels and Descriptions emergencies emergency conditions where the system is unusable reserved for vendor specific fatal hardware or software errors that prevents normal system operation and causes reporting system to reboot severity level 0 alert conditions where immediate action is needed a serious failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning severity level 1 1 64 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands critical error warnings notifications information Command Default notifications critical conditions a serious failure that requires immediate attention and prevents the device from transmitting data but the system could recover without rebooting Severity level 2 error conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 3 warning conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 4 normal but significant conditions an event of importance occurred w
250. ands default The aaa authorization commands default command enables command authorization on the BSR Command authorization determines if a user is allowed to run commands at a specified privilege level by creating a default list of methods used for authorization services The no aaa authorization commands default command disables command authorization Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa authorization commands exec isp ro isp rw mso ro mso rw sysadmin default local none tacacs no aaa authentication commands exec isp ro isp rw mso ro mso rw sysadmin Command Syntax exec isp ro isp rw mso ro mso rw sysadmin local commands in the User EXEC privilege level commands in the ISP Read Only privilege level commands in the ISP Read Write privilege level commands in the MSO Read Only privilege level commands in the MSO Read Write privilege level commands in the SYSADMIN privilege level local database to be used as the authorization method 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 14 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 none no method is specified as the authorization method tacacs TACACS to be used as the authorization method 1 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands aaa authorization exec default The aaa authorization exec default command enables privilege level authorization on
251. ant interval The no grants per interval command restores the default value Note Specifying the number of data grants per grant interval is only relevant for service flows using Unsolicited Grant Service UGS or Unsolicited Grant M 7 Service with Activity Detection UGS AD scheduling e for UGS the value of this parameter indicates the actual number of data grants per Nominal Grant Interval e for UGS AD the value of this parameter indicates the maximum number of Active Grants per Nominal Grant Interval Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage grants per interval lt WORD gt lt 0 127 gt no grants per interval lt WORD gt lt 0 127 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 127 the number of grants Command Default 1 14 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands mab 7 Group Access The mab command specifies the Maximum Assigned Bandwidth MAB which is the amount of bandwidth a service class is permitted to use on an interface It is expressed as a percentage of the total interface bandwidth capacity The MAB ofa service class is applied during admission control to determine whether to admit a new service flow and again by the packet schedulers to provide a class based weighting to the scheduler The no mab command restores the default value Note For scheduling purposes each service c
252. ariin riniki ERRA 11 220 show cable privacy GMb ca isc cvierimaretanwaareianniaeinenes oer E E sase led a E e E EEE E EE E E A EA A E E E 11 222 show cable qos profile AE EEE E N EE p PE re E E show cable qos svc flow classifier ee ree ern eer te cere wes vies E220 show cable qos svc flow dynamic stat 00 esssesseeeeeeceeseseesesescasseeasecassenesesaeecnees 11 227 show cable qos svc flow log 0 ee ore ere Serer reer ere age seve 11 228 show cable gos SCAT Parai SEE i ccdcvercsicrarrerereneenen einen 11 229 show cable gos Sre Toy PiE aise iicnceccinenininie eee ac 11 230 show cable qos svc flow statistics MRR ee E lez A show cable qos sve Llo SIMMA cs cecas een rnd 11 232 show cable qos svc flow upstream stat uscimi pinisan 11 233 show cable spectrum group 0 ues patie save er e swine 11 234 show cable spectrum group load balance SUMMALY cceccceseeseeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeseees 11 235 show cable sync interval show Cable Wc stats s cccccsiecisaanraiivnsevees bites ene ee ee napba oe show cablencd mera eneiniad AE EG show cable upstream iaoi Motes EE E T m E OE aell STOW e a E E E nea REET 11 OE o E E O E T E A E A ea show tier faces cabi ennn 11 245 show interfaces cable downstream saoiri aaa 11 249 show interfaces cable intercept c cccseceeeees ates PI yee pupae l show miterfaces cable Service Class c cvssescsreeseusssvevassascnrnscsenecesssreennarennania
253. as coc gs oan tatak esha es ccwase ae xd once eat oaacetutae caseendanacesitaiae ela gneek 11 171 show table modem pe raiiaisiaiaieneirianaavtadta alanine 11 175 show cable modem Jenil ek E EERE S 11 177 on a atte Le oie nadan OE epee OPS Bee eRe cere ere eer nn Vere sere er orreer erento re 11 180 show cable modem loddb alam ee Qip ssicc ceases acatsrierennieiacsinerenmncanenennannn 11 182 shoy cable madeni INE ose needs me nuine en EDES DPS BESEER TEENER 11 184 show cable modem maintenange viii caccaveieiseid nen aaninidaimerrinniatiaieneautacn wee 11 187 show Cable modan Oiliine cco ne a 11 189 a Gat OG csc E A ache A tesa eel E EAE A A O E pasate E 11 191 Show CAL TiO repriser saris r REEE R wee 11 194 show cable modem Salisi ESA ER 11 197 show cable modem SUMMaAry cc corbatore eie aaraa a E 11 200 show cable moden sumimiary total cn concider 11 202 xxiv MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 show cable modem svc flOW id 00 eeeseeeseeeceeceeeeeeneeneeeees EE neers ies sens 11 204 show Cable mod m Gine TEGISIELed sieis teal steaameednrien nee 11 206 show cablemodem timing oet gcse ressGnvisiids ascidian paar 11 209 show cable modem unregistered eee ee ES pian wie 1 213 show table maodilaton proie cc icinctncuriomeimnumemnunamnninsncdanr nam 11 215 show cable modulation profile brief E P AAEE EATA ences R 11 218 Slits Cable rene AINE earn AD 11 219 show cable privacy coral s adnan neki ior
254. ase 1 0 poll jitter The poll jitter command specifies the maximum amount of time that the unicast request interval may be delayed from the nominal periodic schedule for this service flow The no poll jitter command restores the default value Note Specifying a poll jitter value is only relevant for service flows using LAD Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection UGS AD or Real Time Polling Service RTPS scheduling Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage poll jitter lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt no poll jitter lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 4294967295 maximum amount of delay in microseconds Command Default UGS AD 5000 RTPS 25000 14 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands req trans policy The req trans policy command specifies which IUC opportunities the CM uses for upstream transmission requests and packet transmissions for this service flow whether requests for this Service Flow may be piggybacked with data whether data packets transmitted on this service flow can be concatenated fragmented or have their payload headers suppressed For UGS it also specifies how to treat packets that do not fit into the UGS grant The no req trans policy command restores the default value Note Specifying a req trans policy value is
255. ass name created with the name command 64 1522 the minimum packet size in bytes Command Default 128 14 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands min rate The min rate command specifies the minimum reserved traffic rate reserved for this service flow The minimum packet size min pkt size must be set in conjunction with the minimum reserved traffic rate for this service flow The no min rate command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage min rate lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt no min rate lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 4294967295 the minimum reserved traffic rate in bits per second Command Default 0 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 name The name command creates a service class record with a user specified name that is entered on the command line The no name command deletes this service class record Commands for specifying configuration parameters will use the service class name as the key word for distinguishing which service class record is being configured Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage name lt WORD gt schedtype be down be up non rtps rtps ugs ugs ad no name lt WORD gt Command Syntax W
256. at the cable interface can remove the dynamic service flows by issuing the DSD REQs to the CM when the timer expires The cable dynamic service active timeout command specifies an active timeout for dynamic service flows The active timeout is the time since the dynamic service was used As long as the dynamic service continues to receive at least one packet within this interval the service is not deleted Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface Command Line Usage cable dynamic service active timeout lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax 0 65535 active timeout value in seconds 0 disables the active timer Note If the CM requests an active timeout for that dynamic service flow in LY the DSA REQ this active timer starts using the timeout value specified in the DSA REQ Command Default 0 16 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands clear configuration The clear configuration command resets the COPS Dynamic QoS event message or electronic surveillance configuration parameters to the default settings Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage clear configuration cops dqos em es Command Syntax cops set all COPS configuration parameters to their default values dqos set all DQoS configuration parameters to their default values em set all event message configuration parameters to their default values es
257. ata Quality control installation data Cable modem problem isolation and location CMTS problems based upon high activity Unreliable upstream paths based on high CRC errors Unreliable in home wiring problems based on high CRC errors Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable flap list aging lt 86400 gt no cable flap list aging lt 86400 gt Command Syntax 1 86400 maximum number of minutes a cable modem is kept in the flap list 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default 1440 minutes 11 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable flap list insertion time The cable flap list insertion time command sets the insertion time interval in seconds Use the no form of this command to disable insertion time Use the cable flap list insertion time command to manage the flapping modem detector and place the cable modem on the flap list if the connection time is outside the insertion time interval Note The insertion time is the time taken by cable modems to complete their A J registration Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable flap list insertion time lt 86400 gt no cable flap list insertion time lt 86400 gt Command Syntax 1 86400 inser
258. ated actions The no debug ip igmp command turns off the IGMP debugging Use the debug ip igmp command to target IGMP protocol messages and mtrace messages Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip igmp no debug ip igmp Command Default Disabled 4 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ip mfm The debug ip mfm command displays Multicast Forwarding Manager MFM control packet activity The no debug ip mfm command turns off MFM debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip mfm all general no debug ip mfm all general Command Syntax all all MFM processing information general general non specific MFM application information Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip mrtm The debug ip mrtm command displays changes made to the IP multicast routing table made by the Multicast Routing Table Manager The no debug ip mrtm command turns off MRTM debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip mrtm all general no debug ip mrtm all general Command Syntax all all MRTM processing information general general non specific MRTM application information Command Default Disabled 4 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Command
259. ation 2 19 grants per interval 14 14 ip dhcp relay information option 11 152 group map 11 135 ip domain list 2 21 guard band 11 135 ip domain lookup 2 22 ip domain name 2 23 H ip forward protocol udp 2 24 help 1 49 ip ftp password 1 52 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI Index 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip ftp username 1 53 ip helper address 2 25 ip host 2 26 ip igmp access group 9 4 ip igmp querier timeout 9 5 ip igmp query interval 9 6 ip igmp query max response time 9 7 ip igmp static group 9 8 ip igmp version 9 9 ip igmp version1 querier 9 10 ip irdp 2 27 ip local policy route map 6 5 ip mask reply 2 29 ip mroute 10 2 ip mroute distance 10 3 ip mroute unicast distance 10 4 ip mtu 2 30 ip multicast routing 10 5 ip name server 2 31 ip netmask format 1 54 ip ospf authentication key 8 18 ip ospf cost 8 19 ip ospf database filter all out 8 20 ip ospf dead interval 8 21 ip ospf hello interval 8 22 ip ospf message digest key 8 23 ip ospf network 8 24 ip ospf priority 8 25 ip ospf retransmit interval 8 26 ip ospf transmit delay 8 27 ip pim border 13 2 ip pim dr priority 13 3 ip pim message interval 13 4 ip pim query interval 13 5 ip pim spt threshold lasthop 13 6 ip policy route map 6 6 ip proxy arp 2 32 ip rarp server 2 33 ip redirects 2 34 ip rip authentication key 7 10 ip rip host routes 7 11 ip rip message digest key 7 12
260. ax hosts all The cable modem max hosts all command sets the limit for the maximum Customer Premises Equipment CPE hosts behind all cable modems on the network The no cable modem max hosts all sets the limit to the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable modem max hosts all lt 0 32 gt no cable modem max hosts all lt 0 32 gt Command Syntax 0 32 Number of CPE hosts 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 47 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable modem ucc The cable modem ucc command allows an operator to manually move a DOCSIS 1 0 or 1 1 CM or MTA to a different upstream channel within the same MAC domain Note The cable modem will not be moved if the old and new upstream A J channels are associated to two different Spectrum Groups Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt uce lt 0 3 gt init tech lt 0 4 gt logical lt 0 3 gt Command Syntax mac cable modem MAC address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX prefix cable modem IP address 0 3 the upstream physical channel 11 48 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands init tech 0 4 logical 0 3 the ranging technique used for UCC 0 re initialize the MAC 1 perform broadcast intitial ranging on the new channel before normal operation 2 perform unicast ranging on the new channel before
261. bal Configuration mode Using the exit command in Privileged EXEC or User EXEC modes ends the command line session Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage exit 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 47 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 format The format command formats a filesystem in flash or NVRAM Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage format flash nvram Command Syntax flash format flash nvram format NVRAM 1 48 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands help The help command displays instructions for using the CLI help functionality Refer to the BSR 2000 Configuration and Management Guide for additional instructions on using the CLI help functionality Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage help 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 49 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 history size The history size command lets you specify the size of the history buffer by number of lines The no history command deletes the history buffer Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage history size lt 256 gt no history Command Syntax 1 256 the number of lines in the history buffer Command Default 10 1 50 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands hostname The hostname command confi
262. been disconnected it display disconnected Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show packet cable cops inactive 16 48 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands Command Syntax inactive specify the COPS Client s that are inactive 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 49 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show packet cable gate The show packet cable gate command display the gate ID in hexidecimal notation CM MAC address CPE subscriber IP address cable slot number upstream and downstream Service Flow Identifier SFID number status and committed time gate summary information The following provides typical screen output from the show packet cable gate command DQoS Gates 2 GateID Modem Subscriber cM SFID Pri Status Committed 0x MAC Address IP Address TS Up Dn Time 00000D3C 0011 8065 f 57a 150 31 55 101 0 57 58 Low Committed 00 21 58 00000E86 0011 8065 580 150 31 55 102 0 55 56 Low Committed 00 21 58 The following provides the show packet cable gate command output field descriptions GateID 0x Modem MAC Address Subscriber IP Address CMTS SFID Pri Status Committed Time display the gate Identifier in hexadecimal notation cable modem CM MAC address Client IP address This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 display the upstream Up SFID number and the downstream Dn Service Flow Ide
263. between two consecutive SPF calculations Command Default SPF delay 5 seconds SPF hold time 10 seconds 8 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B IGMP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP commands used with the BSR 2000 Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP part of the Internet Protocol IP suite is used between hosts and routers to report dynamic multicast group membership IP multicasting is the transmission of an IP datagram to a host group identified by a single IP destination address Multicasting directs the same information packets to multiple destinations at the same time versus unicasting which sends a separate copy to each individual destination Because the destinations receive the same source packet at once delivery of the information takes place in a more timely manner As stated in RFC 1112 the membership of a host group is dynamic that is hosts may join and leave groups at any time There is no restriction on the location or number of members in a host group and a host may be a member of more than one group at a time There are three types of messages structures supported by IGMP to communicate with each other about the multicast traffic queries reports and leave group messages Query messages are used to discover which hosts are in which multicast groups In response the hosts sends a report message to inform the querier of a host
264. bles logging of the BPI authorization reject DOCSIS error message The no logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages enables the logging of this error message This command is useful in situations where a high volume of this error message is being generated and logged Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages no logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages Command Default Logging of BPI authorization reject messages is enabled by default 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 69 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages The logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages command disables logging of the Map Reject DOCSIS error messages The no logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages command enables the logging of Map Reject error messages This command is useful in situations where large numbers of these error messages are being generated and logged Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages no logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages Command Default Logging of Map Reject messages is enabled by default 1 70 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 The logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 command disables logging of the Unable to Successfully Range
265. bor soft reconfiguration inbound command starts the storage of incoming updates without any modification The no neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound command stops this storage and releases the memory used for them Use the neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound command to start update story required to enable inbound software configuration with the clear ip bgp soft in command Outbound BGP soft reconfiguration does not need inbound software configuration Outbound BGP soft reconfiguration does not need inbound software configuration Note When the neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound command is issued the peer will first be disabled and then enabled again The no form of this command doesn t bring the peer down ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt soft reconfiguration inbound no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt soft reconfiguration inbound Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group inbound specific inbound update Command Default No storage 12 48 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor timers The neighbor timers command sets the timers for a particular BGP peer or peer group The no neighbor timers command clears the timers for a particular BGP peer or peer group Use the neighbor timers command to configure a specific neighbor or peer group timers values to bypass the timers confi
266. c 0 1 U4 2 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 361a 0 1 U5 19 o 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3718 0 1 U4 5 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3bb0 0 1 U5 4 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 0020 4027 a15c 0 1 U7 6 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 0020 409a 24f0 0 1 U6 3 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 0020 409a 760c 0 1 U6 17 o 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show stats summary error sid lt 2049 gt Command Syntax sid 7 2049 the Service ID number 11 260 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands snr display The snr display command displays SNR measurement data to a console or telnet session SNR measurement data is retrieved either from an operational CMTS module or a file system Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage snr display lt NUM gt lt NUM gt flash lt filename gt lt WORD gt loop data lt NUM gt lt NUM gt nvram lt filename gt lt WORD gt Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 NUM valid upstream port number flash lt filename gt retrieve the SNR measurement data from the Flash file system loop data displays SNR loop measurement data nvram lt filename gt retrieve the SNR measurement data from the NVRAM file system WORD SNR measurement data filename limit of 20 characters excluding the snr filename extension 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 261 BSR 2000 Command
267. cable err no debug cable err 4 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug cable keyman The debug cable keyman command activates debugging of TEK and KEK baseline privacy key activity The no debug cable keyman turns off this debugging operation Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable keyman no debug cable keyman 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug cable mac The debug cable mac command displays dynamic service messages and or MAC layer management information MAC layer information The no debug cable mac command turns off MAC layer debugging Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable mac dynsrv information no debug cable mac dynsrv information 4 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug cable map The debug cable map command displays map debugging messages The no debug cable map command turns off this debugging operation Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable map no debug cable map 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug cable modem select The debug cable modem select command lets you select a specific cable modem for debug tracing The no debug cable modem select command turns off this debugging operation Grou
268. cable host authorization range command disables IP address range authorization Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable host authorization range lt prefix gt lt prefix gt no cable host authorization range lt prefix gt lt prefix gt Command Syntax prefix starting CPE IP address range prefix ending CPE IP address range 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable insert interval The cable insert interval command sets the interval at which Initial Maintenance intervals are scheduled in the upstream These intervals are used by cable modems to send ranging request messages when attempting to join the network The no cable insert interval command is used to set the default insertion interval Y7 Note Ensure that the upstream port is down before setting the insertion interval Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable insert interval lt 0 200 gt no cable insert interval lt 0 200 gt Command Syntax 0 200 The insert interval in hundredths of a second Command Default The default insertion interval is 20 hundredths of a second 11 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable intercept The BSR provides a way to monitor and intercept data originating from a DOCSIS network through the Cable Intercept feature which provides Multiple Sy
269. cable modems that can register to the flap list table Command Default 256 cable modems 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable flap list trap enable The cable flap list trap enable command controls whether a flapListTrap will be sent to the CMTS by the SNMP agent if the CM miss percentage exceeds the flapListPercentageThreshold specified with the cable flap list percentage threshold command The no cable flap list percentage threshold command disables sending the flapListTrap Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable flap list trap enable no cable flap list trap enable Command Default Enabled 11 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable helper address f y Group Access The cable helper address function disassembles a DHCP broadcast packet and reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the router and communicate with the DHCP server The cable helper address command enables broadcast forwarding for User Datagram Protocol UDP packets The cable helper address command can also be used to define the cable helper address to be used for all CPEs whose CMs have an IP address in a particular subnet s address space This forces the BSR relay agent to forward DHCP requests from a CPE using a selected ISP to a DHCP server configured for that selected ISP Note The
270. cable service class The show interfaces cable service class command displays interface level service class information for all downstream and upstream service classes downstream service classes or upstream service classes The following is an example of typical screen output from the show interfaces cable service class command ClassName Pri Thr CAP MAB FreeBW Defer Succe Restr HighPri PREP PPPPPPP DefBEDown alt 0 0 al 100 DefRRDown 1 0 0 1 100 DefEMDown L 0 0 L 100 massl11 al 0 0 48 100 mass12 alt 0 o 30 100 mass13 di 0 0 18 100 DefBEUp T 0 0 al 100 DefRRUp i O 100 a 100 DefUGS 1 20 100 1 100 DefUGSAD Oo 80 al 100 DefRTPS L 0 100 a 100 DefNRTPS al O 100 al 100 DefEMUp alt O 100 all 100 massl 1 0 0 49 100 mass2 al 0 0 30 100 mass3 al 0 Oo 14 100 DefBEUp a 0 0 al 100 DefRRUp 1 O 100 1 100 DefUGS 1 20 100 1 100 DefUGSAD i 0 80 ul 100 DefRTPS al O 100 al 100 DefNRTPS all O 100 alk 100 DefEMUp 1 O 100 1 100 massl T 0 0 49 100 mass2 al 0 0 30 100 mass3 i 0 Oo 14 100 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC OOOCOCOC0O0 OGOOGOGGOGOOGOOGOGOG oo0oo0oo0oo0o0o0o0o0O0O oo0oo0oo0oo0o0o0o0o0oO0O 11 252 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B CMTS Commands Command Line Usage show interfaces cable lt X Y gt service class all downstream upstream begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show interfaces cable lt X Y g
271. can be specified to allow more time so that multiple event messages are combined into one packet to reduce network traffic The em max batch time command specifies the interval that the batched event messages are held before they are sent to the Record Keeping Server The no em max batch time command restores the default setting Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em max batch time lt 60 gt no em max batch time lt 60 gt Command Syntax 1 60 maximum time in seconds Command Default 10 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 em qos descriptor disable The QoS Descriptor attribute can be disabled if an MSO administrator decides it does not need it because it wants to reduce the event message size for network traffic management purposes The QoS descriptor attribute contains the Service Class profile name and QoS parameters The em qos descriptor disable command disables the QoS Descriptor attribute The no em qos descriptor disable command enables the QoS Descriptor Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em qos descriptor disable no em qos descriptor disable Command Default Enabled 16 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands em retry count If an Accounting Response event message is not received by the BSR from the Record Keeping Server the BSR sends t
272. cast route look oy scciivissescaceinass OUR FOUL acs atc E E vas E E E E E xxviii MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Ea 108 113 Renee ae ES OE rr AE EEE enon A EESTE AT E E EE REN trl EAE errr 13 14 14 Service Class Commands Ditrodoctioiie see cadaiaenaciararee via EEE en eee O ae aR ane 14 1 Entering Service Class Contiguration Mode ic csisscxccsvsssvcs sescesancztcrsescseshescsacasavinanvenrisces 14 2 Sernite Class Command DeseriPionS eon E R E E 14 2 a a I A E E E E E EA E E T E eae E wae 14 3 E E T N E E A T A E E 14 4 admitted bw threshold aspina R E E NER 14 5 Ao a IE E E E E E E A E A E E 14 6 Cae SEN T a E A 14 7 ie o EEE E ET E EE E E E E E EE 14 8 leor cable svolgo SE enr ine E AEE R EEEa com ner errr tree EE eer 14 9 C E A a A E EE A E E E E eater eee 14 10 T aa E E E S E PE E AEA T S EA EEE E ET 14 11 A APE A A AE T E E O E S 14 12 BASIE ranra eee idee 14 13 grate E e sere arr era anata Sree a error ira reer ep ree eretarer es Marte etnr te ar tere e eer ee 14 14 EI A pase dete heer I E E E E eee T T E ETA E 14 15 Eae DIESE cs ice E EE E E E E E EE E 14 16 E E ENN cca E EA E E E EE EA E E E E E 14 17 DRAE i E Aiaece taeoente ty gaeceue 14 18 E PTE E E E E an ete a eee 14 19 E yy 1 EL E T A A A ANE A E yer E E E 14 20 EE EE NAE EEA EIEE T EIE E E TE E ener E AEE 14 21 I EAE E AA EEE E EEA E E EE E E E E E 14 22 E a RA A E eel E AT ET 14 23 Poll o ii ee E 14 24 POCA E OCMC tcc stay os teresa aera wak
273. ccess All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip igmp interface groups brief begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip igmp interface groups brief count count only Command Syntax groups multicast groups that are joined on each interface brief brief summary of IGMP interface l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 9 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip igmp groups The show ip igmp groups command displays multicast groups connected to a specific router using IGMP Use the show ip igmp groups command to display the following IGMP group information Group Address multicast address Interface interface reachable Uptime hours minutes and seconds multicast known Expires hours minutes and seconds until the entry is removed from IGMP groups table Last Reporter last host of multicast group Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip igmp groups summary begin exclude include lt WORD gt count
274. ce no snmp server notify lt octet string gt Command Syntax octet string specifies the snampNotifyName index into the snmpNotifyTable which is a unique identifier associated with this sampNotifyEntry octet string specifies the snmpNotifyTag object which is used to select entries in the snmp TargetAddrTable inform send Inform notification messages to the host identified in the snmpTargetAddrTable through the corresponding snmpNotifyTag trap send Trap notification messages to the host identified in the snmpTargetAddrTable through the corresponding snmpNotifyTag 3 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands nonvolatile volatile active not in service Command Default specifies the storage type snmpNotifyStorageType as nonvolatile which is defined as having persistent memory so that the storage content remains after the device is turned off and on again specifies the storage type snmpNotifyStorageType as volatile which is the defined as having temporary memory and so that the storage content is deleted if the device is turned off sets the snmpNotifyRowStatus object to active sets the snmpNotifyRowStatus object to notInService snmpNotifyRowStatus active snmpNotifyStorageType nonvolatile 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server notify filter The snmp server notify filter configures the sampNotifyFilterTable
275. ce Command Default upstream band priority 128 11 138 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands hop action modulation profile The hop action modulation profile command is used to change the modulation profile setting before a frequency hop action Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action modulation profile lt 16 gt priority lt 255 gt no hop action modulation profile lt 6 gt priority lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 16 The modulation profile number 1 255 The upstream band priority number The lower number takes precedence Command Default modulation profiles 1 or 2 upstream band priority 128 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 139 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 hop action power level The hop action power level command is used to change the power level setting before a frequency hop action Table 11 4 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the input power level range and default power level range for a specific upstream channel Table 11 4 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters Upstream Channel Default Power level Power level Bandwidth Range Range 200 KHz 1 dBmV 16 to 14 dBmV 400 KHz 2 dBmvV 13 to 17 dBmV 800 KHz 5 dBmvV 10 to 20 dBmV 1 6 MHz 8 dBmV 7 to 23 dBmV 3 2 MHz 11 dBmV 4 to 26 dBmV Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectr
276. ce Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable privacy cm auth reset lt mac gt lt 1 4 gt no cable privacy cm auth reset Command Syntax mac cable modem MAC address of 6 bytes 1 4 number representing an action 1 noReset requested causes CMTS to do nothing 2 invalidateAuth causes CMTS to invalidate current CM authorization key does not transmit an Authorization Invalid message to the CM does not invalidate unicast TEKs 3 sendAuthInvalid causes CMTS to invalidate current CM authorization key does not transmit an Authorization invalid message to CM does not invalidate unicast TEKs 4 invalidateTeks causes CMTS to invalidate current CM authorization key to transmit an Authorization Invalid message to the CM and to invalidate all unicast TEKs related to this CM authorization Command Default profile 1 11 60 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable privacy cm tek life time The cable privacy cm tek life time command sets the TEK life time value for baseline privacy The no cable privacy cm tek life time command returns the TEK life time value to the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy cm tek life time lt 0 6383 gt lt 800 604800 gt no cable privacy cm tek life time lt 0 6383 gt lt 1800 604800 gt Command Syntax 0 16383 CM primary SID 1800 604800 Traffic encryption life time value in
277. ce with Activity Detection UGS AD scheduling Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage grant jitter lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt no grant jitter lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 4294967295 the tolerated grant jitter in microseconds Command Default UGS 2000 UGS AD 2000 14 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands grant size The grant size command specifies the unsolicited grant size Grant size includes the entire MAC frame data PDU from the Frame Control byte to end of the MAC frame The no grant size command restores the default value Note Specifying an unsolicited grant size is only relevant for service flows LAD using Unsolicited Grant Service UGS or Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection UGS AD scheduling Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage grant size lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt no grant size lt WORD gt lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 65535 the unsolicited grant size in bytes Command Default UGS 152 UGS AD 152 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 grants per interval The grants per interval command specifies the number of data grants per gr
278. ces and group members You can configure a single RP for more than one group The access list determines which groups the RP can be used for If no access list is configured the RP is used for all groups A PIM router can use multiple RPs but only one per group Statically configured RP will take precedence over RP learned though a dynamic mechanism such as the bootstrap mechanism ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage pim rp address lt A B C D gt 1 99 no ip pim rp address lt A B C D gt 13 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PIM Commands Command Syntax A B C D 1 99 Command Default The IP address of the router to be a statically configured PIM RP This is a unicast IP address in four part dotted notation The number of an access list that defines for which multicast groups the RP should use This is a standard IP access list If no number is entered then the default is the whole class D group range No PIM rendezvous points are preconfigured 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 pim unicast route lookup The pim unicast route lookup command retrieves routes from the BSR s unicast routing table Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage pim unicast route lookup no pim unicast route lookup 13 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PIM Commands rout
279. cess to most CLI commands including cable commands but excluding routing commands restricted only provides this user access to CLI commands with a designated privilege level of restricted as defined with the privilege restricted CLI command sysadmin provides this user access to all CLI commands 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 167 IP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR Interface commands not associated with a specific protocol can be used to configure interface features with any device on the network Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP commands handle network communications between network nodes This includes network addressing information control information that enables packets to be routed and reliable transmission of data Address Resolution Protocol ARP commands dynamically maps IP addresses to physical hardware addresses An ARP cache is used to maintain a correlation between each MAC address and its corresponding IP address Domain Name System DNS commands are used to map hostnames to IP addresses and to control Internet routing information Lists of domain names and IP addresses are distributed throughout the Internet with DNS servers Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP commands are used to synchronize computer clocks in the global internet SNTP operates in unicast broadcast and IP multicast modes 526363 001 00 Rev B
280. ch time 10 seconds em qos descriptor disable Enabled em retry count 3 em retry interval 2 seconds em rks em shutdown Enabled em udp port 1813 es Enabled ike client addr ike phase Lifetime 28800 Lifesize 0 ike phase2 Lifetime 28800 Lifesize 0 ike retries 3 ike timeout 10 seconds ipsec ipsec shutdown Disabled packet cable show ipsec show packet cable configuration show packet cable cops show packet cable gate show packet cable statistics spd policy spd preshared key 526363 001 00 Rev B A 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 17 VLAN Tagging Commands Command Default bridge cable modem bridge mode trunk clear bridge vlan counters encapsulation dot1q show bridge vlan A 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B A aaa accounting commands default 1 3 aaa accounting exec default 1 5 aaa authentication enable default 1 7 aaa authentication local override 1 9 aaa authorization commands default 1 11 aaa authorization exec default 1 13 aaa console authentication 1 14 aaa console authorization commands default 1 15 aaa new model 1 16 access class in 5 2 access list extended 5 4 access list standard 5 3 aggregate address 12 2 alias 1 17 allow share 14 6 area authentication 8 2 area default cost 8 3 area nssa 8 4 area range 8 5 a
281. ched override any weight set by the neighbor command Any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set weight lt 0 65535 gt no set weight Command Syntax 0 65535 weight value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 69 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip as path access list The show ip as path access list command displays configured AS path access lists and their elements Use the show ip as path access list command to display configured as path access lists and their elements With the optional access list number argument it displays the specified as path access list if such list exists Without it it displays all configured as path access lists Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip as path access list lt 99 gt Command Syntax 1 199 AS path access list number 12 70 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands show ip bgp The show ip bgp command displays entries in the routing table Use the show ip bgp command to determine whether the session is active or not Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt longer prefixes begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip b
282. command enables RADIUS authentication for user console logins The no console authentication radius command disables this feature Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage console authentication radius local password username lt WORD gt no console authentication radius local password username Command Syntax local password authenticate with a locally configured password if there is no response from the RADIUS server username configure a console username to use for authentication WORD the text of the console username maximum of 64 characters 1 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands copy The copy command copies a local or network file from one location to another either locally or on the network Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage copy flash ftp nvram running config startup config system tftp flash nvram running config startup config system Command Syntax flash copy the configuration file from flash ftp copy the configuration file from a File Transport Protocol FTP server nvram copy the configuration file from NVRAM running config copy from a currently running system configuration startup config copy from the startup configuration in NVRAM system copy from the system tftp copy the configuration file from
283. conditions deny denies access to matching conditions LINE regular expression describing the as paths to be matched 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip community list 7 Group Access The ip community list command creates a BGP related access list and its elements There are two types of community lists standard and extended The standard community lists have a list number from to 99 The extended community lists have a list number from 100 to 199 The ip community list deletes the community lists and all associated elements The community lists are used in the match community list command and the set communities set comm list delete commands The route maps are used for inbound and outbound filtering Note The community lists are related to the respective elements and are of the standard and extended types Standard community lists To create a standard community list and its elements use the ip community list command To delete the list element use the no ip community list command If there is no elements left in the list the list will be removed too To delete the community list and all its elements use the no ip community list command Extended community lists To create an extended community list and its elements use the ip community list command To delete the list element use the no ip community list command If there are no elements left in the list the lis
284. criber upstream Quadrature Amplitude Modulation QAM is a digital frequency modulation technique is primarily used for sending data downstream Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage modulation type qpsk 16qam 8qam 32qam 64qam 128qam 256qam no modulation type qpsk 16qam 8qam 32qam 64qam 128qam 256qam 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 157 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax qpsk 16qam 8qam 32qam 64qam 128qam 256qam qpsk creates a default QPSK modulation type where all bursts are sent using QPSK 16qam creates a default 16 QAM modulation type where all bursts are sent using 16 QAM 8qam is used for DOCSIS 2 0 ATDMA or S CDMA channel types only creates a default 8 QAM modulation type where all bursts are sent using 8 QAM 32qam is used for DOCSIS 2 0 ATDMA or S CDMA channel types only creates a default 32 QAM modulation type where all bursts are sent using 32 QAM 64qam used for DOCSIS 2 0 ATDMA or S CDMA channel types only creates a default 64 QAM modulation type where all bursts are sent using 64 QAM 128qam is used for DOCSIS 2 0 ATDMA or S CDMA channel types only creates a default 128 QAM modulation type where all bursts are sent using 128 QAM 256qam is used for DOCSIS 2 0 ATDMA or S CDMA channel types only creates a default 256 QAM modulation type where all bursts are sent using 256 QAM
285. d characters must not be used 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 97 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 privilege restricted The privilege restricted command designates a specific CLI command or group of commands as belonging to the restricted user group Only users in the restricted user group have read write access to commands designated as restricted Note By default users in the restricted user group will not be able to LAD execute any commands unless they have been specified as restricted with the privilege restricted command Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage privilege restricted lt WORD gt lt WORD gt all no privilege lt WORD gt lt WORD gt all Command Syntax WORD the command whose privilege level is to be changed to restricted multiple commands can be specified separated by spaces all changes the privilege level to restricted for all of the sub options of a given command 1 98 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands radius server The radius server command configures a RADIUS client to allow communication with a RADIUS server Configuring a RADIUS client involves the following tasks Group Access specifying the RADIUS server defining the shared encryption key for authentication between the RADIUS server and the RADIUS client specifying the number of retry attempts if there is
286. d with the alias option specified To verify ARP status use the show running config command The BSR will also respond to an ARP request for a network on a different interface when proxy ARP is turned on Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip proxy arp no ip proxy arp Command Default Disabled 2 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip rarp server The ip rarp server command is used to enable the router to act as a RARP server The no ip rarp server command disables the router to act as a RARP server The RARP server can be configured on each interface to ensure that the router does not affect RARP traffic on other subnetworks that do not need RARP assistance The following conditions must be satisfied before receiving RARP support a The ip rarp server command must be configured on the requesting interface A static entry must exist in the IP ARP table mapping the MAC address in the RARP request to an IP address The IP address should be set to whatever address the user configures as the primary address for the interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rarp server lt A B C D gt no ip rarp server lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D The IP address that is provided as the source protocol address field of the RARP response packet Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 3
287. d EXEC Command Line Usage logout lt session id gt lt username gt Privileged EXEC mode only logout User EXEC mode only Command Syntax session id the session ID number of the user to log out username the name of the user to log out 1 88 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands macro The macro command defines a group of existing CLI commands that can be executed by entering the macro name at the command line The no macro command removes a macro from the macro list Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC and Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage macro lt WORD gt Variable lt WORD gt Variable lt WORD gt no macro lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD the macro name Variable macro variables WORD the CLI commands CLI commands must be added one at a time 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 89 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 memory checkzero The memory checkzero command enables memory checking on the BSR Ww Note Memory checking can use considerable BSR system resources Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage memory checkzero lt 0 gt Command Syntax 0 1 1 enable Memory Checking 0 disable Memory Checking 1 90 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands message The message command sends a message to a specified active user G
288. d Line Usage enforce cmts qos lt WORD gt no enforce cmts qos lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD the name of the service class Command Default Disabled 14 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands grant interval The grant interval command specifies the nominal time between grants The no grant interval command restores the default value Note Specifying a grant interval is only relevant for service flows using LP Unsolicited Grant Service UGS or Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection UGS AD scheduling Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage grant interval lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt no grant interval lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 4294967295 the grant interval in microseconds Command Default UGS 10000 UGS AD 10000 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 grant jitter The grant jitter command specifies the tolerated grant jitter which is the maximum amount of time that the transmission opportunities may be delayed from the nominal periodic schedule for this service flow The no grant jitter command restores the default value Note Specifying a tolerated grant jitter is only relevant for service flows using LAD Unsolicited Grant Service UGS or Unsolicited Grant Servi
289. d Reference Guide Release 1 0 count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 2 50 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show host unauthorized cpe The show host unauthorized cpe command displays the list of hosts CPEs that are unauthorized due to a failed DHCP lease query response Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show host unauthorized cpe 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 51 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show hosts The show hosts command displays the cache list of host names and addresses and the lookup service type Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show hosts 2 52 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show interfaces Use the show interfaces command to display the status and statistics for the network interfaces Use the show interfaces command without the slot and interface argument to display all interfaces Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interfaces ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt cable lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt accounting begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show interfaces ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt cable lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt accounting co
290. d aaa ee ee 4 43 EEA EE E N T E T N T H debug PACER soeone E E E E E eee be OUREERY 4 45 AEEA e n E E A E E E eee 4 46 E EO OND Ti EAE A E E E age babe A E EE E E E E EEE E S AET E 4 47 pidebyg allearsi E ae 4 48 5 Access List Commands ELETE aT aa Aa E E E E r E E E AE E E E 5 1 Atgess List Commmand Desen plone seirissssiesis titoa pae ekeen Naaa K ELEAN Epeka kE hi 5 1 ee OST aS a E N E E E laa E E es 5 2 acos e a aA 5 3 Helo R E h A ANE EE E AE E E E T IA ET 5 4 WES E E EN A A ENA E E E E E E vate E E ee 5 12 e e a a A E EE el E E E O OEE 5 13 shoy ageess BiS aid stan Ae eae a A eis 5 14 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI XV BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 6 Routing Policy Command Descriptions Routing Policy Commands Introduction default information OF GINate svi csiisccscssarescsencenees eA aT a sin cactus T T ip lo al policy POULSEN irei WY po hey route Miah mae mas patsinan iah HAC ROMAINE poeier aeea ORNER REEE TUL TS HOSS E E E E E matoh ip nero cea AES Match ip TOULE SOUPCE creiran cridiri MAC il aig eE E A creat tel eres E EN m tchroute typ externaliseren Matth route type miernalsiorrrsirosrsorsrsa ATENE DU 1 ERREA TET OT ee TOUI AD arana Set e eL EEE E E E i A E A Gan E E E E E E wneunnaniuns SSE ARNT ARN iIa AE T E E E set defaolt mterface null o oo ccc cacssceutshadenccnsshatenacasts set Miter nce mol 24am set ip default next Hepsi asi veissnaiesascineiacsiiedrasene a CIES cc
291. d into BGP ospf routes redistributed into OSPF rip routes redistributed into RIP from from protocols all all supported protocols bgp routes redistributed from BGP connected routes redistributed connected ospf routes redistributed from OSPF 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 rip routes redistributed from RIP static routes redistributed static Command Default Disabled 4 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ip rip The debug ip rip command displays Routing Information Protocol RIP send and receive information The no debug ip rip command turns off RIP debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip database events trigger no debug ip rip database events trigger Command Syntax database RIP database events events RIP protocol events trigger RIP triggered events Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip rip database The debug ip rip database command displays information on RIP route entry events additions deletions and changes The no debug ip rip database command turns off RIP database debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip database no debug ip rip database 4 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug C
292. d off set the snmpNotifyFilterProfileRow Status object to active set the snmpNotifyFilterProfileRow Status object to notInService snmpNotifyFilterProfileRowStatus active snmpNotifyFilterProfileStorType nonvolatile 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server packetsize The snmp server packetsize command sets the maximum SNMP packet size that the server sends or receives The no snmp server packetsize command sets SNMP packet size back to the default Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server packetsize lt 484 17940 gt no snmp server packetsize Command Syntax 484 17940 maximum packet size in bytes Command Default 1400 bytes 3 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server port number The snmp server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to use The no snmp server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to use back to the default Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server port number lt 0 65535 gt no snmp server port number lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax 0 65535 port number for the SNMP agent to listen Command Default 161 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server shutdown The snmp server
293. d routes as result of IP enabled on an interface rip RIP source protocol static IP or OSPF static routes metric 16777215 metric used for the redistributed route metric type 1 OSPF exterior metric type for redistributed routes metric type 2 route map WORD the name of the route map used to conditionally control the route redistribution subnets consider subnets for redistribution into OSPF tag 0 4294967295 set a 32 bit tag value for routes redistributed into OSPF 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default Disabled 8 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands rfc1583 compatible The rfc1583 compatible enables RFC1583 preference rules on choosing AS External LSAs during shortest path first SPF calculation according to RFC2328 section 16 4 The no rfce1583 compatible command disables RFC1583 preference tules on choosing AS External LSAs during SPF calculation according to RFC2238 section 16 4 Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage rfc1583 compatible no rfc1583 compatible Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 router id The router id command overrides a configured OSPF router identifier IP address by manually configuring a new identifier The no router id command restores the initial configuration Group Access ISP Command
294. d specifies Quality Of Service QoS queue number Group Access All Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set ip qos queue lt 0 3 gt Command Syntax 0 3 the QoS queue number 6 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands set local preference The set local preference command establishes a preference value for the AS system path Use the set local preference command to send the local preference to all routers in the local autonomous system Use the no set local preference form of this command to delete the entry Note In the no set local preference command the optional A J lt 0 4294967295 gt argument has no effect Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set local preference lt 0 4294967295 gt no set local preference lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 local preference value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set metric The set metric command sets the metric value for a routing protocol The no set metric command changes the metric value for a routing protocol to the default value Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set metric lt 0 4294967295 gt no set metric lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 metric value or bandwidth in Kbytes per second Command Default Metric value dynamically
295. d with the show ip traffic A 7 command Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show tacacs 1 144 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show tacacs statistics The show tacacs statistics command displays overall TACACS statistics including the total number of access AAA requests the number of denied requests and the number of allowed requests The following is an example of typical screen output from the show tacacs statistics command TACACS Overall Statistics Number of access requests ET Number of access deny responses 1 Number of access allow responses 6 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show tacacs statistics 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 145 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show tech The show tech command displays statistics and log information from the output of the following technical support related show commands show version show running config show interfaces a show ip traffic show log show stats cmts show controllers cable show process memory show memory information show pool show process cpu show process msg q info show process semaphores show process stack show ip route summary show evt show cable modem summary The screen output of the show tech command is a compilation of the above show comma
296. de Release 1 0 Command Syntax NUM the upstream port number the offset value in increments of 10 1 dB 10 offset SNR value by 10 20 offset SNR value by 20 30 offset SNR value by 30 40 offset SNR value by 40 50 offset SNR value by 50 60 offset SNR value by 60 70 offset SNR value by 70 80 offset SNR value by 80 90 offset SNR value by 90 100 offset SNR value by 100 11 104 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream spectrum group The cable upstream spectrum group command is used to apply a spectrum group to an upstream port The no cable upstream spectrum group command removes the spectrum group Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt spectrum group lt WORD gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt spectrum group lt WORD gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number WORD The exact group name applied to the upstream port 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 105 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream shutdown The cable upstream shutdown command administratively disables the upstream port The no cable upstream shutdown command enables an upstream port Note Ensure that each upstream port is enabled after the port is properly M 7 configured and ready for use Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable ups
297. dentifier in hexadecimal notation O0x00000000 0xffffffff 16 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands clear packet cable statistics The clear packet cable statistics command clears event messages gate or electronic surveillance statistical counters Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear packet cable statistics em gate es identifier lt Ox00000000 0xffffffff gt Command Syntax em event message statistics gate specify gate statistics es ES duplicated packet and byte counts identifier 0x00000000 0xffffffff clear a specific ES identifier 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cmts ip The emts ip command specifies the network or loopback interface IP address used for the PacketCable protocols Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage cmts ip lt A B C D gt no cmts ip lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D network or loopback interface IP address Command Default Any network or loopback IP address 16 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands cops client timer If the show packet cable statistics gate command output for the Client Open Sent field in the COPS Statistics section is incrementing the network and the PDP server need to be examined to determine the reason for the COPS Client timeouts The COPS Client Timer which is
298. der the router to be down Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf dead internal lt 65535 gt no ip ospf dead internal Command Syntax 1 65535 integer that specifies the interval the value must be the same for all routers on the network Command Default 40 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip ospf hello interval The ip ospf hello interval command sets the number of seconds between hello packets send by a router on the interface The no ip ospf hello interval command resets the number of seconds between hello packets sent by a router on an interface to the default value Use the ip ospf hello interval command as a form of keepalive used by routers in order to acknowledge their existence on a segment Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf hello interval lt 65535 gt no ip ospf hello interval Command Syntax 1 65535 integer that specifies the interval value must be the same for all nodes on the network Command Default 10 8 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands ip ospf message digest key The ip ospf message digest key command enables OSPF MDS authentication The no ip ospf message digest key command disables OSPF MDS authentication Use the ip ospf message digest key md5 command to generate authentication information when sendin
299. determine the cache This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MFM commands supported by the BSR 10 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Multicast Commands clear ip multicast fwd cache The clear ip multicast fwd cache command clears the IP multicast forwarding cache table Use the clear ip multicast fwd cache command to clear the multicast forwarding table which is built from the multicast forwarding cache and then used for forwarding traffic Once cleared the Multicast Forwarding Manager regenerates the cache when multicast traffic is received Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip multicast fwd cache 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear ip multicast proto cache The clear ip multicast proto cache command clears the IP multicast protocol cache and also clears the IP multicast forwarding cache Note The MFM manager regenerates the multicast protocol cache when A J multicast traffic is received Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip multicast proto cache 10 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Multicast Commands mtrace The mtrace command traces the path from a multicast source to a multicast destination branch of a multicast distribution tree Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC C
300. ding a packet on an OSPF interface The no ip ospf cost command disables a precise cost metric value for sending the path cost to the default Use the ip ospf cost command to assign a cost metric value for a particular interface The user can set the metric manually if the default needs to be changed Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf cost lt 65535 gt no ip ospf cost Command Syntax 1 65535 the link state metric 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip ospf database filter all out The ip ospf database filter all out command filters OSPF LSAs during synchronization and flooding on the specified interface The no ip ospf database filter all out command disables filtering OSPF LSAs during synchronization and flooding on the specified interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf database filter all out no ip ospf database filter all out Command Default Disabled 8 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands ip ospf dead interval The ip ospf dead interval command sets the number of seconds during which the router hello packets are not seen before the neighboring routers consider the router to be down The no ip ospf dead internal removes the number of seconds set during which the router hello packets are not seen before the neighboring routers consi
301. dministrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage chkdsk flash nvram Command Syntax flash check the Flash memory file system nvram check the NVRAM filesystem 1 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands clear evt The clear evt command resets the event count to 0 for all groups a specified group or specified events Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear evt lt NUM gt lt WORD gt lt range gt Command Syntax NUM this is always 0 for the BSR 2000 WORD the name of an EVT group refer to Table 1 2 range specific EVTs in the specified EVT group such as 1 5 8 13 An asterisk displays all EVTs including EVTs with a count of 0 for a specific EVT group or individual EVT 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table 1 1 EVT Event Subsystems memchk Memory Check drmr DOCSIS Redundancy accdhe ACC DHCP net Network Manager SRM reg REG ipevt IP Event System swr Switched Reload range Range tpt Testpoint Facility tacacs TACACS dpm Data Path Mapping arp ARP vrfmgr VRF Manager dra DOCSIS Redundancy rpt SRM Repeater ipsec IPSEC Agent a invertans Manaus sys SYS UTIL ubsha Upstream Scheduler RTR 1cp 1R snmpa SNMP Agent ubsbst Upstream Scheduler Burst aa e dsgmib ubsmac UBS CMTS MAC RTR eyta EVT Agent sgm SNMP DSG rmbind RM Bind bufmgr Buffer M
302. dress Command Default Any PDP IP address is allowed to make a COPS connection 16 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands cops pep id The cops pep id command specifies the default Policy Enforcement Point PEP text string that is used in COPS messaging to uniquely identify the BSR within the PacketCable PacketCable Multimedia domain The no cops pep id command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage cops pep id lt string gt no cops pep id lt string gt Command Syntax string COPS PEP ID string that is between 1 and 32 characters Command Default Motorola CMTS 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cops status trap enable The cops status trap enable command enables or disables the COPS status SNMP trap through the DQoSCopsTrap SNMP MIB object If the COPS status SNMP trap is enabled the BSR generates an SNMP trap when one or more of the following conditions are occur Group Access All Command Mode a keep alive timeout the COPS connection is disconnected a failure to establish a TCP connection a COPS connection is established an unauthorized PDP attempt to establish a COPS connection PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage cops status trap enable disable enable Command Syntax disable disables COPS status SNMP trap if previously
303. dress A B C D source wildcard bits any any source host host A B C D a single source host A B C D destination address A B C D destination wildcard bits any any destination host host A B C D a single destination host diff serv lt 0 63 gt Value of IP Diff Serv 5 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Access List Commands 0 255 administratively prohibited alternate address diff serv dod host prohibited dod net prohibited echo echo reply general parameter problem host isolated host precedence unreachable host redirect host tos redirect host tos unreachable host unknown host unreachable information reply information request mask reply mask request net redirect net tos redirect net tos unreachable net unreachable network unknown no room for option option missing packet too big parameter problem port unreachable precedence unreachable protocol unreachable reassembly timeout redirect router advertisement router solicitation source quench source route failed time exceeded filter ICMP packets by message type 0 255 or message type name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 5 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 timestamp reply timestamp request ttl exceeded unreachable 0 255 diff serv host query host report pim diff serv eq filter IGMP packets by message type 0 255 or message type name only match packets on a given TCP or UDP port number or name 5 8 MGBI 5
304. e pig E E Rao IM Ie A T 11 112 CIBAT CADIS deC aE eieo EERE cee E E EERS 11 113 clear cable flap list EEEE A eee eee nee one eee ee 11 114 plear cable modom oes caret ees ead rae ees 11 115 clear Cake modem PENG spisar iin ihe An EE E R NS 11 116 glear cable quseve How SAUSU OR sinisisi anaa e aN AEE 11 117 AA A E E E E E A A E EE 11 118 Clear counters cablei E rere eres EE oases Beers A EREE IR 11 119 Eades iia E E N 11 120 Cty dies 5 Ti tor Bet Wee ney See een A eg rere E I at ee A E A trimer rere 11 121 Collect Vest OM 5 2 2 osicisnssiiis nous re E A satin EE E ere 11 122 dhep leaseansiy E OI a sci A E A N E E 11 123 E E E TA A E Meee E AR TITE 11 124 diop eotie Ind okani a ala ona 11 125 daenna encodine Osn erence eae eee 11 126 C A E EAA E a EE 11 127 docstest type Diamar arii PE E ET a E 28 e AS en T PPE E EAE E E E E A A E EE E 11 129 fec correction ere eer ere TE E renee eee ETT 11 130 Pi gliwp lay oesacesses eiareserarornsane 11 131 ASC AN eee emer OE E re terry T erent err cree rr a rarer eer E 11 132 UD SERED orto lpia in alates erie pai ee PEAR A sani P E EE BRE EGE E AE E E A E E E E E E ES 11 134 ALC E A A E E A A verter E A A ETE EONA 11 135 hop geton Daiders ea aS 11 136 hop action channel aridi ncn AA 11 137 ea ee EE o dps settee AEE PEE E AE A E E E A 11 138 hop actor modwaton proie sreka okna aro nrar neem ie 11 139 bop acion power level irarri eper a eee RS 11 14
305. e APPLY policy setting The no spd allow dynamic rsp command is used to return the default setting Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage spd allow dynamic rsp no spd allow dynamic rsp Command Default BSR strictly follows the configured SPD 16 54 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands spd override The spd override command is used to override IP addresses ports or protocols that are configured in the IPSec Security Policy Database SPD The no spd override is used to remove the address port or protocol override Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage spd override addr selector port selector protocol selector no spd override addr selector port selector protocol selector Command Syntax addr selector SPD overrides a specific IP address within a range of IP addresses or a wild card IP address set in the SPD port selector SPD overrides a specific port with a range of port s or wild card set in the SPD protocol selector SPD overrides a specific protocol with a range of protocol or wild card of protocol set in the SPD Command Default No SPD override address selector is configured SPD override port selector is configured SPD override protocol selector is configured 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 55 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 spd policy The spd policy command
306. e modem offline command is useful if you need to remove a modem before the cable modem aging timer has expired or if you are not using the cable modem aging timer feature MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable modem offline lt mac gt lt X Y gt Command Syntax mac the cable modem s MAC address X Y X is 0 Y is the port number 11 116 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands clear cable gos svc flow statistics The clear cable qos svc flow statistics command clears all statistics relating to downstream rate limiting for a particular service flow This is the same information displayed with the show cable qos svc flow statistics command Group Access MSO Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable qos svc flow statistics lt X Y gt lt 4292967295 gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 1 4292967295 service flow ID 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 117 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear cable ucc stats The clear cable ucc stats command clears all UCC statistics for all CMTS modules in the BSR chassis or a CMTS module in a specified slot Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable ucc stats lt X Y gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS MAC domain 11 118 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands
307. e or a specific cable modem MAC Address the cable modem s MAC address MAC State the stage of connectivity that the cable modem has achieved with the CMTS offline or in one of a number of online init or reject states Prim SID the Primary SID number associated with this cable modem Version the version of the DOCSIS specification that this cable modem supports DOC1 0 DOC1 0 DOC1 1 DOC2 0 this field does not indicate the DOCSIS version that a cable modem is running If the modem is offline a default version of DOCSIS 1 0 is displayed QoS Prov the version of DOCSIS for which the cable modem is registered and provisioned Frag yes indicates that this cable modem is capable of performing DOCSIS 1 1 style fragmentation Concat yes indicates that this cable modem is capable of performing concatenation PHS yes indicates that this cable modem is capable of performing DOCSIS 1 1 style Payload Header Suppression PHS Priv BPI indicates that this Cable Modem is capable of supporting BPI encryption if not it displays BPI 11 184 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands DS Saids US Sids Dev the number of BPI style downstream Security Association Identifiers SAIDs that this cable modem supports DOCSIS 1 1 modems only the number of upstream Service IDentifiers SIDs that this cable modem supports DOCSIS 1 1 modems only the device type field CM cable modem eSTB embedd
308. e BSR cannot determine at what timing offset a particular cable modem starts and therefore the values stored and displayed by the BSR are the summation of the adjustments from the cable modem s initial timing offset Since most manufacturers use a different initial timing offset value the values stored by the BSR will vary per cable modem based on the manufacturer Note The true timing offset that a CM is using should be read at the CM LD using SNMP A CM with the highest recorded timing offset could be the furthest unit away from the BSR and be functioning correctly The show cable modem timing offset command displays the following information about a cable modem Interface cable modem interface with active connection Prim Sid Primary Service Identifier number Connect State describes the connectivity state of a cable modem The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR Timing Offset current cable modem timing adjustment Rec Power cable modem receive downstream power level in dbmv Ip address cable modem IP address Mac address cable modem Media Access Control layer address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 209 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 The following is typical output from the show cable modem timing offset command Interface Prim Connect Timing Rec Ip Address Mac Address Sid State Offset Power Cable 4 1 D1U1 6 online pt 581 0 1 150 31 101 44 000b 0643 3716
309. e Satan control a ciscstcctsccseaccccad sca ceachasel leat apccenlcatanenchieh los reai nieni 3 17 STATA ROL VST enable MIOL seiersen nes an or araea ar E AREARE COREE a REAR rR 3 19 snop serve enable DADE nine nasciisenneniena AEE E E EAEE ANELEE 3 20 siiper er CABELL sundial E 3 22 SRE N EE E E E E E E E E EAE E E 3 23 Sa E E Er eepee Tat meter eer en rere ren evens rer a Cree tr ee 3 24 e OH LG UI a AEE E E via E E E A E E tee 3 27 smiop soreer ONI oe E ein eae 3 28 Shinp perver noti y Aeta ees 3 30 SUN PServer ooti y Nem pro Miera RE 3 32 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI xiii BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 STN Jie Ge rt Ig co E E ee PPE Ree re Rey PEC ED rere tr vey ere era ee 3 34 SUNT EL Ei HUNT e eA EE E E E E E A E E E E 3 35 smm server s hutdoWN Oepeeeetee tere tenet eerie te Teeth eee teatreert eter Teter ener eer ems r ers 3 36 SHIN SSEIVEl Sy ENIN E eee a AEE EERS E ER 3 37 n a ea a E E EE A 3 38 Speer VE LES PAID ie N 3 41 Smp ervei tran Ta NIUE a RR E 3 44 siinp server tap spuro loopback eiiieaenii aiii iibiaiiakbav iniiai ii 3 45 Sinaps errer UEO AREER 3 46 a a SBA EA E E E E ae A A E E E 3 48 4 Debug Commands IEE EAA E E A T AR E A NE IN N NE O A NA E av te 4 1 Denis Command DESPON nues AES gabates 4 1 EDO UG sapne a ERER 4 2 denu CIOE U I anana EEEE EAEE EE TE 4 3 debug Cable erT iA ca vicisieiuieraicetianeeee eins Ai TA 4 4 debne pable keyinini ES 4 5 debus cable TIE peran i R EEE 4
310. e Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt trap enable cmts no cable upstream lt NUM gt trap enable cmts Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number Command Default Disabled 11 108 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream trap enable if The cable upstream trap enable if command enables the ifLink UpDownTrapEnable trap for an upstream port The ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should be generated The cable upstream no trap enable if command disables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt trap enable if no cable upstream lt NUM gt trap enable if Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 109 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream trap enable rdn The cable upstream trap enable rdn command enables the rdnCardlIfLinkUpDownEnable trap for an upstream port The rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should be generated The no cable upstream trap enable rdn command disables the rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt trap enable rdn no cable upstream lt NUM gt trap enable rdn Command
311. e are Ww encrypted they cannot be unencrypted using the no service password encryption command Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage service password encryption no service password encryption Command Default No encryption 1 104 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands session timeout The session timeout command lets you specify the length of time in minutes before the BSR terminates any inactive session An inactive session is a session has received no user input or system output during the specified time interval Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage session timeout console telnet lt 0 30 gt Command Syntax console specifies console sessions telnet specifies telnet sessions 0 30 length of time in minutes before the session is terminated automatically by the BSR Command Default 5 minutes for telnet sessions 0 for console sessions session maintained indefinitely 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 105 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 session window set The session window set command specifies the height and width parameters of the current CLI session window Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage session window set height lt 4 28 gt width lt 6 384 gt Command Syntax height 4 12
312. e depth criteria Note A higher interleave depth provides more protection from bursts of noise A 7 on the HFC network however it increases downstream latency Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 0 gt interleave depth 8 16 32 64 128 no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt interleave depth 8 16 32 64 128 Command Syntax 0 0 Downstream port number Review Table 11 1 to determine the appropriate interleave depth Table 11 1 Interleave Depth Criteria Depth of Taps Increments 8 8 16 12 12 17 16 16 8 11 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Table 11 1 Interleave Depth Criteria Depth of Taps Increments 32 32 4 64 64 2 128 128 1 y7 Note The Euro DOCSIS standard requires an interleave depth of 12 Command Default The command default is 8 for North American DOCSIS 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream modulation The cable downstream modulation command sets the modulation rate for a downstream port The no cable downstream modulation command returns the modulation rate setting to the default Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 0 gt modulation 256 64 no c
313. e extension 11 134 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands guard band The guard band command is used to define the minimum spectrum separation or spacing between upstream channels in the same spectrum group Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage guard band lt 0 37000000 gt lt 0 60000000 gt no guard band lt 0 37000000 gt lt 0 60000000 gt Command Syntax 0 37000000 The guard band separation size in Hertz for North America 0 60000000 The guard band separation size in Hertz for Europe Command Default North America 0 Hz Europe 0 Hz 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 135 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 hop action band The hop action band command is used to determine the search order for each frequency band during the frequency hop action Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt priority lt 255 gt no hop action band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt priority lt 1 255 gt Command Syntax 5000000 42000000 The start upstream frequency band in Hertz 5000000 42000000 The end upstream frequency band in Hertz 1 255 The upstream band priority number The lower number takes precedence Command Default upstream band priority 128 11 136 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands hop
314. e flow in bits sec no traffic rate limit for this service flow is indicated by no restriction The following is typical output from the show cable modem svc flow id command Service flow id Interface Flow Direction Flow Max Rate 9 cable 0 1 Upstream 96000 10 cable 0 1 Downstream 10 Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem lt mac gt svc flow id begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem lt mac gt svc flow id count count only Command Syntax mac cable modem Media Access Control layer address l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string 11 204 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands WORD count count only the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 205 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem time registered The show cable modem time registered command displays how long a cable modem has been registered This command can be used to specify individual cable modems cable modems associated with a particular BSR 2000 chassis slot or cable modems associated with a particular Spectrum Group T
315. e modem interface with active connection Primary Service Identifier number describes the connectivity state of a cable modem The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR current cable modem timing adjustment cable modem receive downstream power level in dbmv cable modem IP address cable modem Media Access Control layer address Cable modem connectivity states are as follows init rl init r2 init rc dhep d dhep o dhep req dhcp ack init o init t offline CM sent initial ranging parameters CM is ranging ranging is complete DHCP Discover was sent by CM DHCP Offer was received DHCP Request was sent by CM DHCP Ack was received IP address was assigned by DHCP server option file transfer was started Time of day TOD exchange was started CM is considered to be offline 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 213 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem unregistered begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem unregistered count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string
316. e path to the destination to return an ICMP time exceeded message This process continues until the UDP datagrams reach the destination and the system originating the traceroute has received an ICMP time exceeded message from every router in the path to the destination Since the UDP datagrams are trying to access an invalid port at the destination host the host responds with an ICMP port unreachable message which signals the traceroute program to finish The following is typical screen output from the traceroute command traceroute to 150 31 40 10 1 64 hops 38 byte packets dD 2 67 L038 65 0 000 ms 0 000 ms 0 000 ms 2 72a eT el 0 000 ms 0 000 ms 0 000 ms 3 150 31 1 21 0 000 ms 16 7 ms 0 000 ms 4 150 31 40 10 0 000 ms 0 000 ms 0 000 ms Trace complete Group Access All Command Mode User EXEC and Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage traceroute lt A B C D gt Hostname Source lt A B C D gt timeout lt 024 gt nprobes lt 024 gt minhops lt 64 gt maxhops lt 2 024 gt port lt 0 65535 gt tos lt 0 255 gt df 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 81 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax A B C D Hostname Source A B C D timeout 7 1024 nprobes 024 minhops 64 maxhops 2 1024 port 0 65535 tos 0 255 df Command Defaults timeout 3 seconds nprobes 3 minhops 1 maxhops 64 port 32868 tos 0 df disabled the source IP address the
317. e routing table Note The information displayed reflects the routes that the routing table has Ww exported in the routing protocol that were filtered by that protocol s export routing policy statements Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Global Configuration Command Line Usage show ip route lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt longer prefixes bgp connected hostname ospf rip static summary begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip route lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt longer prefixes bgp connected hostname ospf rip static summary count count only Command Syntax A B C D Displays route for an IP address A B C D Enter the subnet mask for the specified IP address to filter routes from a specific subnetwork longer prefixes Display routes matching the specified Network Mask pair only bgp Displays Border Gateway Protocol routes connected Displays connected routes hostname Displays routes for the internet hostname ospf Displays OSPF routes 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 63 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 rip static summary begin exclude include WORD count count only Displays RIP routes Displays static routes Displays a summary of routes in the BSR routing table turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filte
318. e service class 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 14 Service Class Commands Command Default cap BE UP 0 BE DOWN 0 UGS 100 UGS AD 80 RTPS 5 NRTPS 5 clear cable srvclass stats grant interval UGS 10000 UGS AD 10000 grant jitter UGS 2000 UGS AD 2000 grant size UGS 152 UGS AD 152 grants per interval 1 mab 1 max burst BE DOWN 1522 BE UP 1522 RTPS 1522 NRTPS 1522 max concat burst 0 no limit max latency 0 microseconds max rate 0 bps min pkt size 128 bytes min rate 0 bps name poll interval UGS AD 10000 RTPS 50000 NRTPS 50000 poll jitter UGS AD 5000 RTPS 25000 A 28 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 14 Service Class Commands Command Default req trans policy BE UP 0 UGS 0x7f UGS AD 0x7f RTPS Ox1f NRTPS 0 restricted admission disabled schedpriority show cable service class show cable srvclass stats tos overwrite TOS AND mask TOS OR mask BE UP Oxff BE UP 0 UGS Oxff UGS 0 UGS AD Oxff UGS AD 0 RTPS Oxff RTPS 0 NRTPS Oxff NRTPS 0 trafpriority 0 Table A 15 Secure Shell Server Commands Command Default show ssh config show ssh hostkey fingerprint show users ssh ciphers ssh enable
319. e source modulation profile Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable modulation profile copy lt 600 gt lt 1 600 gt no cable modulation profile copy lt 600 gt lt 600 gt Command Syntax 1 600 source modulation profile number 1 600 destination modulation profile number 11 54 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable modulation profile reset The cable modulation profile reset command resets a modified pre defined modulation profile back to the system default Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable modulation profile reset lt 4 gt lt 01 116 gt lt 201 205 gt lt 301 310 gt Command Syntax 1 4 101 116 201 205 the pre defined modulation profile number 301 310 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 55 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable multi ds override The cable multi ds override commands enables downstream frequency override during ranging Downstream frequency override allows an MSO to instruct a cable modem to move to a specific downstream upstream pair during ranging by sending an RNG RSP message with a downstream frequency override that tells a specific cable modem to move to a specific downstream channel The no cable multi ds override command disables downstream frequency override during ranging Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Co
320. e specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 8 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands show ip ospf memory The show ip ospf memory command displays OSPF memory usage information Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf memory begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip ospf memory count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip ospf neighbor The show ip ospf neighbor command displays information about all OSPF neighbors Use the show ip ospf neighbor command to display information for each neighbor Group Access ISP Command Mode A
321. e und Wiederverwertung von Ele ktroschrott eingef hrt Erkundigen Sie sich bitte bei Ihrer Stadt oder Kreisverwaltung nach der geltenden Entsorgungspraxis Falls bei Ihnen noch kein Abfuhr oder R cknahmesystem besteht wenden Sie sich bitte an den Kundendienst von Motorola Cuidar el medio ambiente mediante el reciclaje Cuando vea este s mbolo en un producto Motorola no lo deseche junto con residuos residenciales o com erciales Reciclaje de su equipo Motorola No deseche este producto junto con sus residuos residenciales o comerciales Algunos pa ses o regiones tales como la Uni n Europea han organizado sistemas para recoger y reciclar desechos el ctricos y elec tr nicos Comun quese con las autoridades locales para obtener informaci n acerca de las pr cticas vi gentes en su regi n Si no existen sistemas de recolecci n disponibles solicite asistencia llamando el Servicio al Cliente de Motorola x Cuidando do meio ambiente atrav s da reciclagem Quando voc ver este s mbolo em um produto Motorola n o descarte o produto junto com lixo residencial ou comercial Reciclagem do seu equipamento Motorola N o descarte este produto junto com o lixo residencial ou comercial Alguns pa ses ou regi es tais como a Uni o Europ ia criaram sistemas para colecionar e reciclar produtos eletro eletr nicos Para obter infor ma es sobre as pr ticas estabelecidas para sua regi o entre em contato com as autoridade
322. e upstream concatenation Enabled cable upstream data backoff cable upstream description cable upstream force frag The force fragmentation feature is set to 0 for no forced fragmentation of large data grants cable upstream frequency None cable upstream invited range interval 10000 milliseconds cable upstream map interval 4000 microseconds cable upstream max calls The default maximum number of calls is 0 526363 001 00 Rev B A 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 11 CMTS Commands Command cable upstream minislot size Default Channel Width Minislot Size 3200000 Hz 4 ticks 1600000 Hz 8 ticks 800000 Hz 16 ticks 400000 Hz 32 ticks 200000 Hz 64 ticks cable upstream modem ranging delay 250 microseconds cable upstream modulation profile modulation profile 1 cable upstream physical delay The fixed physical delay is 400 microseconds cable upstream power level 0dB cable upstream power level default 0 dB cable upstream pre equalization cable upstream range backoff start 0 end 4 cable upstream range forced continue cable upstream range power override cable upstream rate limit Disabled cable upstream spectrum group cable upstream shutdown Each upstream port is disabled cable upstream trap enable cmts Disabled cable upstream trap enable if Disabled c
323. eam lt NUM gt map interval lt 2000 16000 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt map interval lt 2000 16000 gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 2000 16000 Interval value in microseconds Command Default 4000 microseconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 87 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream max calls The Maximum Assigned Bandwidth MAB feature is used on the cable interface to regulate the number of Voice over IP VOIP calls that are available on a particular upstream channel for Unsolicited Grant Service UGS and Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection UGS AD constant bit rate CBR data flows A definitive limit on the number of voice calls ensures that bandwidth resources are not overused on an upstream channel Use the cable upstream max calls command to configure the maximum number of voice calls for an upstream channel The no cable upstream max calls command returns the maximum number of voice calls to the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt max calls lt 0 255 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt max calls lt 0 255 gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 0 255 Number of voice calls permitted on the upstream channel Command Default The default maximum number of calls is 0 11 88 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable
324. eceive an Accounting Response message The network and the Record Keeping Server should be examined to determine the reason for these timeouts In most cases the em retry count command parameter should be increased before the em retry interval command parameter is modified The em retry interval command specifies the event message retry interval for receiving an Accounting Response The no em retry interval command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em retry interval lt 3600 gt no em retry interval Command Syntax 1 3600 retry interval in seconds Command Default 2 16 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands em shutdown The em shutdown command disables event messages generated from the BSR if they are not needed The no em shutdown command enables event messages Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em shutdown no em shutdown Command Default Enabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 em udp port If the default UDP port is already in use another UDP port can be specified for PacketCable event messages A different UDP port can also be specified for event messages because of security reasons The em udp port command specifies a UDP port number for event messages The no em udp port command restores the default setti
325. ed CMTS upstream input power level Input power level adjustments to an upstream port compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the upstream RF port The cable upstream power level default command is used to set the upstream input power level in relative mode which means that the input power level changes when the upstream channel width is changed For example if the input power level is 11 dBmV for a DOCSIS 3 2 MHz upstream channel bandwidth setting in relative mode and is changed to 1 6 MHz the default receive power is 8 dBmV The default power levels for the 3 2 MHz and 1 6 MHz channels are equal relative to their respective channel bandwidth settings Caution If the power level is not explicitly set on the upstream interfaces they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3 2 MHz 2560 kilosymbols per second rate Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream channel Table 11 3 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the input power level range and default power level range for a specific upstream channel Table 11 3 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters Upstream Channel Default Power level Power level Bandwidth Range Range 200 KHz 1 dBmV 16 to 14 dBmV 400 KHz 2 dBmV 13 to 17 dBmV 800 KHz 5 dBmV 10 to 20 dBmV 1 6 MHz 8 dBmV 7 to 23 dBmV 3 2 MHz 11 dBmV 4 to 26 dBmV MSO Command Mode Interface Configurat
326. ed Set Top Box If the cable modem supports DOCSIS 1 0 it will be displayed in the Version field of the command output The following is typical output from the show cable modem mac command MAC Address MAC Prim Ver Qos Frag Concat PHS Priv DS US Dev State SID Prov Saids Sids 000b 0643 36c8 online pt 5 DOC1 1 DOC1 0 no no no BPI 0 0 CM 000b 0643 3716 online pt 1 DOC1 0 DOC1 0 no no no BPI 0 0 eSTB 000b 0643 3b60 online pt 4 DOC1 1 DOC1 O no no no BPI 0 0 CM 000b 0643 3b72 online pt 3 DOC1 1 DOC1 O no no no BPI 0 0 CM 000b 0643 3b78 online pt 9 DOC1 1 DOC1 O no no no BPI 0 0 CM 000b 0643 3b84 online pt 7 DOC1 1 DOC1 0 no no no BPI 0 0 CM 000b 0643 3b90 online pt 8 DOC1 1 DOC1 0 no no no BPI 0 0 CM 000b 0643 3b9a online pt 10 DOC1 1 DOC1 0 no no no BPI 0 0 CM 000b 0643 3bb2 online pt 2 DOC1 0 no no no BPI 0 0 CM Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 185 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Line Usage show cable modem lt mac gt mac begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem lt mac gt mac count count only show cable modem mac lt X Y gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem mac lt X Y gt count count only Command Syntax mac the cable modem s MAC address X Y X is 0 Yis the CMTS port number l
327. ed an IP address Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server trap source loopback lt 64 gt no snmp server trap source loopback lt 64 gt Command Syntax lt 1 64 gt the loopback interface number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 45 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server user The snmp server user command adds a new user to an SNMP group The no snmp server user command removes a user from an SNMP group Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server user lt WORD gt auth sha md5 key lt string gt eng id lt HEX gt priv des56 lt string gt public lt octet string gt local lt string gt eng id lt HEX gt priv des56 lt string gt public lt octet string gt password lt string gt eng id lt HEX gt priv des56 lt string gt public lt octet string gt lt string gt eng id lt HEX gt priv des56 lt string gt no snmp server user lt WORD gt eng id lt HEX gt Command Syntax WORD username auth authentication parameters for user md5 uses HMAC MD5S algorithm for authentication sha uses HMAC SHA algorithm for authentication key string specifies a non localized authentication key SHA 20 octets MD5 16 octets local string specifies a localized authentication key SHA 20 octets MD5 16 octets password string specifies
328. ed string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 179 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem hosts The show cable modem hosts command displays the number of Customer Premises Equipment CPE hosts connected to a specific CM MAC Address MAC Prim Ver Frag Concat PHS Priv DS US State SID Saids Sids 0090 833d bba0 online 6 DOC1 0 no yes no BPI 0 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt hosts begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt hosts count count only Command Syntax mac cable modem MAC address prefix cable modem IP address l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 11 180 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 181 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem loadbalance group The show cable modem loadbalance group command disp
329. efault aaa authentication enable aaa authentication local override Disabled aaa authorization commands default aaa authorization exec default aaa new model Disabled alias banner motd boot system 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 1 System Administration Commands Command Default batch broadcast chkdsk clear evt clear log clock set clock timezone UTC configure console authentication radius copy delete description dir NVRAM disable duplex Auto negotiation enabled enable enable authentication radius enable password enable secret encapsulation snap erase exception exit forced download format help history size 10 lines in the history buffer hostname ip ftp password A 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 1 System Administration Commands Command Default ip ftp username ip netmask format bitcount ip tacacs source interface ip tftp source interface loopback logging logging admin status logging buffered Notifications log file is 256 Kbytes logging console Notifications logging control docsis No logging control docsis logging default logging disable bpi_auth_invalid
330. egins with the specified string 2 58 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 59 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip irdp The show ip irdp command displays ICMP Router Discovery Protocol information including interface holdtime values configured preface values and advertisement values for specified Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces or all Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the BSR Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show ip irdp cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip irdp cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt count count only Command Syntax cable lt X Y gt X is 0 Y is the Cable interface port number ethernet lt X Y gt X is 0 Y is the Ethernet interface port number gigaether lt X Y gt X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet interface port number l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the
331. enabled enable enables COPS status SNMP trap The default is disabled Command Default Disabled 16 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands debug packet cable gate The debug packet cable gate command displays DQoS and Multimedia gate state transition information The no debug packet cable gate command turns off this debugging function Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug packet cable gate no debug packet cable gate Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug packet cable trace cops The debug packet cable trace cops command dumps COPS messages in hexidecimal format to the console The no debug packet cable trace cops command turns off this debugging function Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug packet cable trace cops no debug packet cable trace cops Command Default Disabled 16 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands debug packet cable trace em The debug packet cable trace em command dumps event messages in hexidecimal format to the console The no debug packet cable trace em command turns off this debugging function Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug packet cable trace em no debug packet cable trace em Command Default Disabled 52636
332. ence Guide Release 1 0 show logging syslog The show logging syslog command displays a counter of the total number of log messages sent to the SYSLOG server and the number of messages dropped if a logging threshold has been exceeded The following is an example of typical screen output from the show logging syslog command Syslog Messages Sent 654 Syslog Messages Dropped due to throttling 0 The following information is displayed Syslog Messages Sent the number of log messages logged to the SYSLOG server Syslog Messages Dropped due to throttling the number of log messages that were to be logged to the SYSLOG server but were discarded because the threshold set with the logging rate limit command was exceeded Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show logging syslog 1 122 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show macro The show macro command lists all configured macros on the BSR Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show macro begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show macro count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string
333. er pim Use the router pim command to enter Router Configuration mode from Global Configuration mode and enable PIM routing Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router pim 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip pim The show ip pim command displays various PIM routing information Use the show ip pim command to determine whether the session is active or not Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip pim bsr router show ip pim interface cable lt X Y gt count ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt J 64 gt show ip pim neighbor lt A B C D gt cable lt X Y gt detail ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt show ip pim rp lt A B C D gt mapping show ip pim rp hash lt A B C D gt show ip pim unresolved groups Command Syntax bsr router Bootstrap router v2 information interface PIM interface information cable X Y Cable interface count Internet multicast packet count ethernet X Y Ethernet interface gigaether X Y Gigabit Ethernet interface loopback 64 Loopback interface neighbor PIM neighbor information A B C D IP address of a specific neighbor 13 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PIM Commands detail rp A B C D mapping rp hash unresolved groups begin exclude include
334. erence Guide Release 1 0 ssh enable The ssh enable command enables an SSH process The no ssh enable command disables the SSH process If SSH is disabled all existing SSH sessions will be terminated Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh enable no ssh enable 15 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Server Commands ssh keygen2 The ssh keygen2 tool generates authentication key files for the BSR 2000 Secure Shell Server Host keys are required for the SSH Server and can either be generated in the BSR 2000 or generated on another BSR and copied over Note The SSH Server must be disabled on the BSR 2000 before running the ssh keygen2 tool Caution The BSR 2000 Secure Shell Server only accepts host key files generated with the ssh keygen2 tool Keys files generated using the OpenSSH ssh keygen tool will not work with the BSR 2000 Secure Shell Server gt Yy The ssh keygen2 tool resolves interoperability problems associated with OpenSSH A key file must be generated using the ssh keygen2 tool for the BSR 2000 Secure Shell Server to interoperate properly with OpenSSH Secure Shell clients Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage ssh keygen2 bits lt 5 2 024 gt hostkeyfile nvram lt filename gt passphrase lt WORD gt type dsa rsa Command Syntax bits 572 1024 specify the key strength in
335. erface loopback Command Syntax 1 64 the loopback interface number 1 84 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging trap The logging trap command filters messages logged to the SYSLOG servers based on severity The command limits the log messages sent to a SYSLOG server to messages with a severity level up to and including the severity level specified with this command The no logging trap command disables the logging of these messages to the SYSLOG servers Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging trap alerts critical emergencies errors informational notifications warnings no logging trap alerts critical emergencies errors informational notifications warnings Command Syntax Severity Levels and Descriptions emergencies emergency conditions where the system is unusable reserved for vendor specific fatal hardware or software errors that prevents normal system operation and causes reporting system to reboot severity level 0 alert conditions where immediate action is needed a serious failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning severity level 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 85 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 critical error warnings notifications information Command Default critical conditions
336. es can also be combined For example QoS_Release and QoS_Commit event messages can be disabled by entering the hexidecimal number 0x00040080 Event Message Bit Definition 1 Based Hexidecimal value QoS_Reserve 7 0x00000040 QoS_Release 8 0x00000080 Time_Change 17 0x00010000 QoS_Commit 19 0x00040000 Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em event disable mask lt 0x00000000 0xffffffff gt Command Syntax 0x00000000 0xffffffff set bits correspond to event message IDs being disabled Command Default 0x00000000 which is no mask 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 em event priority The em event priority command specifies the priority of event messages generated from the BSR relative to other events The no em event priority command restores the default setting Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em event priority lt 0 255 gt no em event priority lt 0 255 gt Command Syntax 0 255 event message priority value Command Default 128 16 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands em flag override The Call Management Server directs the BSR for PacketCable only to send event messages to the Record Keeping Server in either batch mode putting event messages together in a packet or in realtime mode sending event messages in packets as they come
337. es to be used for password authentication The no ssh password authentication radius command disables this feature Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh password authentication radius local password no ssh password authentication radius local password Command Syntax local password authenticate with a locally configured password if there is no response from the RADIUS server 15 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Server Commands ssh password guesses The ssh password guesses command specifies how many authentication attempts login and password exchange will be allowed for an SSH client attempting a connection Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh password guesses lt 5 gt no ssh password guesses Command Syntax 1 5 password guess attempt number Command Default 3 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ssh port The ssh port command configures SSH to listen for incoming connections on a defined TCP port number Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh port lt 65535 gt no ssh port Command Syntax 1 65535 port number Command Default 22 15 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Server Commands ssh session limit The ssh session limit command spec
338. essages logged can also be configured on a per slot per group or single per event basis The no logging evt set command with no specified EVT group name restores the original logging configuration changed with one or more logging evt set commands Command Line Usage logging evt set I t s c lt slot group gt lt range gt no logging evt set l t s c lt slot group gt lt range gt Command Syntax I t sI c slot group range the log message destination 1 local t trap s SYSLOG c console this is always 0 for the BSR 2000 the name of an EVT group specific EVTs in the specified EVT group such as 1 5 8 13 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 73 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging facility The logging facility command specifies the SYSLOG facility to which error messages are sent The no logging facility command reverts to the default of local7 Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging facility local 0 local 1 local 2 local 3 local 4 local 5 local 6 local 7 no logging facility Command Syntax local 0 7 local facility 0 through 7 Command Default local 7 1 74 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging on The logging on command starts and stops the SYSLOG and sends debug and error messages to a logging process The no logging on command stops sending debug or
339. ests this option is only available on the cable interface specifies the secondary IP subnet to which this secondary address is bound 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip broadcast address The ip broadcast address command creates a broadcast address for an interface The no ip broadcast address command deletes the broadcast address for an interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip broadcast address lt A B C D gt no ip broadcast address lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D broadcast IP address assigned to the interface 2 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip dhcp relay information The ip dhep relay information command enables the BSR to insert DHCP relay information option option 82 into received DHCP client messages being forwarded to a DHCP server configured using the cable helper command Support for DHCP Option 82 sub option 2 Agent Remote ID which is enabled by the ip dhep relay information option command allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert the MAC address of the modem that the DHCP client is behind into outbound DHCP client requests i e DHCP Discovers and DHCP Requests as they traverse the BSR This enables the receiving DHCP server to identify the user sending the request and to treat that client appropriately Support for DHCP Option 82 sub option 1 Agent Circuit ID
340. ev B MGBI 12 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 distribute list out The distribute list out command prevents networks from being advertised in updates The no distribute list out command enables update advertisements Use the distribute list out command to apply the access list to outgoing route updates Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distribute list lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt out no distribute list lt 199 gt lt 300 2699 gt out Command Syntax 1 199 access list number 1300 2699 extended access list number out applies access list to outgoing route updates Command Default Disabled 12 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands ip as path access list The ip as path access list command creates or modifies a BGP related access list and its elements The no ip as path access command deletes the corresponding list element Use the no ip as path access list command to modify elements and add to the IP as path access list of corresponding elements Use the ip as path access list and the neighbor filter list commands to use as path filters to filter BGP advertisements Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip as path access list lt 99 gt permit lt LINE gt deny lt LINE gt no ip as path access lt 99 gt Command Syntax 1 199 access list number permit permits access for matching
341. events 4 nee eee PEE Sa PT TOE E 16 28 Ea E e E E A E A E 16 29 Sgor ptr aD Oana E EERE 16 30 Pi rety COUE neea P E E E E E 16 31 SU PA e cc E EE E E eee EE 16 32 EE a a RATE N A A A N S E E ter reentry 16 33 aE a ae I E E E E E E S AO ERON 16 34 a E EE E E A E E A T E E 16 35 ike client addr ee een ene Eee PE AN A E R 16 36 ene A e E adn een ene 16 37 E AE S E E E ES A E TS 16 38 ike retries Shei Leas Sere tee ee eas ee ee ee roe ae 16 39 GE PENSE EEE EAE E E E E E E 16 40 DOO EAE IE E E E N T A E EE E aaa 16 41 apee SUR O r ere ie err ey eng Centeny ree epee eterna cree en etree rte 16 42 pecker Cabbie eee Sa oa 16 43 show cable dynamic service 04 eT a I rE T E E E 16 44 a E EA E ES AE EE E E E E A gin EE A A E 16 45 show paoketcable Cork PUTO orainari oie eect eaoH A 16 46 show pakatab Cpi onenian 16 48 show packer CANIS SEa RA 16 50 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI XXxi BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show OCR PCa LS CSUN sioa EE REE 16 52 spd allosa ka 80 hb 6 41 een ae aro een ner rans errney te Neca es etter cen ener ererer cr eres 16 54 clus acl TE reer eget ere E T OES mare rterr E E E rer rrr herr rey 16 55 spel po lierna E EE 16 56 Spd ee r E e a AEE E A A IEE EI E 16 58 17 VLAN Tagging Commands E E E e A E A Comey enter O E AN E A T E A T E 17 1 VLAN Tagging Command Descriptions sosser aea an aE E EER 17 1 aE A E EE a E EE AE A A A E E 17 2 Bidee no e E E reer se
342. example if a downstream port served a certain section of a city the MSO could assign the following description MOT config if cable downstream 0 description charlestown_1D Note The entered description can be seen in the running configuration and LV in the command output of show commands such as the show ip interface and show running config commands Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt 0 gt description lt LINE gt Command Syntax 0 1 is the downstream port number LINE is the text that describes the interface 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream frequency f y Group Access The cable downstream frequency command is used to set the fixed center downstream frequency for RF output The no cable downstream command returns the fixed center downstream frequency of RF output to the default Note The Japan DOCSIS Standard must be specified with the cable cmts type command before a downstream frequency can be selected for any Japan DOCSIS Standard CMTS module Note The digital carrier frequency cannot be the same as the video carrier frequency MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage North American DOCSIS Standard cable downstream lt 0 0 gt frequency lt 9 000000 857000000 gt no cable downstream lt 0 0 gt frequency lt 9 0
343. example of typical screen output from the show cable downstream command ifIndex description centerFreq rng_back_st rng_back_en data_back_st data_back_en channelWidth powerLevel slotSize force frag map interval pre equalization invited range interval range forced continue range power override concatenation physical delay rate limit modulation profile max calls Spectrum Group modem ranging delay 295173 22800000 0 4 2 8 3200000 O 10th of dB 4 0 4000 0 10000 0 false true Mode 0 Min 400 Max 1600 0 1 0 250 usec 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 241 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage show cable upstream lt NUM gt lt X Y gt Command Syntax NUM the upstream channel number X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 11 242 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show docsis version The show docsis version command displays the DOCSIS version of a slot in the BSR 2000 chassis Returned values are DOCSIS 1 X DOCSIS 1 0 or DOCSIS 1 1 and DOCSIS 2 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show docsis version lt 0 0 gt Command Syntax 0 0 This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 243 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Relea
344. f the frequency range 0 Hz 81 92 MHz specify table or graph display format 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 131 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 fft setup The fft setup command can be used to configure the FFT processor on the BCM3138 BCM3140 chip set or to display the current FFT processor configuration Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage fft setup lt Slot Port gt sample lt 256 2048 gt mode Tap in window blackman blackman harris hamming hanning rectangular Command Syntax Slot Port Slot is always 0 for the BSR 2000 Portis a valid upstream port number sample 256 2048 number of samples of the power level measurement mode Tap in RF Sentry operational mode window window coefficient to shape the output of the power level measurement rectangular hamming hanning blackman or blackman harris Command Defaults sample 2048 window rectangular 11 182 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands fft start The fft start command initiates the power level measurement using the FFT algorithm via the RF Sentry Note The sample mode and window arguments are optional with the fft start command but can be used to override the current FFT processor M 7 configuration specified with the fft setup command and initiate power level measurement with a new FFT processor configuration Group Access MSO Command Mode Priv
345. faces cable configuration show interfaces cable downstream show interfaces cable intercept None show interfaces cable service class show interfaces cable stats show interfaces cable upstream show stats cmts show stats summary error time band time delete Table A 12 BGP Commands Command Default aggregate address Disabled auto summary Enabled bgp always compare med bgp confederation identifier bgp confederation peers 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 12 BGP Commands Command Default bgp dampening half life 15 minutes route reuse 750 route suppression 2000 maximum suppression time 4 times the half life bgp default local preference bgp permit Disabled bgp router id clear ip bgp Disabled clear ip bgp dampening clear ip bgp flap statistics default information originate Disabled default metric distance bgp external distance 20 internal distance 200 local distance 200 distribute list in Disabled distribute list out Disabled ip as path access list ip community list match as path match community maximum paths neighbor advertisement interval 30 seconds for external peers 5 seconds for internal peers neighbor default originate neighbor description neighbor distribute list
346. fault is 200 microseconds 10 1600 Automatic maximum physical delay in microseconds the default is 1600 microseconds Command Default The fixed physical delay is 400 microseconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 93 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream power level The BSR CMTS interface controls CM output power levels to meet the desired CMTS upstream input power level Input power level adjustments to an upstream port compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the upstream RF port The cable upstream power level command is used to set the upstream input power level in absolute mode In absolute mode the input power level does not change when the upstream channel width is changed Defining the input power level in absolute mode could possibly cause upstream return lasers to clip on a completely populated upstream channel Caution If the power level is not explicitly set on the upstream interfaces they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3 2 MHz 2560 kilosymbols per second rate Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream channel Table 11 2 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the input power level range and default power level range for a specific upstream channel Table 11 2 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters Upstream Channel Default Power level Power level Bandwidth Range Range 20
347. ffline cable modems the number of cable modems in any Init DHCP Reject state or substate the number of cable modems which have reached the Online d Online pk Online pt or Online un states the Spectrum Group name for each upstream channel All modes except User EXEC 11 202 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Command Line Usage show cable modem summary total begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem summary total count count only Command Syntax begin exclude include WORD count count only turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 203 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem svc flow id The show cable modem svc flow id command displays the following information for all of the service flows associated with a specific MAC address Service flow id the service flow identifier number Interface cable modem interface with active connection Flow Direction the flow direction for this service flow Flow Max Rate the maximum sustained traffic rate allowed for this servic
348. fied in this command are visible internally to a confederation Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself The BGP confederation identifier command specifies the confederation to which the autonomous systems belong Group Access ISP Command Mode Router configuration Command Line Usage bgp confederation peers lt 65535 gt no bgp confederation peers lt 65535 gt Command Syntax 1 65535 autonomous system number 12 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands bgp dampening The bgp dampening command enables BGP route dampening The no bgp dampening command to sets the default values or disables this function Note The penalty is halved after the half life period when a route is flapping The router configured for damping dampening assigns a penalty to a route 7 when a route flaps Penalties are cumulative and are stored in the BGP routing table A flapping route is suppressed when its penalty exceeds the suppress limit A suppressed route is reused when its decayed penalty falls below the reuse limit Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp dampening lt 45 gt lt 20000 gt lt 1 20000 gt lt 1 255 gt route map lt WORD gt no bgp dampening Command Syntax 1 45 half life period in minutes each time a route is assigned a penalty the penalty is decreased by half after the half life period in 5 second intervals with penalties be
349. fied loopback interface The no ip tftp source interface loopback command removes the loopback source interface Note Before using the ip tftp source interface loopback command the A J loopback interface must be configured and assigned an IP address Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip tftp source interface loopback lt 64 gt no ip tftp source interface loopback Command Syntax 1 64 the loopback interface number 1 56 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands load interval The load interval command specifies the load interval timer value in minutes The load interval timer captures bandwidth utilization information on a per port basis for both received and transmitted data Bandwidth utilization information can then be displayed with the show interfaces command The following is typical load interval information as displayed with the show interfaces command Cable2 0 is up line protocol is up Hardware is BCM3210 ASIC address is 0030 7b74 3238 bia 0030 7b74 3238 Internet address is 10 10 128 1 17 MTU 1500 bytes BW 27000 Kbit DLY 1000 usec reliability 255 255 txload 1 255 rxload 20 255 Encapsulation MCNS loopback not set Keepalive not set ARP type ARPA ARP Timeout 04 00 00 Last input 00 00 00 output 00 00 00 output hang never Last clearing of show interface counters never Queueing strategy fifo Output queue
350. fied port When disabled the subnet continues advertising to other interfaces The no passive interface command enables the interface to send route updates Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage passive interface cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 1 64 gt no passive interface cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 1 64 gt Command Syntax cable X Y X is 0 Y is the Cable interface port number ethernet X Y X is 0 Y is the Ethernet interface port number gigaether X Y X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet interface port number loopback 64 Loopback interface number 8 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands redistribute The redistribute command redistributes routes from one protocol domain to another routing domain The no redistribute command disables route distribution from one protocol domain to another routing domain Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage redistribute bgp connected rip static metric lt 16777215 gt metric type 1 2 route map lt WORD gt subnets tag lt 0 4294967295 gt no redistribute bgp connected rip static metric lt 6777215 gt metric type 1 2 route map lt WORD gt subnets tag lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax bgp BGP source protocol connected establishe
351. fies the interleaver depth for an ATDMA or MTDMA channel This command sets the interleaver minimum latency A higher interleaver depth provides more protection from bursts errors by spreading out the bits for each codeword over a greater transmission time However a higher depth also increases downstream latency which may slow TCP IP throughput for some configurations DOCSIS 2 0 specifies five different interleaver depths 128 1 is the highest amount of interleaving and 8 16 is the lowest a 128 1 indicates that 128 codewords made up of 128 symbols each will be intermixed on a 1 for 1 basis 8 16 indicates that 16 symbols will be kept in a row per codeword and intermixed with 16 symbols from 7 other codewords Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage interleaver depth lt 0 28 gt no interleaver depth lt 0 128 gt Command Syntax 0 128 the ATDMA or MTDMA interleaver depth value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 147 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 interleaver step size The interleaver step size command specifies the interleaver step size for an S CDMA channel The interleaver step size is the amount time that symbols are dispersed in time within the frame due to interleaving Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage interleaver step size lt 3 gt no interleaver step size lt 3 gt Co
352. figuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt invited range interval lt 0 30000 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt invited range interval lt 0 30000 gt Command Syntax NUM the upstream port number 0 30000 the time in milliseconds allowed by the CMTS between ranging requests transmitted by the cable modem Command Default 10000 milliseconds 11 84 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream iuc11 grant size The cable upstream iuc11 grant size command specifies the size of the Interval Usage Code IUC 11 Advanced Unsolicited Grant burst descriptor when configuring a DOCSIS 2 0 upstream logical channel Note If a modulation profile for an upstream channel does not support IUC 11 the configuration of the IUC 11 byte size will be not be allowed If a M 7 modulation profile for an upstream channel is changed and the new modulation profile does not support IUC 11 the IUC 11 byte size muset be reset to 0 Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt X Y gt iucl1 grant size lt 0 1024 gt no cable upstream lt X Y gt iuc11 grant size lt 0 024 gt Command Syntax X Y the upstream port and logical channel number 0 3 0 1024 the grant size in bytes Command Default 0 bytes 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 85 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable up
353. g packets and to authenticate incoming packets Neighbor routers must have the same key identifier Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf message digest key lt 255 gt md5 lt WORD gt no ip ospf message digest key lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 key identifier WORD OSPF password string between and 16 alphanumeric characters Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip ospf network The ip ospf network command configures the OSPF network type to a type other than the default for a given media The no ip ospf network command returns to the default network type Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf network broadcast point to point no ip ospf network Command Syntax broadcast specifies an OSPF broadcast multi access network point to point specifies an OSPF point to point network OSPF point to point networks reduces the time it takes for designated router election and peering Command Default Dependant upon the network type 8 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands ip ospf priority The ip ospf priority command sets router priority to aid in determining the OSPF designated router for a network The no ip ospf priority command changes priority to aid in determining the OSPF designated router for a network to
354. ge enable 1 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands enable authentication radius The enable authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for user logins The no enable authentication radius command disables this feature Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage enable authentication radius local password no enable authentication radius local password Command Syntax local password authenticate with a locally configured password if there is no response from the RADIUS server 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 enable password The enable password command allows you to specify a password associated with the enable command After specifying the password entering the enable command at the User EXEC prompt causes the system to prompt you for the password You must supply the password to enter the Privileged EXEC mode The no enable password command deletes the password Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage enable password lt LINE gt enable password 0 7 lt WORD gt no enable password Command Syntax LINE the password 31 character maximum enclosed with double quotes if the password contains spaces The and characters must not be used 0 specifies an UNENCRYPTED password 7 specifies a HIDDEN passwo
355. gp lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt longer prefixes count count only Command Syntax A B C D network address in the BGP routing table to display A B C D displays all BGP routes matching the network address network mask pair longer prefixes displays route and more specific routes l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 71 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 12 72 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands show ip bgp cidr only The show ip bgp cidr only command displays routes without natural network masks or Classless Inter domain Routing CIDR routes Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp cidr only begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp cidr only count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string
356. guments enables A J BGP OSPF and SNMP state change traps Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server enable traps bgp docsdevemts entity flap ospf pim registration snmp snr no snmp server enable traps bgp docsdevcemts entity flap ospf pim registration snmp snr Command Syntax bgp enable BGP state change traps docsdevemts enable docs device cmts traps entity enable entity state change traps flap enable flap state change traps ospf enable OSPF state change traps pim enable PIM state change traps 3 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands registration enable CM de registration traps snmp enable SNMP state change traps snr enable signal to noise ratio measurement traps Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server enginelD The snmp server engineID command specifies an identification name ID for a local or remote SNMPv3 engine The no snmp server engineID command returns the local agent engineID to the default or deletes a remote engineID from the agent Note A local SNMP Engine ID must be configured to use SNMPv3 The LY SNMP agent is configured with a default Engine ID equal to the MAC address of the chassis Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server eng
357. guration Command Line Usage match community lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt exact match no match community lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt exact match Command Syntax 1 99 standard community list number 100 199 extended community list number exact match exact match required all of the communities and only those communities in the community list must be present 6 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands match ip address The match ip address command matches the destination and source IP address or other fields of the IP header on packets with a standard or extended access list allocated The no match ip address command disables policy routing on packets This command can also be used for filtering routes based on the destination network of the route Use the match ip address command to match any routes that have a source network number and a destination network number address that a standard or extended access list permits To match both source and destination numbers use an extended access list The match ip address command can also be used to filter routing information Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage match ip address lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt no match ip address lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt Command Syntax 1 199 standard access list number 1300 2699 extended access list number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 9 BSR 2000 Co
358. gured for all BGP neighbors using the timers bgp command Note If during the negotiated holdtime which is the smallest of configured hold time and the holdtime advertised by the neighbor no messages arrive M 7 the peer will be brought down If the negotiated holdtime is 0 then the peer will never be brought down because it hasn t received any messages If the value of the keepalive timer is 0 then no keepalive messages will be sent Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt timers lt 0 21845 gt lt 0 65535 gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt timers Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group 0 21845 frequency of keepalive messages to peers in seconds 0 65535 amount of time passed when no keepalive message is sent in seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 49 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default keepalive 60 seconds hold time 180 seconds 12 50 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor update source loopback The neighbor update source loopback command allows an internal BGP session to use any loopback interface for the TCP session The no neighbor update source loopback command blocks a BGP session from using a loopback interface for the TCP session Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Us
359. gures the name for the system host Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage hostname lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD the system s alphanumeric network hostname 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 51 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip ftp password The ip ftp password command displays the password to use to connect to the network using FTP The no ip ftp password command deletes the password for an FTP connection Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip ftp password 0 lt LINE gt ip ftp password 7 lt LINE gt ip ftp password lt LINE gt no ip ftp lt LINE gt Command Syntax 0 specifies an unencrypted password will follow 7 specifies a hidden password will follow LINE the password 31 character minimum 78 character maximum for option 7 enclosed with double quotes if the password contains spaces The and characters must not be used 1 52 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands ip ftp username The ip ftp username command configures the connection to the network for using FTP The no ip ftp username command configures the router anonymously for FTP Use the ip ftp username command that is related to an account on the server Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip ftp username
360. h is a type of password that must be configured using the ip ospf message digest key command ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt authentication message digest no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt authentication message digest no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 OSPF area ID number in decimal format A B C D OSPF area ID in IP address format message digest Enables MDS authentication only on the area specified by the area ID or IP address Command Default No authentication 8 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands area default cost Use the area default cost command to specify a cost metric for the default summary route sent into the stub area by an area border router ABR only The no area default cost command removes the specified cost for the default summary route sent into a stub area Note The area stub command is used in conjunction with the area LY default cost command to define a specified area as a stub area for all routers and access servers attached to the area Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt default cost lt 0 65535 gt no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt default cost lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 OSPF area ID number in decimal format
361. hanged between cable modems and the CMTS The no debug cable reg command turns off this debugging operation Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable reg no debug cable reg 4 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug cable ucc The debug cable ucc command displays upstream channel change UCC messages generated when cable modems request or are assigned a new channel The no debug cable ucc command turns of this debugging operation Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable ucc no debug cable ucc 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip access list The debug ip access list command enables IP access list debugging The no debug ip access list command turns IP access list debugging off Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip access list in out no debug ip access list in out Command Syntax in debug inbound packets out debug outbound packets Command Default Disabled 4 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ip bgp The debug ip bgp command displays Border Gateway Protocol BGP transactions The no debug ip bgp command turns off this debugging operation Use the debug ip bgp command to Show events that change the state of the BGP session with an
362. he BSR generates an SNMP trap if a Resource Request from an MTA is invalid This would include one or more of the following conditions an invalid gate ID DSA REQ contains an unknown gate ID a amissing gate ID DSA REQ is missing gate ID m requested resources are exceeded Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage dqos res req trap enable disable enable Command Syntax disable disable Resource Request SNMP trap if previously enabled enable enable Resource Request SNMP trap Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 dgos shutdown The dqos shutdown command disables Dynamic QoS DQoS and COPS operation on the BSR The no dqos shutdown command enables DQoS and the COPS operation on the BSR Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage dqos shutdown no dqos shutdown Command Default Disabled 16 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands dqos t0 timer t1 timer If TO and T1 timeouts are being counted in the show packet cable statistics gate command output the network and the PDP server need to be examined TO and T1 timers may need to be increased from their default values to avoid TO and T1 timeouts The dqos t0 timer and dqos t1 timer commands configure the TO and T1 timers The TO timer specifies the period of time that a gate is a
363. he connectivity state of a cable modem The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR cable modem Media Access Control layer address the length of time a cable modem has been registered in ddd hh mm ss format the number of unicast Kbytes that have been transmitted the number of unicast Kbytes that have been received The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable modem stats command Interface Prim Connect Sid State Cable 4 1 D1U1 8 online pt Mac Address Registration Tx RX Time Kbytes Kbytes 000b 0643 3bb2 000 19 08 35 154 269 Cable modem connectivity states are as follows init rl init 12 init rc dhep d dhep o dhcp req CM sent initial ranging parameters CM is ranging ranging is complete DHCP Discover was sent by CM DHCP Offer was received DHCP Request was sent by CM 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 197 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 dhcp ack init o init t online online d online un online pk online pt reject m reject c reject r reject pk reject pt offline Group Access All Command Mode DHCP Ack was received IP address was assigned by DHCP server option file transfer was started Time of day TOD exchange was started CM registered enabled for data CM registered but network access for the CM is disabled CM registered but not enabled data F
364. he downstream port number Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream schedule The cable downstream schedule command is used to configure the type of scheduling to be applied on downstream ports Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream schedule priority only priority wfq Command Syntax priority only specifies the use of straight priority based scheduling priority wfq specifies the use of priority based weighted fair queuing scheduling 11 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable downstream scrambler on The cable downstream scrambler on command enables the scrambler for a downstream port The no cable downstream scrambler on command disables the scrambler for a downstream port Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable downstream lt NUM gt scrambler on no cable downstream lt NUM gt scrambler on Command Syntax NUM the downstream port 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream shutdown The cable downstream shutdown command is used to disable an enabled downstream port when certain downstream parameters require that the downstream port is disabled before these parameters are configured
365. he event message again Once all retries are exhausted the BSR tries an alternate Record Keeping Server if one is available The network and the Record Keeping Server should be examined to determine the reason for these timeouts The event message retry count can be specified depending on the amount of network congestion and the distance between the BSR and the Record Keeping Server For example if network congestion causes reported timeouts in the Account Request Failure field in the show packet cable statistics command output the event message retry count may need to be changed The em retry count command specifies the number of retries that should occur before the BSR tries an alternate Record Keeping Server The no em retry count command restores the default setting Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em retry count lt 0 6 gt no em retry count lt 0 6 gt Command Syntax 0 16 maximum number of retransmissions for each Record Keeping Server Command Default 3 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 em retry interval The event message retry interval can be configured depending on the amount of network congestion and the distance between the BSR and the Record Keeping Server For example if the distance caused a time delay the event message retry interval can be extended from the default value to allow more time for the BSR to r
366. he following information is provided Interface cable modem interface with active connection Connect State describes the connectivity state of a cable modem The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR Mac Address cable modem Media Access Control layer address Registration Time the length of time a cable modem has been registered in ddd hh mm ss format Spectrum Group the associated Spectrum Group name Cable modem connectivity states are as follows online CM registered enabled for data online d CM registered but network access for the CM is disabled online un CM registered but not enabled data Fail to verify modem s identity by BPI module online pk CM registered baseline privacy interface BPI enabled and key encryption key KEK is assigned online pt CM registered BPI enabled and traffic encryption key TEK is assigned reject m CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad mic 11 206 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands reject c reject r reject pk reject pt Group Access All Command Mode CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to bad COS CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to unavailable resource KEK modem key assignment is rejected TEK modem key assignment is rejected All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem time registe
367. he particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met The no route map command deletes the route map or an instance The set commands specify the redistribution set actions when all of a route map s match criteria are met When all match criteria are met all set actions are performed Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage route map lt WORD gt permit deny 0 65535 no route map lt WORD gt permit deny 0 65535 6 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands Command Syntax WORD permit deny 0 65535 tag name more than one instance of the route map can share name distributes route as controlled by set actions when permit is specified and the match criteria are met the route is specified by the specific actions distributes route as controlled by set actions if criteria not met route not distributed position a new instance will have in the list of route map instances already established with the same map name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set as path prepend The set as path prepend command modifies AS system path attributes for the matched BGP routes The no set as path prepend command ends modification of a system path for BGP routes Use the set as path prepend command to guide the path information to control the BGP decisio
368. hich is not a failure severity level 5 informational descriptive system messages an unimportant event which could be helpful for tracing normal operations severity level 6 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 65 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging control docsis The logging control docsis command allows the DOCSIS docsDevEvControlTable to determine which severity logs go to which destinations Note Any of the various logging lt destination gt lt severity gt commands in A 7 place are overridden with this command The no logging control docsis disables the docsDevEvControlTable and re establishes CLI logging control Any configurations previously set with the logging lt destination gt lt severity gt command will now control which severity logs go to which destinations Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging control docsis no logging control docsis Command Default no logging control docsis 1 66 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging default The logging default command restores the default settings for all logging including logging lt destination gt lt severity gt logging reporting and EVT configurations a The docsDevEvControlTable is restored to its DOCSIS specified default values CLI logging control is re established a All logging evt configuration lines are removed from
369. how cable dynamic service The show cable dynamic service command displays the dynamic service configuration status for the cable interfaces The following provides typical screen output from the show cable dynamic service command Cable dynamic service auth mode authorize Cable dynamic service active timeout 0 Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable dynamic service 16 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands show ipsec The show ipsec command displays the configuration of IKE IPSec Security Association Database SADB Security Policy Database SPD SPD preshared keys or SPD Policies The following provides typical screen output from the show ipsec ipsec command IPsec Initialized false IPsec Retain DF bit IPsec Bypass IPsec Outbound Ah IPsec Outbound ESP IPsec Output total Group Access All Command Mode disabled Ipsec Discard 0 IPsec Inbound Ah 0 IPsec Inbound ESP 0 IPsec Input total 0 All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ipsec ike ipsec sadb spd policy preshared key Command Syntax ike ipsec sadb spd policy preshared key display IKE specific configuration display IPSec specific configuration display the Security Association Database SADB configuration display SPD specific configuration display SPD policy configuration display SPD preshared key
370. ib ubsmac UBS CMTS MAC RTR evta EVT Agent sgmib SNMP DSG rmbind RM Bind bufmgr Buffer Manager ubs Upstream Scheduler rm Resource Manager eth8 Ethernet Switch ubsim UBS IM SYNC crmbpi CRM BPI fei FEI ubsmap UBS MAP crm CRM srpemt SRM Reporter CMTS macmr MAC MGR crmsub CRM SubMgt maccfg MAC CFG docsif DOCS IF crmfft CRM FFT cmtbuf CMTS Buffer macrtr MACRTR crmsnr CRM SNR fpga CMTS FPGA brgtag BRG TAG crmutl CRM Util bem Broadcom Driver brg BRG an CRM DOCSTEST bempkt Broadcam Driver Per brgrtr BRG RTR crmelt CRM CLI Packet spafft Spectrum Agent FFT crmdsg CRM DSG frm FRM spasnr Spectrum Agent SNR dsgif DSG Interface ard ARD rssi Spectrum Agent RSSI csm Certificate Storage Module ardpkt ARD PKT spasce Spectrum Agent SC brmtag BRM VLAN Tagging que QUE Manager ardrtr ARD RTR rsm Redundancy SRM upc Upconverter acctrt ACC RTR rdb Run Time Database res RES btp Boot Uptime fpevt FP EVT resrtr RES RTR mens MCNS spemgr Spectrum Manager resaut RES AUTH red CMTS Redundancy ICP dgm DQM ressf RES SF ucc Upstream Channel Change dqos PacketCable DQOS resmgr RES MGR dec Dynamic Channel Change pemm P acketCable Ibm Load Balancing dsx Dynamic Service ae E Ibm2 Load Balancing 2nd _ svcflo Service Flow em etCable Event Table cre CRA Message i lbgmgr Load Balance Manage Dimani aa o i ena CRA SNR drm DOCSIS Redundancy cms able Modem bem1 Broadcom 3138 Driver M Selector bemmac Broadcom 3212 Driver plaice acc ACC pream Preamble DOCSIS Redund dime ae acepkt
371. ich groups are subject to be checked for only Join and Prune messages If not specified the whole class D groups are subject to the check Command Default Disabled 13 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PIM Commands pim register checksum Use the pim register checksum command to register a packet checksum type Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage pim register checksum new old Command Syntax new use only IP and PIM Control Headers old use complete IP packet length Command Default Complete IP packet length 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 pim rp address A7 Group Access The pim rp address command configures the address of a static PIM rendezvous point RP for a particular group The no pim rp address command removes an RP address for a particular group Note You must configure the IP address of RPs on all routers including the RP router if you use static RP First hop routers send register packets to the RP address on behalf of source multicast hosts Routers also use this address on behalf of multicast hosts that want to become members ofa group These routers send Join and Prune messages towards the RP The RP must be a PIM router but does not require any special configuration to recognize that it is the RP RPs are not members of the multicast group but serve as a meeting place for multicast sour
372. ifies the maximum number of simultaneous SSH sessions that the BSR accepts Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh session limit lt 0 4 gt no ssh session limit Command Syntax 0 4 number of simultaneous SSH sessions Command Default 4 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ssh timeout The ssh timeout command specifies an inactivity timeout value for SSH sessions to time out Specifying a value of 0 will disable time out for SSH sessions Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh timeout lt 0 60 gt Command Syntax 0 60 the timeout value in minutes Command Default 5 minutes 15 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B 16 PacketCable Commands Overview The BSR fully supports the Cablelabs PacketCable 1 x specification including VoIP telephony services Command Descriptions This chapter contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of PacketCable commands used with the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable dynamic service authorization mode The cable dynamic service authorization mode command allows the cable interface to accept dynamic service The no cable dynamic service command rejects dynamic service on the cable interface Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface on
373. ify the match criteria which are the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route map command The set commands specify the set actions the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met The no route map command deletes the route map Note If the optional sequence number lt 0 65535 gt is omitted the default sequence number 10 is used If the optional access value permit deny is omitted the default value permit is used These two commands create a route map with the lt route map name gt name if it does not exist and the sequence specified by the sequence number and access value there is no such sequence Otherwise the access value of the existing sequence is set to the new access value ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage route map lt WORD gt deny permit lt 0 65535 gt route map lt WORD gt deny permit lt 0 65535 gt 12 56 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands Command Syntax WORD route map name 0 65535 route map sequence number deny denies access for matching conditions permit permits access for matching conditions 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 57 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 router bgp The router bgp command configures the BGP routing process Use the no router bgp command clears BGP routing process configuration Use the router bgp com
374. iginate command injects the default network in a routing domain such as Border Gateway Protocol BGP The no default information originate command disables the default network redistribution in the routing domain The network 0 0 0 0 command in Router Configuration mode performs the same function as the default information originate command In the Routing Information Protocol RIP the metric is always set to 1 In BGP the default route needs to exist in the BGP routing database BGP uses the metric associated with the default entry in its database Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default information originate always metric lt 0 167772 14 gt metric type lt 2 gt no default default information originate always metric lt 0 167772 14 gt metric type lt 2 gt Command Syntax originate software generates a default external route into an Open Shortest Path First OSPF domain to propagate another route if a default route exists always advertises the default route even when the default route does not exist OSPF only metric 0 16777214 metric for generating the default route default is 1 if no metric value value specified OSPF only metric type 2 1 external type 1 OSPF only 2 external type 2 OSPF only 6 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 3 BSR 2000 C
375. igmp interfaces internet ip iso mgmt mib 2 org ospf ppp private rip2 riverdelta security snmp snmpv2 system tcp transmission udp included excluded Command Syntax WORD used for reference identification to view record being generated or removed reference identification OID subtree of MIB view family name ex 1 3 6 1 internet 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 system at AT MIB group bgp BGP MIB group directory directory MIB group 3 48 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands docsif dod dot3 egp experimental icmp ifmib igmp interfaces internet ip iso mgmt mib 2 org ospf Ppp private rip2 riverdelta security snmp snmpv2 system tep docsisIf MIB group DOD MIB group ether like MIB group EGP MIB group experimental MIB group ICMP MIB group ifMib MIB group IGMP MIB group interfaces MIB group internet MIB group IP MIB group ISO MIB group mgmt MIB group MIB 2 MIB group org MIB group OSPF MIB group PPP MIB group private MIB group RIP2 MIB group RiverDelta Networks proprietary MIB groups security MIB group SNMP MIB group SNMPv2 MIB group System MIB group TCP MIB group 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 49 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 transmission udp included excluded transmission MIB group UDP MIB group specifies MIB group is included from view specifies MIB group is excluded from view 3 50 MGBI 526363 001 00
376. iguration Command Syntax trap enable rdn no trap enable rdn Command Default Disabled 2 84 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B SNMP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP commands used to manage the BSR 2000 Since it was developed in 1988 SNMP has become the de facto standard for internetwork management SNMP is an application layer protocol and is based on the manager agent model SNMP is referred to as simple because the agent requires minimal software Most of the processing power and the data storage resides on the management system with a subset of those functions residing in the managed system A typical agent usually implements the SNMP protocol stores and retrieves management data as defined by the MIB can asynchronously signal an event to the manager and can be a proxy for some non SNMP network node A typical manager implemented as a Network Management Station NMS Network management stations implements the SNMP protocol learns of problems by receiving event notifications called traps from network devices implementing SNMP is able to query agents gets responses from agents sets variables in agents and acknowledges synchronous events from agents The primary protocols that SNMP runs on are the User Datagram Protocol UDP and IP SNMP also requires Data Link Layer protocols such as Ethernet to implement the communication channel from the management to the ma
377. iisisisiitisrirdoisisiane irasci tarsalis icii 11 86 able upstream map imterya lernis E E 11 87 PADIS wpitredii AA Ee 11 88 cble peste VA POE ssiisinerainitiikhineiieanhdnniiii akiai tans exlady nao dia riii ere 11 89 cable upstream maodem ranging delay soiosireironeer ionin a anaE EE 11 90 cable pstrcaim modulation Proe serron rnei rak oran aE eaea ARKON SERERE 11 91 cable MURS Lea PISICA deli oiar EESE E EEA E AE 11 92 cable upstream power levelcnrsninne a buaiaidiinendaeenidunaunie 11 94 able upstream powerteyel deiawlh i ciiedoreiiorvuuabareniiusmaaiemoesaiss 11 96 cable upstream pre cgualizat iOm eirinn Aea ae E EA EE aE AARNEN EAEE 11 98 pable upstream ripe Dacko Ii rrena ok rror rara EEEE ARRE 11 99 cable upstream ianpe forced contintle sssnmcanirniannra e 11 100 cable upstream tange power OVeIride wi aisccssiviecsersccissinnieaidniariarininisAtdeneden 11 101 pable upstream fale NIL eenn N 11 102 CADIE Me pA SR os cs ehh octecaa nice engebanond antaatid gegneldads al grabeasbanterataneucuaarseclen 11 103 CADIS UPSlieni spect SOUP akak anaE EA EE ORERE 11 105 cable upsieami SMIO 1 9 ante EEES 11 106 vable upstream spread intervall euriteen e ie a EEE EEE E AEE 11 107 able upstream tap emeni ea RA R 11 108 xxii MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 cable upstream trap enable if peepee EEE EEA PEE PE PEE 11 109 cable upstream tapena leii n nadine aoa 11 110 ible Ui zahon witeI I E E E ieee Ela 11 111 channel typ
378. ilTrap the failure of a dynamic channel change request that happened during the dynamic channel change process on the CM side and detected on the CMTS side cmtsDCCRspFailTrap the failure of a dynamic channel change response that happened during the dynamic channel change process on the CMTS side emtsDynServAckFailTrap the failure of a dynamic service acknowledgement that happened during the dynamic services process and detected on the CMTS side cmtsDynServReqFailTrap the failure of a dynamic service request that happened during the dynamic services process and detected on the CMTS side cmtsDynServRspFailTrap the failure of a dynamic service response that happened during the dynamic services process and detected on the CMTS side cmtsDynamicSATrap the failure of a dynamic security association operation detected on the CMTS side cmtsInitRegAckFailTrap the failure of a registration acknowledgement from the CM that happened during the CM initialization process and was detected on the CMTS side cmtsInitRegReqFailTrap the failure of a registration request from the CM happened during the CM initialization process and was detected on the CMTS side cmtsInitRegRspFailTra the failure of a registration response happened during the CM initialization process and was detected on the CMTS side 3 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server enable informs The snmp server enable informs command enables SNMP info
379. ileged EXEC Command Line Usage fft start lt Slot Port gt sample lt 256 2048 gt mode Tap in window rectangular hamming hanning blackman blackman harris Command Syntax Slot Port Slot is always 0 for the BSR 2000 Portis a valid upstream port number sample 256 2048 number of samples of the power level measurement mode Tap in RF Sentry operational mode window window coefficient to shape the output of the power level measurement rectangular hamming hanning blackman or blackman harris 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 133 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 fft store The fft store command saves the latest FFT power level measurement data for a CMTS module to a file system The user specifies a particular slot and port the file system NVRAM or Flash and a file name without any extension to be used to store the FFT power level measurement data An extension of fft will be automatically added to the file name Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage fft store Slot Port nvram lt WORD gt flash lt WORD gt Command Syntax Slot Port Slot is always 0 for the BSR 2000 Portis a valid upstream port number nvram store the power level measurement data to the NVRAM file system flash store the power level measurement data to the Flash file system WORD power level measurement data filename limit of 20 characters not including any filenam
380. imer Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable modem dcc The cable modem dec command allows an operator to manually move DOCSIS 1 1 and 2 0 cable modems ot MTAs to a specified upstream and or downstream port and logical channel using DOCSIS Dynamic Channel Change DCC Note The upstream channel must be physically connected for DOCSIS 1 1 Ww and 2 0 cable modems to be manually moved When moving a CM or MTA to a different downstream or upstream channel the upstream channel must be specified first followed by the downstream channel The same init tech must be specified for both the upstream and downstream channels Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt dec upstream lt 0 7 gt lt 0 3 gt init tech lt 0 4 gt Command Syntax mac the cable modem MAC address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX prefix the cable modem IP address 11 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands upstream 0 7 0 3 init tech 0 4 the upstream port logical channel the ranging technique used for DCC 0 re initialize the MAC 1 perform broadcast intitial ranging on the new channel before normal operation 2 perform unicast ranging on the new channel before normal operation 3 perform either broadcast or unicast ranging on the new channel before normal operati
381. imiting Note If the rate limit is enabled data received from cable modems are rate limited according to the cable modems configured Packets may be VA J buffered at times when any cable modem or the hosts behind the cable modems transmit data exceeding the permitted bandwidth Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt rate limit no cable upstream lt NUM gt rate limit Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number Command Default Disabled 11 102 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream snr offset The cable upstream snr offset command configures the display an SNR value with an offset The offset can be configured for each upstream port up to a value of 100 10 dB in 10 1 dB increments The offset value will be added to the SNR value when it is displayed with the show controllers and show interfaces cable upstream signal quality CLI commands and through SNMP The offset value will not be added to the actual SNR reading that is used by critical tasks such as Spectrum Management Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt snr offset 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 no cable upstream lt NUM gt snr offset 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 103 BSR 2000 Command Reference Gui
382. in a route map for policy routing but have no route to the destination The no set ip default next hop removes the default next hop IP address Note The presence of a default route in the routing table will ensure that LAD destination based forwarding will always be applied and policy will be ignored Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set ip default next hop lt A B C D gt no set ip default next hop lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D the IP address of the next hop 6 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands set ip diff serv The set ip diff serv command assigns a differentiated service value which is placed in the IP packet header that determines which packets are given transmission priority When these packets are received by another router they are transmitted based on the precedence value A higher precedence value indicates a higher priority The no set ip diff serv command disables assigning a differentiated service value Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set ip diff serv lt 0 63 gt no set ip diff serv lt 0 63 gt Command Syntax 0 63 The following table describes the number and name values for IP Precedence Number 0 IP packet precedence value Name routine priority immediate flash flash override critical internet network 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI
383. ine Usage maximum paths lt 2 gt no maximum paths Command Syntax 1 2 the maximum number of parallel routes 8 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands network area The network area command defines the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF runs The no network area command deletes the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF runs Use the network area command to cover IP address es for OSPF to operate on an interface Use the address and wildcard mask as one command to define one or more interfaces for an intended area A subnet address may be designated as the area ID if associated areas are used with IP subnets Each IP subnet is associated with a single area only Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt no network lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D Network IP address A B C D IP address type mask with wild card bits 0 4294967295 OSPF area ID as a decimal value A B C D OSPF area ID as an IP address if OSPF areas are associated with IP subnets Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 passive interface The passive interface command disables an interface from sending route updates by prohibiting packets from being transmitted from a speci
384. ineID local lt HEX gt remote lt A B C D gt udp port lt 0 65535 gt lt HEX gt no snmp server engineID local lt HEX gt remote lt A B C D gt udp port lt 0 65535 gt lt HEX gt Command Syntax local sets local engine identification HEX engine ID octet string remote change or add remote engine id parameters A B C D IP address of remote SNMP notification host udp port configures a remote engine ID 0 65535 UDP port number 3 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server group The snmp server group command associates or maps SNMP groups to SNMP users Use the no snmp server group command to delete the group or a table to match SNMP users with SNMP groups The snmp server group command is used to create an SNMP group associate it with an SNMP user and define a security level SNMPv1 v2c v3 for use with the group Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server group lt WORD gt lt WORD gt v1 v2c v3 no snmp server group lt WORD gt lt WORD gt v1 v2c v3 Command Syntax WORD WORD vl v2e v3 security name belonging to this group name of user creating group user security name belonging to this group provides the least security provides the next level of security provides the most security 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0
385. ined causes trap transmission SYSLOG messages to cease at the threshold specified with the logging rate limit command transmission will not resume until the logging admin status command is reset to an option other than stopAtThres or the threshold is set to a higher value causes all traps and SYSLOG messages to be transmitted if a threshold has been specified with the logging rate limit command a warning message will be displayed 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 61 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging buffered The logging buffered command sets the size of the logging buffer and the severity level The no logging buffered command returns to the default buffer size 256 KB Note Use the show log command in Privileged EXEC mode to display A J logged messages with the newest message displayed first Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging buffered lt 4096 16777216 gt alerts critical emergencies errors informational notifications warnings no logging buffered lt 4096 16777216 gt alerts critical emergencies errors informational notifications warnings Command Syntax 4096 16777216 logging buffer size in bytes Severity Levels and Descriptions emergencies emergency conditions where the system is unusable reserved for vendor specific fatal hardware or software errors that prevents normal system operation and causes re
386. information the type of hardware installed FEC information for both corrected and uncorrected packets the spectrum group and the status of the cable interface X is 0 Y is the port number downstream 0 0 display information for the downstream port including downstream modulation type frequency label and symbol rate 2 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands upstream 0 3 begin exclude include WORD count count only ethernet X Y gigaether X Y display MAC layer layer 2 information for all cable modems on this specific CMTS module display information for an upstream port including the upstream modulation type channel width frequency and modulation profile information i e minislots interleave preamble etc turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output display Ethernet interface controller information for the entire BSR chassis or the optional specified port number X is 0 Y is the port number display Gigabit Ethernet interface controller information for the entire BSR chassis or the optional specified port number X is 0 Y is the port number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 45
387. ing cumulative 1 20000 allows route to be reused if penalty for flapping route falls below reuse value 1 20000 route suppresses when its penalty exceeds this value 1 255 maximum suppression time in minutes route map WORD route map name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default half life 15 minutes route reuse 750 route suppression 2000 maximum suppression 4 times the half life time 12 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands bgp default local preference The bgp default local preference command changes the default local preference value which is sent to all routers in the local ASs The no bgp default local preference command configures a default local preference value Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp default local preference lt 0 4294967295 gt no bgp default local preference lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 local preference value higher values receive preference 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 bgp permit The bgp permit command permits updates with either the AGGREGATOR attribute set to the 0 Autonomous System AS or with the 0 0 0 0 address in the BGP routing process The no bgp permit command disables the updates Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp permi
388. interval command Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable ucd interval lt 0 2000 gt no cable ucd interval Command Syntax 0 2000 UCD interval in milliseconds Command Default 1000 11 70 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream active codes The cable upstream active codes command specifies the number of active codes allowed for an S CDMA channel type The active codes value must be a non prime number Increasing the number of allowed active codes provides more transmission channel capacity Reducing the number of active codes takes advantage of the S CDMA spreader processing gain at the expense of channel capacity Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt X Y gt active codes lt 64 28 gt no cable upstream lt X Y gt active codes lt 64 28 gt Command Syntax X Y the upstream port and logical channel number 0 3 64 128 the total number of allowed active codes 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 71 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream channel type The cable upstream channel type command allows you to specify the channel type for the default upstream channel 0 or specify the channel type for up to four logical channels 0 3 Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface
389. ion cable interface only 11 96 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt power level default lt 50 150 gt no cable upstream lt NUM gt power level default lt 50 150 gt Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 150 150 The number of dB above or below the default input power level Command Default 0 dB Command Example The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power level default command to set the input power level for a 3 2 MHz channel in relative mode from 11 dBmV to 5 dBmV MOT config if cable upstream 0 power level default 60 The default input power level is reduced by 6 dB The power level is now 5 dBmV The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power level default command to set the input power level for a 3 2 MHz channel in relative mode from 11 dBmV to 0 dBmV as shown below MOT config if cable upstream 0 power level default 110 The default input power level is reduced by 11 dB 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 97 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream pre equalization The cable upstream pre equalization command enables pre equalization adjustment on the upstream port that includes sending pre equalization coefficients in a ranging response to a CM to compensate for impairment over the transmission line The no cable upstream pre equalization command disab
390. iority for a service class The no schedpriority command a restores the default value Each service class must be assigned a scheduling priority to determine the order in which service flows are serviced for transmitting packets downstream and generating data grants upstream Schedule priority is separate from the traffic priority parameter which is specified to differentiate priority for service flows with identical QoS parameter sets Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage schedpriority lt WORD gt lt 1 32 gt no schedpriority lt WORD gt lt 1 32 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 1 32 the scheduling priority value Command Default 1 14 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Service Class Commands show cable service class The show cable service class command displays a configuration summary for all service classes including all default service classes that are active on the BSR The complete configuration of an individual service class can also be displayed The following default service classes are supported DefBEDown DefRRDown DefBEUp DefRRUp DefUGS DefUGSAD DefRTPS DefNRTPS DefEMUp DefEMDown DefMCDown downstream service class no minimum rate downstream service class non zero minimum rate upstream best effort service class no minimum rate upstream best effort service class non zero minimum rate up
391. ip command enables the routing process for RIP The no router rip command disable the RIP routing process Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router rip no router rip 7 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands show ip rip database 172 19 13 0 10 10 0 0 172 22 251 0 172 22 244 0 10 10 10 12 12 12 50 0 0 0 21 21 21 58 0 0 0 80 0 0 0 4 4 4 0 80 80 80 172 22 0 10 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 58 58 58 12 0 0 0 172 19 0 172 168 0 0 21 0 0 0 50 50 50 A7 Group Access 0 0 0 0 The show ip rip database command displays RIP database routing table information The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip rip database command 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 0 0 255 0 0 20 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 255 0 0 25 56 255 0 0 255 ooOooOo0oa0C o redis redis redis redis via redis auto direc auto auto direc direc redis via auto direc redis redis redis auto direc tributed tributed tributed tributed tributed summary tly connected summary summary tly connected tly connected tributed summary tly connected tributed tributed tributed summary tly connected 172 17 1 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 172 1721 50 50
392. is table indicates the name of the filter profile to be used when generating notifications using the corresponding entry in the sampTargetParamsTable Entries in the snmpNotifyFilterProfileTable are created or deleted using the snmpNotifyFilterProfileRowStatus object Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server notify filter profile lt octet string gt lt octet string gt nonvolatile volatile active not in service no snmp server notify filter profile lt octet string gt Command Syntax octet string specifies the snmpTargetParamsName index into the snmpTargetParamsTable which is a unique identifier associated with this snmp TargetParamsEntry octet string specifies the snmpNotifyFilterProfileName which is the name of the filter profile to be used when generating notifications using the corresponding entry in the snmp TargetAddrTable 3 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands nonvolatile volatile active not in service Command Default specifies the storage type snmpNotifyFilterProfileStorType as nonvolatile which is defined as having persistent memory so that the storage content remains after the device is turned off and on again specifies the storage type snmpNotifyFilterP rofileStorType as volatile which is the defined as having temporary memory and so that the storage content is deleted if the device is turne
393. is chosen as the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network Weights spoken when an as path is matched override any weight set by the neighbor command Any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set weight lt 0 65535 gt no set weight Command Syntax 0 65535 weight value 6 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands show ip redistribute The show redistribute command displays the routing protocols that are being redistributed to other routing domains Group Access All Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip redistribute bgp ospf rip begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip redistribute bgp ospf rip count count only Command Syntax bgp displays routing domains redistributed into BGP ospf displays routing domains redistributed into OSPF rip displays routing domains redistributed into RIP l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 count count the numbe
394. isabled 8 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands default metric The default metric feature is used to eliminate the need for separate metric definitions for each routing protocol redistribution The default metric command forces the OSPF routing protocol to use the same metric value for all distributed routes from other routing protocols The no default metric command removes or changes the default metric value for the OSPF routing protocol Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default metric lt 167772 14 gt no default metric Command Syntax 1 16777214 Default metric value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 distance The distance command sets all 3 OSPF distances for routes to the same administrative value The no distance command disables the administrative distance for routes Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distance lt 255 gt no distance lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 administrative distance for setting routes Command Default 120 8 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands distance ospf The distance ospf command defines OSPF route administrative distances based on route type The no distance ospf command deletes OSPF route administrative distances based on route type Use the distance ospf command to set a dist
395. isp bind option is only available after selecting the host or mta options It is not available for the cable modem option Note The cable helper address command allows operators to support multiple CM subnets bound to a single cable helper address Any DHCP requests from clients that are attached to CMs that are part of the Multiple ISP configuration will have their requests relayed to any defined ip helper addresses ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration cable and loopback interfaces only Command Line Usage cable helper address lt A B C D gt cable modem host isp bind lt A B C D gt mta isp bind lt A B C D gt no cable helper address lt A B C D gt cable modem host isp bind lt A B C D gt mta isp bind lt A B C D gt 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax A B C D the IP address of the destination DHCP server cable modem specifies that only CM UDP broadcasts are forwarded host specifies that only CPE UDP broadcasts are forwarded mta specifies that only CPE MTA broadcasts are forwarded isp bind A B C D specifies the secondary IP subnet to which the cable helper is bound 11 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable host authorization range The cable host authorization range command configures an authorization IP address range for Customer Premise s Equipment CPE access to the BSR The no
396. ist command to ensure that the route is advertised for outbound and inbound route maps If a change to some of the information is to match is needed configure a second route map with specifics Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage match community lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt exact match no match community lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt exact match Command Syntax 1 99 standard community list number 100 199 extended community list number exact match exact match required all of the communities and only those communities in the community list must be present 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 maximum paths The maximum paths command specifies the maximum number of parallel routes an IP routing protocol can support The no maximum paths command changes or cancels the number of maximum paths Group Access RESTRICTED Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage maximum paths lt 2 gt no maximum paths Command Syntax 1 2 the maximum number of parallel routes 12 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor advertisement interval The neighbor advertisement interval command sets the minimum amount of time between sending BGP routing updates Use the no neighbor advertisement interval form of this command to delete an entry Use the neighbor advertisement interval command to configure
397. isting peer group If the peer group has an AS number already it will be replaced with the new one All existing peer group members will inherit this AS number too no neighbor lt WORD gt remote as lt 65535 gt removes the peer group and all its members 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax A B C D BGP peer address WORD name of BGP peer group 1 65535 neighbor autonomous system number 12 42 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor remove private as The neighbor remove private as command triggers the removal of private AS numbers from outbound updates Use no neighbor remove private as command to stops such removal Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt remove private as no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt remove private as Command Syntax A B C D address of the BGP neighbor WORD name of neighbor peer group Command Default No removal 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor route map The neighbor route map command applies a route map to incoming or outgoing routes The no neighbor route map command clears a route map for incoming and outgoing routes Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt rou
398. iteria which are the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route map command The set commands specify the set actions the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met The no route map command deletes the route map Note The communities could be specified as numbers the result will be the same none removes community attribute from the update unless additive is specified for the set entry In this case it doesn t modify update community attributes In other words the no set community command if the entry had some community numbers in it before removal and as the result of the removal no numbers are left then the entry itself is deleted The command set community none removes all community numbers from set entry if any but leaves the value of the additive attribute intact ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set community lt 4294967295 gt local AS no advertise no export additive none no set community lt 4294967295 gt local AS no advertise no export additive none 6 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands Command Syntax 1 4294967295 community number additive add to the existing community local AS do not advertise this route to peers outside of the local autonomous system no advertise do not advertise this route to any peer internal or exter
399. ith the show cable srvclass stats command Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage clear cable srvclass stats lt 0 0 gt lt 0 3 gt DOWN UP lt WORD gt Command Syntax 0 0 This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 0 3 the port number DOWN clear downstream service class statistics UP clear upstream service class statistics WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 enforce cmts qos A7 Group Access The enforce cmts qos command enforces all service level parameters for all cable modems belonging to a service class regardless of the parameters specified in the cable modem s configuration file When MAB CAP and the maximum or minimum reserve rates are configured for a given service class these parameters are overriden by a cable modem s configuration file if the cable modem was configured after the service class was set up The enforce cmts qos command overrides the cable modem s configuration file QoS settings with the CMTS s service class configuration The no enforce cmts qos command disables the cable modem s configuraion file override Note The enforce cmts qos command will not override service flow TLV settings in cable modem configuration files for dynamically created service flows All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Comman
400. ith your residential or commercial waste Some countries or regions such as the European Union have set up systems to collect and recycle electrical and electronic waste items Contact your local authorities for information about practices established for your region If collection systems are not available call Motorola Customer Service for assistance Recyclage pour le respect de l environnement Lorsque vous voyez ce symbole sur un produit Motorola ne le jetez pas avec vos ordures m nag res ou vos rebuts d entreprise Recyclage de votre quipement Motorola Veuillez ne pas jeter ce produit avec vos ordures m nag res ou vos rebuts d entreprise Certains pays ou certaines r gions comme l Union Europ enne ont mis en place des syst mes de collecte et de recyclage des produits lectriques et lectroniques mis au rebut Veuillez contacter vos autorit s locales pour vous informer des pratiques instaur es dans votre region Si aucun syst me de collecte n est disponible veuillez appeler le Service client le de Motorola qui vous apportera son assistance Umweltschutz durch Recycling Wenn Sie dieses Zeichen auf einem Produkt von Motorola sehen entsorgen Sie das Produkt bitte nicht als gew hnlichen Haus oder B rom ll Recycling bei Ger ten von Motorola Bitte entsorgen Sie dieses Produkt nicht als gew hnlichen Haus oder B rom ll In einigen L ndern und Ge bieten z B in der Europ ischen Union wurden Systeme f r die R cknahm
401. k Dependant upon the network type ip ospf priority 1 ip ospf retransmit interval 5 seconds ip ospf transmit delay 1 second maximum paths network area Disabled passive interface 526363 001 00 Rev B A 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 8 OSPF Commands Command Default redistribute Disabled rfc1583 compatible Disabled router ospf show ip ospf show ip ospf database show ip ospf interface show ip ospf memory show ip ospf neighbor show ip ospf network show ip ospf virtual links summary address All redistributed routes advertised separately timers spf SPF delay 5 seconds SPF hold time 10 seconds Table A 9 IGMP Commands Command Default clear ip igmp counters ip igmp access group Any group allowed on interface ip igmp query interval 125 seconds ip igmp query max response time 10 seconds ip igmp querier timeout Query value x 2 ip igmp static group Disabled ip igmp version Version 2 ip igmp version querier Disabled show ip igmp interface show ip igmp groups show ip igmp statistics A 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 10 IP Multicast Commands Command Default ip mroute ip mroute static distance ip mroute unicast distance ip multicast routing Disabled sh
402. k modem debugging Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ipsec ipsec The debug ipsec ipsec command turns on IPSec debugging and prints IPSec debug messages to the console The debug ipsec ipsec command without additional arguments turns on all IPSec debugging The no debug ipsec ipsec command turns IPSec debugging off IPSec debugging must be re enabled after a power cycle or reload Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ipsec ipsec no debug ipsec ipsec Command Default Disabled 4 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ipsec sadb The debug ipsec sadb command turns on Security Association Database SADB debugging and prints SADB debug messages to the console The no debug ipsec sadb command turns SADB debugging off SADB debugging must be re enabled after a power cycle or reload Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ipsec sadb no debug ipsec sadb Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ipsec spd The debug ipsec spd command urns on SPD debugging and prints SPD debug messages to the console The no debug ipsec spd command turns SPD debugging off SPD debugging must be re enabled after a power cycle or reload Group Access All C
403. lass gets its bandwidth based on its MAB fraction relative to other classes not based on the absolute value of the MAB For example if there are only two active service classes and both have the same MAB each service class would get 50 of the bandwidth The absolute value of the MAB is only used for admission control not scheduling All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage mab lt WORD gt lt 1 100 gt no mab lt WORD gt lt 1 100 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 1 100 the percentage of bandwidth a service class is permitted to use on an interface Command Default The default value is 1 for user created classes 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 max burst The max burst command specifies the maximum traffic burst size for flows belonging to a specific service class The no max burst command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage max burst lt WORD gt lt 1522 4294967295 gt no max burst lt WORD gt lt 1522 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 1522 4294967295 the token bucket size in bytes for this service flow the minimum value is the larger of 1522 bytes or the value of Maximum Concatenated Burst size Command Default BE DOWN 30
404. lays cable modem load balancing group assignments The following is typical output from the show cable modem loadbalance group command Cable Mac Address Load Balance Interface Group Name Cable 1 0 D0 U0 CO 0008 0e10 3cb2 lbg 1 Cable 1 0 D0 U1 CO0 0010 1848 2004 lbg 1 Cable 1 0 D0 U3 CO0 0010 9518 403 lbg 1 Cable 1 0 D0 U3 CO0 0012 c90b cff 8 lbg 1 Cable 1 0 D0 U0 CO 0020 4094 e238 lbg 1 Cable 1 0 D0 U1 C0 0050 04b2 8e0 Not Assigned Group Access ALL Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem loadbalance group begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem loadbalance group count count only lt WORD gt Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string count count the number of outputted lines 11 182 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 183 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem mac The show cable modem mac command displays the following MAC layer layer 2 information for all cable modems attached to the BSR cable modems on a specific CMTS modul
405. le modem cpe 526363 001 00 Rev B A 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 11 CMTS Commands Command Default show cable modem detail show cable modem hosts show cable modem mac show cable modem maintenance show cable modem offline show cable modem phy show cable modem registered show cable modem stats show cable modem summary show cable modem summary total show cable modem svc flow id show cable modem time registered show cable modem timing offset show cable modem unregistered show cable modulation profile show cable privacy auth show cable privacy cm auth show cable privacy cmts show cable privacy tek show cable qos profile show cable qos svc flow classifier show cable qos svc flow dynamic stat show cable qos svc flow log show cable qos svc flow param set show cable qos svc flow phs show cable qos svc flow statistics show cable qos svc flow summary show cable qos svc flow upstream stat show cable spectrum group A 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 11 CMTS Commands Command Default show cable spectrum group load balance summary show cable sync interval show cable ucd interval show cable ucc stats show cable upstream show interfaces cable show inter
406. le privacy auth command displays the AK grace time and life time values in seconds The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable privacy auth command Interface Cable 0 0 Auth grace time 600 Auth life time 604800 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable privacy auth 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 219 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable privacy cm auth The show cable privacy cm auth command displays baseline privacy BPI authorization key AK information for an individual cable modem CM using its MAC address Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage show cable privacy cm auth lt mac gt Command Syntax mac Cable modem s MAC address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX 11 220 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable privacy cmts The show cable privacy cmts command displays all the baseline privacy statistics specified by the MIB for the cable interface The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable privacy cmts command authGraceTime 600 authLifeTime 604800 tekGraceTime 3600 tekLifeTime 43200 certTrust 2 certVerPeriod 1 authCmtsReqs 9 authCmtsReplys 9 authCmtsRejects 0 authCmtsInvalids 0 authenInfos 0 saMapReqs 0 saMapReplys 0 saMapRejects 0 Group Access All C
407. le qos svc flow summary command displays the service flow information including the SID and QoS parameters sets associated with the service flow The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc flow summary command Group Access Interface index 294658 Qos service flow id 1 Qos service flow SID 2 Qos service flow direction Upstream Qos service flow primary True Interface index 294658 Qos service flow id 2 Qos service flow SID 0 Qos service flow direction Downstream Qos service flow primary True All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc flow summary lt X Y gt lt 4292967295 gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 1 4292967295 SFID 11 232 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable qos svc flow upstream stat The show cable qos svc flow upstream stat command is used to display the number of fragmented packets incomplete fragmented packets and the number of concatenated bursts counted on the service flow The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc flow upstream stat command Interface index 294658 Qos service flow SID 1 Qos upstream frag packets 0 Qos upstream incomplete packets 0 Qos upstream concat bursts 0 Interface index 294658 Qos service flow SID 2 Qos upstream frag packets 0 Qos upstream incomplete packets 0 Qos upstream concat bursts 0 Group Access A
408. lease 1 0 System Administration Commands include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 93 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 network clock select bits e1 The network clock select bits e1 command configures the BITS network clock The no network clock select bits command deletes the network clock configuration and put the BITS clock in Free run mode Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage network clock select bits e1 pem31 cerc pem31 hdb3 pem31 nocrc no network clock select bits Command Syntax pem31 cre PCM 31 framing with AMI line coding CRC Multiframe pem31 hdb3 PCM 31 framing with HDB3 line coding CRC Multiframe pem31 nocre PCM 31 framing with AMI line coding No CRC Multiframe 1 94 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands network clock select bits t1 The network clock select bits tI command configures the BITS network clock The no network clock select bits command deletes the network clock configuration and put the BITS clock in Free run mode Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage network clock select bits t1 esf b8zsc sf d4 slc96 tldm no network clock select bits Command Syntax esf b8zs ESF framing with B8ZS line coding sf d4 SF D4 framing with AMI line coding slc96 SLC96 framing with
409. les the pre equalization function Note Not all CMs support the pre equalization adjustment If a CM does not LAD support this adjustment the BSR CMTS interface may not be able to receive upstream data correctly from the CM Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt pre equalization no cable upstream lt NUM gt pre equalization Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 11 98 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream range backoff Use the cable upstream range backoff command to set the start and end upstream range backoff values for a CM or re establish a CM if a power outage occurs Use the no cable upstream range backoff command return the ranging back off default value If you choose automatic the system sets the upstream data backoff start and end values Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt range backoff lt 0 15 gt lt 0 15 gt automatic no cable upstream lt NUM gt range backoff lt 0 5 gt lt 0 5 gt automatic Command Syntax NUM 0 15 0 15 automatic Command Default start 0 end 4 Upstream port number Start of range backoff End of range backoff Automatic range backoff 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 99 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upst
410. ll Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage ike phase2 lifetime lt 300 2592000 gt lifesize lt 0 10240 4190000 gt Command Syntax 300 2592000 lifetime interval value in seconds Zero indicates an unlimited time 0 10240 4190000 lifesize value in kilobytes Command Default Lifetime is 28800 Lifesize is 0 which indicates an unlimited size in kilobytes 16 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands ike retries The number of IKE retries can be specified for network problems Observe the number of IKE retries in the show ipsec ike command output If the number of IKE retries is increasing then the network and server should be examined to determine the reason for the excessive number of IKE retries The ike retries command specifies the number of IKE retries Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage ike retries lt 0 gt Command Syntax 1 10 number of retransmissions Command Default 3 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ike timeout The IKE retransmission timeout interval can be specified for network problems Observe the number of IKE timeouts in the show ipsec ike command output If the number of IKE timeouts is increasing then the network and server should be examined to determine the reason for the excessive number of IKE timeouts The ike timeout command specifies the IKE retra
411. ll Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc flow upstream stat lt X Y gt lt 6383 gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Yis the CMTS port number 1 16383 Classifier identification 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 233 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable spectrum group The show cable spectrum group command is used to verify if the spectrum group that you assigned is activated for the upstream port The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc flow spectrum group command Spectrum Group sgl Member channels Schedule Band Schedule Id Mhz From Time To Time 1 5 000 42 000 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable spectrum group lt WORD gt map schedule Command Syntax WORD The exact group name applied to the upstream port map Show spectrum allocation map schedule Show spectrum schedule 11 234 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable spectrum group load balance summary This show cable spectrum group load balance summary command displays a summary of cable modem distribution and load balancing statistics for the spectrum group The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable spectrum group load balance summary command Spectrum Group Mansfield Static Load Balancing enabled Interface Cable 2 0 U0 Cable 2 0 U1
412. ll modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf neighbor lt A B C D gt detail begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip ospf neighbor lt A B C D gt detail count count only Command Syntax A B C D specific OSPF neighbor ID detail list of neighbor information in detail l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 8 42 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands show ip ospf network The show ip ospf network command displays information about OSPF network areas Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf network begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip ospf network count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the n
413. ll modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ssh verbose S no debug ssh verbose 8 Command Syntax verbose display detailed SSH debug information 1 8 verbose debug level number 4 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug tacacs The debug tacacs command displays debug information associated with TACACS Client operations Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug tacacs 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 45 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug tacacs events The debug tacacs events command displays debug information related to TACACS server events generated as a result of interaction with a client This command can produce substantial amount of output on the console The debug tacacs events command is generally used as a tool to collect data to analyze a problem reported by users Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug tacacs events 4 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands show debugging The show debugging command displays enabled debugging operations and other types of debugging functions on the system Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show debugging begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show debugging count count only Command Syntax l turns on
414. llocated without being authorized The T1 timer specifies the time that can elapse between the authorization and commit The no dqos t0 timer and no dqos t1 timer commands restore the default values Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage dqos t0 timer t1 timer lt 3600 gt Command Syntax t0 timer tl timer 1 3600 Command Default t0 timer 30 seconds tl timer 250 seconds time in seconds that a gate ID can remain allocated without any specified gate parameters time in seconds that an authorization for a gate can remain valid number of seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 em element number The em element number command specifies a unique event message Element ID for the BSR The no em element number command restores the default setting Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em element number lt 0 99999 gt no em element number lt 0 99999 gt Command Syntax 0 99999 Element ID number Command Default 0 16 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands em event disable mask The em event disable mask command specifies a hexidecimal mask to disable event messages The no em event disable mask command restores the default setting The following table describes the QoS event message bit definitions These hexidecimal valu
415. llowed for an SSH client attempting a connection as specified with the ssh password guesses command macs the message authentication data integrity algorithm used for SSH sessions as specified with the ssh message authentication command ciphers the cipher for the encryption of SSH session data as specified with the ssh ciphers command 15 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Server Commands subsystemString the type of SSH server Private HostKey file the private hostkey authentication filename Public HostKey file the public hostkey authentication filename Note To display modifications to the default SSH configuration use the Ww following command show running config include ssh Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ssh config Command Default Restricted admission is enabled by default 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ssh hostkey fingerprint The show ssh hostkey fingerprint command displays the fingerprint of a public key Ww Note The SSH server must be disabled to execute this command Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ssh hostkey fingerprint nvram lt filename gt Command Syntax nvram filename display fingerprint of public hostkey file stored in NVRAM 15 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Serve
416. llowing description MOT config if description charlestown_1 Note The entered description can be seen in the running configuration and in the command output of show commands such as the show ip interface and show running config commands You can also use SNMP to view the descriptions However if you use SNMP to view the descriptions be aware that SNMP has a display limit of 63 characters Descriptions beyond this length will appear truncated when viewed via SNMP Command Mode Interface Configuration all interface types Command Line Usage description lt LINE gt Command Syntax LINE is the text that describes this interface 1 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands dir The dir command lists directories and files on a filesystem Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage dir all time flash time nvram time time Command Syntax all list all directories and files flash list all directories and files in flash nvram list all directories and files in NVRAM time sort by modification time Command Default NVRAM 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 disable The disable command allows you to enter User EXEC mode from the Privileged EXEC mode Note To return to Privileged EXEC mode enter enable at the User EXEC A J prompt and if required a password Group Access
417. low to authenticate their mutual identities The no spd preshared key removes the Pre shared Key IP address Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage spd preshared key lt A B C D gt lt string gt no spd preshared key lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D cable interface IP address string Pre shared Key name which is between to 128 characters 16 58 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B 17 VLAN Tagging Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands used to configure and manage the VLAN Tagging on the BSR VLAN Tagging allows the BSR to forward traffic received from a CPE connected to a bridging CM to a uniquely numbered VLAN using the 802 1Q industry standard trunking encapsulation on a selected bridge mode trunk port VLAN Tagging Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the VLAN Tagging commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 17 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 bridge cable modem The bridge cable modem command designates a particular cable modem as a bridging CM and associates its CPE traffic to a specified VLAN Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage bridge cable modem lt mac gt lt 2 4094 gt stackable Command Syntax mac cable modem MAC Address in the form XXXX XXXX XXXX 2 4094 the VLAN ID stackable allows stacking of multiple IEEE 8
418. lt Disabled 9 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IGMP Commands ip igmp version The ip igmp version command configures the specific version used by the router The no ip igmp version removes the configured specific version used by the router and returns it to the default Use the ip igmp version command to configure the IGMP version on the interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp version lt 2 gt no ip igmp version lt 2 gt Command Syntax 1 IGMP Version 1 2 IGMP Version 2 Command Default Version 2 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 9 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip igmp version1 querier The ip igmp version1 querier command configures the router to act as the querier for IGMPv1 This is done by manually assigning the IGMP querier The no ip igmp version1 querier command disables the router from acting as the querier Note The interface is not effected when IGMPv2 is running on the interface A 7 It is recommended that only one querier is enabled in a network segment Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp version1 querier no ip igmp version1 querier Command Default Disabled 9 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IGMP Commands show ip igmp interface The show ip igmp interface command displays the multicast information for an interface Group A
419. lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt virtual link lt A B C D gt authentication key lt WORD gt dead interval lt 65535 gt hello interval lt 65535 gt message digest key lt 255 gt md5 lt WORD gt retransmit interval lt 65535 gt transmit delay lt 8 92 gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 OSPF area ID number in decimal format A B C D OSPF area ID in IP address format A B C D Router ID IP address that associated with the virtual link neighbor 32 bit address authentication key WORD Unencrypted cleartext password that is 1 to 8 characters in length dead interval 65535 Number of seconds that the router does not receive hello packets from its neighbor before declaring the neighbor is down 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 hello interval 65535 Time in seconds between hello packets on an interface value must be the same for all routers and access servers attached to a common network message migest key 255 OSPF MD5 authentication key md5 WORD Encrypted md5 password 1 16 characters retransmit interval 65535 Expected round trip delay between two routers on the attached network value must be more than expected delay transmit delay 7 8792 Approximate time to transmit an LSA packet Command Defaults hello interval 10 seconds retransmit interval 5 seconds transmit delay 1 second dead interval 40 seconds 8 8 MGBI 526363 001
420. lt WORD gt no ip ftp username Command Syntax WORD username 31 character maximum 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 53 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip netmask format The ip netmask format command lets you specify the format in which netmask values appear in show command output The no ip netmask format command sets the output format back to the default Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip netmask format bitcount decimal hexadecimal no ip netmask format bitcount decimal hexadecimal Command Syntax bitcount displays netmask as number of significant bits decimal displays netmask in dotted decimal hexadecimal displays the netmask in hexadecimal Command Default bitcount 1 54 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands ip tacacs source interface The ip tacacs source interface command allows an operator to control the source IP address of TACACS packets generated by the BSR by specifying an Ethernet or loopback interface as the source IP address for TACACS packets The normal convention for generated TACACS packets is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address of the outgoing interface The ip tacacs source interface command overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of a specified Ethernet or loopback interface This command facilitates the use of one IP address entry associated with
421. ly Command Syntax WORD display information about a specific peer group number of peers and groups global Global routing forwarding ipv4 Neighbors active in this family l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 12 84 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands show ip bgp regexp The show ip bgp regexp command displays routes matching the regular expression Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp regexp lt LINE gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp regexp lt L NE gt count count only Command Syntax LINE regular expression to match the BGP autonomous system paths l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI
422. ly Command Line Usage cable dynamic service authorization mode auth_no_ecn02064 authorize disable unauthorize Command Syntax auth_no_ecn02064 authorize Dynamic Service based on DQoS gates without PacketCable ECN 2064 support authorize authorize CM initiated Dynamic Service based on DQOS gates which only accepts DOCSIS DSX MAC management message types DSA REQ DSC REQ DSD REQ from the CM that is authorized through DQoS This argument is required when DQoS is enabled disable reject all Dynamic Service unauthorize accept all Dynamic Service Note ECN 2064 dqos n 02064 places additional requirements on the LV authorization of dynamic service requests by an MTA Set this value if the MTAs connected to the cable interface do not support this ECN 16 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable dynamic service active timeout CMs dynamically allocate resources such as service identifiers SIDs and bandwidth by using a Dynamic Service Addition DSA transaction If the CM fails to issue a Dynamic Service Deletion Request DSD REQ to the cable interface or the DSD REQ is being dropped for any reasons e g due to noise these resources could be held by the cable interface indefinitely For this reason an active timeout interval could be configured on the cable interface so th
423. mand Line Usage offset list 7 99 any in out lt 0 16 gt cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt no offset list 7 99 any in out lt 0 6 gt cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt Command Syntax 1 99 standard access list number if 0 no action is taken any apply offset to all networks in apply the offset to incoming metrics out apply the offset list to outgoing metrics 0 16 positive offset to be applied to metrics for networks matching the access list if set to 0 no action is taken cable X Y X is 0 Y is the cable interface port number to which the offset list is applied 7 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands ethernet X Y gigaether X Y Command Default Disabled X is 0 Y is the Ethernet interface port number to which the offset list is applied X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet interface port number to which the offset list is applied 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 output delay The output delay command changes the inter packet delay for RIP updates to ensure that transmitted information is received by lower speed routers The no output delay command removes the inter packet delay for RIP updates Ww Note This command helps prevent the loss of routing table information Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage
424. mand to establish a distributed routing core that automatically guarantees the loop free exchange of routing information between AS s Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router bgp lt 65535 gt no router bgp lt 65535 gt Command Syntax 1 65535 number of the autonomous system identifying the router to other BGP routers 12 58 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands set as path prepend The set as path prepend command modifies AS system path attributes for the matched BGP routes The no set as path prepend command ends modification of a system path for BGP routes Use the set as path prepend command to guide the path information to control the BGP decision process Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set as path prepend lt 65535 gt no set as path prepend lt 65535 gt Command Syntax 1 65535 prepend string you can specify a single number or multiple numbers separated by a space 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 59 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set comm list A7 Group Access The set comm list command deletes communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update The no set comm list command deletes the entry Use the set comm list command to delete communities from the community attribute of inbound or outbound updates using a route map to filter and determine the
425. mary LSAs l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 8 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands show ip ospf interface The show ip ospf interface command displays OSPF related interface information Group Access All Command Mode All Modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf interface lt A B C D gt cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip ospf interface lt A B C D gt cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt count count only Command Syntax A B C D cable ethernet gigaether loopback 64 X Y begin exclude Interface IP address OSPF information over the Cable interface OSPF information over the Ethernet FastEthernet 802 3 interface OSPF information over the Gigabit Ethernet interface OSPF information over the loopback interface X is 0 Y is the port number turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with th
426. media Telephone Adapter MTA or cable modem DHCP requests The no ip address command is used to remove an IP address from the interface When configuring the cable interface IP address two additional options are supported the host and mta options The additional options are only available from cable interface configuration mode when selecting an IP address During the DHCP process the relay agent requests an IP address in a particular subnet by inserting the IP address of the interface into the DHCP requests from CMs hosts and MTAs The primary address is always inserted in cable modem DHCP requests If a secondary address or a secondary host address is defined then the first secondary or secondary host IP address in the list is inserted into DHCP requests from hosts If one or multiple secondary mta IP address are defined then the first secondary mta IP address defined is inserted into DHCP requests from secondary MTA devices The ip dhcp relay information option command must be enabled to allow the BSR to determine what type of device originated the DHCP request By default the primary address will be inserted into DHCP requests The ip address command is also used to bind a secondary IP address to a secondary IP subnet of a CM which is connected to CPEs belonging to a particular ISP This allows the BSR to set the giaddr of the CPE s DHCP packets to the secondary address of the CM to which the secondary addresses of the CPE are bound Note
427. ment Protocol SNMP MIBs provides information that describes standard and proprietary MIB support describes how to walk the MIBs and how to compile and load the SNMP MIBs It also provides task examples XXXiV MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Preface Conventions This document uses the conventions in the following table Convention Example Explanation angle brackets lt gt ping lt ip address gt Arguments in italic and enclosed by angle ping 54 89 145 71 brackets must be replaced by the text the argument represents In the example 54 89 345 71 replaces lt ip address gt When entering the argument do not type the angle brackets bar brackets disable evel Bar brackets enclose optional arguments The example indicates you can use the disable command with or without specifying a evel Some commands accept more than one optional argument When entering the argument do not type the bar brackets bold text cable relay agent option Boldface text must be typed exactly as it appears brace brackets page on off Brace brackets enclose required text The example indicates you must enter either on or off after page The system accepts the command with only one of the parameters When entering the text do not type the brace brackets italic text boot system lt filename gt Italic type indicates variables for which you supply values in command syntax descriptions It also indicates
428. mit delay command sets the approximate amount of time to transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface The no ip ospf transmit delay command changes the approximate amount of time set to transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface Use the ip ospf transmit delay command to enable the delay over a link The delay is defined as the time that it takes for the LSA to propagate over a link Before transmission LSAs in the update packet must have their ages incremented by the amount specified in the seconds argument The value should take into account the transmission and propagation delays for the interface If the delay is not added before transmission over a link the time in which the LSA propagates over the link is not considered Significance is greater on low speed links Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf transmit delay lt 3600 gt no ip ospf transmit delay Command Syntax 1 3600 the time it takes to transmit an LSA in seconds Command Default 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 maximum paths The maximum paths command specifies the maximum number of parallel routes an IP routing protocol can support The no maximum paths command changes or cancels the number of maximum paths Group Access RESTRICTED Command Mode Router Configuration Command L
429. mmand Line Usage cable multi ds override no cable multi ds override Command Default Disabled 11 56 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable privacy auth life time The cable privacy auth life time command sets the authorization key AK life time values for baseline privacy The no cable privacy auth life time command changes the AK life time values for baseline privacy back to the default Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable privacy auth life time lt 300 6048000 gt no cable privacy auth life time lt 300 6048000 gt Command Syntax 300 6048000 Length of the key encryption life time valid values 300 seconds 5 minutes to 6048000 seconds 70 days Command Default 604800 seconds 7 days 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 57 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable privacy cert The cable privacy cert command allows cable modems to register using self signed manufacturer certificates as opposed to a manufacturer certificate that is chained to the DOCSIS root certificate The no cable privacy cert command disables this feature Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable privacy cert trust trusted untrusted valid false true no cable privacy cert trust trusted untrusted valid false true Command Syntax trust set
430. mmand Reference Guide Release 1 0 match ip next hop The match ip next hop command establishes the condition for the next hop IP address of a route to match against the specified access lists The no match ip next hop command removes the access list from the match condition Use the match ip next hop command to match any routes that have a next hop router address permitted one of the specified access lists Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage match ip next hop lt 99 gt lt 1300 2699 gt no match ip next hop lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt Command Syntax 1 199 standard access list number 1300 2699 extended access list number 6 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands match ip route source The match ip route source command specifies match conditions for the source IP address of a route to match against the specified address list s The no match ip route source command removes access lists from such a match statement The match ip route source command is used to match routes where source IP addresses are permitted by specified access lists Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage match ip route source lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt no match ip route source lt 99 gt lt 1300 2699 gt Command Syntax 1 199 standard access list number 1300 2699 extended access list number 5263
431. mmand Syntax 1 31 the interleaver step size value 11 148 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands ip address The ip address command configures a primary or secondary IP address for an interface or defines the Gateway IP address giaddr for Customer Premises Equipment CPE Multimedia Telephone Adapter MTA or cable modem DHCP requests The no ip address command is used to remove an IP address from the interface When configuring the cable interface IP address two additional options are supported the host and mta options The additional options are only available from cable interface configuration mode when selecting an IP address During the DHCP process the relay agent requests an IP address in a particular subnet by inserting the IP address of the interface into the DHCP requests from CMs hosts and MTAs The primary address is always inserted in cable modem DHCP requests If a secondary address or a secondary host address is defined then the first secondary or secondary host IP address in the list is inserted into DHCP requests from hosts If one or multiple secondary mta IP address are defined then the first secondary mta IP address defined is inserted into DHCP requests from secondary MTA devices The ip dhcp relay information option command must be enabled to allow the BSR to determine what type of device originated the DHCP request By default the primary address will be inserted into DHCP requests When an
432. mmands sntp broadcast client The sntp broadcast client command configures a router to listen for SNTP broadcasts The no sntp broadcast client command blocks the router from receiving SNTP broadcast traffic Use the sntp broadcast client command to receive NTP traffic from a broadcast server Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp broadcast client no sntp broadcast client 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 75 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 sntp disable The sntp disable command disables SNTP on an interface The no sntp disable command enables the interface to accept NTP traffic from other servers Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp disable no sntp disable Command Default Enabled 2 76 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands sntp server The sntp server command configures a router for SNTP to accept NTP traffic The no sntp server command disables the router receiving NTP traffic Note When the server address is set to 224 0 1 1 the assigned multicast address for NTP the BSR operates in unicast mode It transmits a request to A 7 this multicast address and waits for replies It then binds to the first server who replies All subsequent transactions happen in a unicast mode This way the server address need not be known beforehand If you configu
433. mple of typical screen output from the show stats summary error command MAC Address I F 0008 0e16 e6e2 0 0 U1 0008 0e16 954 0 0 U1 00e0 0c60 02b4 0 0 U1 Group Access All Command Mode SID CorrFec CorrFec UnCorrFec UnCorrFec Count Ratio Count Ratio 2 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 1 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 3 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show stats summary error sid lt 2049 gt Command Syntax sid 7 2049 display cable modem service flow identifier SID Forward Error Correction FEC error counts and ratios 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 143 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show tacacs The show tacacs command displays statistics for all TACACS servers on the network including the IP address of the servers connections failed connection attempts and packets sent and received If there is more than one TACACS server configured the command output displays statistics for all servers in the order in which they were configured The following is an example of typical screen output from the show tacacs command Tacacs Server 11 14 162 80 49 Number of Sessions 1 Socket opens 3 Socket closes 3 Socket aborts 0 Socket errors 0 Socket Timeouts 0 Failed Connect Attempts No current connection Session 1 Statistics Total Packets Sent Total Packets Recv Expected Replies 0 Note TACACS statistics can also be displaye
434. mum maximum minimum assumed concatenated burst active QoS parameter timeout maximum admitted QoS parameter timeout tos overwrite AND mask tos overwrite OR mask request transmission policy modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable service class lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD minimum rate packet size DefBEUp upstream best effort 10 50 Display the complete configuration of a user defined service class created with the name command or one of the default service classes 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable srvclass stats The show cable srvclass stats command displays service class statistics for a specified service class on a specified interface Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable srvclass stats lt 0 0 gt lt 0 3 gt lt WORD gt Command Syntax 0 0 This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 0 3 the port number WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 14 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands tos overwrite The tos overwrite command provides an AND and OR mask which the CMTS must use to overwrite the type of service field on all upstream IP packets on a service flow If this parameter is omitted then the TOS field will not be modified by the CMTS The no tos overwrite c
435. mum prefix The neighbor maximum prefix command controls the number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor The no neighbor maximum prefix command stops the controlled number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor Use the neighbor maximum prefix command to manage the number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor Note A prefix is a classless route or a route with a particular starting point and length with unlimited prefixes Therefore 198 7 97 0 27 and 198 7 97 0 A 7 20 are not the same prefix route If the maximum number of acceptable prefixes configured is exceeded the router ends peering which is the default Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt maximum prefix lt 65536 gt lt 1 100 gt warning only no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt maximum prefix lt 65536 gt lt 100 gt warning only Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group 1 65536 maximum number of configured prefixes allowed from specific neighbor 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 1 100 integer specifying what percentage of the maximum number that the router generates a warning message warning onl only generate a warning message when the y maximum number is exceeded Command Default Disabled Threshold default 75 12 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 B
436. munity match ip address match ip next hop match ip route source match metric match route type external match route type internal match tag route map set as path prepend A 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 6 Routing Policy Commands Command Default set automatic tag set comm list set community set default interface nullo Disabled set interface nullo Disabled set ip default next hop set ip diff serv 0 set ip next hop Disabled set ip qos queue set local preference set metric Metric value dynamically learned or a default value set metric type Disabled set origin set tag If not specified tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol set weight show ip redistribute show ip traffic show route map Table A 7 RIP Commands Command Default auto summary Disabled clear ip rip statistics default information originate Disabled default metric Automatic metric translations given for each routing protocol 526363 001 00 Rev B A 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 7 RIP Commands Command Default distance 120 distribute list in Disabled distribute list out Disabled ip rip authentication key ip rip host routes Disabled ip rip message digest key Disabled ip rip
437. n process Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set as path prepend lt 65535 gt no set as path prepend lt 65535 gt Command Syntax 1 65535 prepend string you can specify a single number or multiple numbers separated by a space 6 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands set automatic tag The set automatic tag command enables the automatic computing of tag values The no set automatic tag command disables the automatic computing of tag values Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set automatic tag no set automatic tag 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set comm list A7 Group Access The set comm list command deletes communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update The no set comm list command deletes the entry Use the set comm list command to delete communities from the community attribute of inbound or outbound updates using a route map to filter and determine the communities to be deleted If the standard list is referred in the set comm list delete command only the elements with the single community number or no community number in them will be used All others will be quietly ignored Any element specified with the internet keyword is equivalent to element without community number If the set community comm
438. n the network that are not directly connected The no neighbor ebgp mulithop command blocks route updates Use the neighbor ebgp multihop command to modify BGP peer groups for unified configuration by specifying a peer group name Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt ebgp multihop lt 255 gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt ebgp multihop lt 255 gt Command Syntax A B C D IP address of external peer BGP neighbor WORD external BGP group name 1 255 the maximum hop count if no value is entered the default value of 255 is used 12 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor filter list The neighbor filter list command creates a BGP filter The no neighbor filter list command disables this function Use the neighbor filter list command to create filters on both inbound and outbound BGP routes Unlimited weight filters are accepted on a per neighbor principle but only one inbound or one outbound filter is accepted not both Route selection rules determine the weight of a route Weight assignment is based on the initial autonomous system path or as path Weights announced override weights assigned by global neighbor commands This happens when the initial match is made Therefore weights assigned using match as path and set weight commands override weights assigned by the neighbor weight and neighbor filte
439. nable Management Information Base MIB number of set requests that detail an invalid value for a MIB object 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 General errors Responses Traps Traps Dropped due to throttling Informs Notification Errors Probes Inform Retries Probe Retries Group Access All Command Mode number of requests failed due to some other error excluding a noSuchName error badValue error or any of the other specific errors number of responses number of traps sent number of traps dropped due to exceeding a throttling rate limit number of inform requests sent number of notification errors sent number of probes sent number of inform retries sent number of probe retries sent show snmp without arguments all modes show snmp with arguments all modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp access chassis id community contact context description enginelD group host location packetsize port sysname traps users view 3 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B SNMP Commands Command Syntax access chassis id community contact context description engineID group host location packetsize port sysname Displays SNMPv3 access rights for SNMP groups and users with security models and levels It also displays the associations between SNMP views and these security parameters
440. naged agent 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 SNMP Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the SNMP commands supported by the BSR 3 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B SNMP Commands show snmp The show snmp command displays SNMP statistics determine the running status and display configuration information such as chassis ID system description and system location chassis ID and counter information for the SNMP process The show snmp command without arguments displays the following information SNMP In Packets Bad SNMP version errors Unknown community names Illegal operations for community names supplied ASN parse errors Requested variables Changed variables Get requests Get next requests Set requests SNMP Out Packets Packets too big No such name errors Bad values total number of SNMP packets received by the SNMP agent number of bad SNMP packets received with bad SNMP version errors number of SNMP packets received with unknown community names number not allowed number incorrectly encoded variables requested by SNMP managers variables altered by SNMP managers numberof get request PDUs received number of get next PDUs received number of set request PDUs received number of SNMP packets sent by the agent larger than maximum packet size sent by the agent name errors nonexistent number undefi
441. nal no export routes with this community are sent to peers in other sub autonomous systems within a confederation none no community attribute 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set default interface nullo The set default interface null0 command adds nullO as the last entry in the interface list to force packets to be dropped and not routed with the default destination based routing process The no set default interface null0 command disables this function Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set default interface null0 no set default interface null0 Command Default Disabled 6 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands set interface nullo The set interface null0 command adds null0 as the last entry in the interface list to force packets to be dropped and not routed with the default destination based routing process The no set interface null0 command disables this function Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set interface null0 no set interface null0 Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 set ip default next hop The set ip default next hop command specifies a default next hop IP address that indicates where the BSR sends packets that pass a match clause
442. nd Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast proto cache lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D only displays the cache for this source or group address A B C D only displays the cache for this specified source and group address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 15 11 CMTS Commands Introduction This chapter describes the commands used to configure and manage the Cable Modem Termination System CMTS The CMTS permits data to be transmitted and received over a broadband cable TV CATV network Downstream network data traffic flows from the CMTS to connected cable modems CMs and upstream network data traffic flows from the CMs to the CMTS CMTS Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the CMTS commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 arp timeout 7 Group Access The arp timeout command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP cache The no arp timeout command removes the time configuration an entry stays in the ARP cache Use the show interfaces command in Privileged EXEC mode to view the ARP time out value Note If the ARP time out value is changed the new value affects all the existing entries in the ARP cache and any entries subsequently added to the ARP cache MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line
443. nd that is aliased 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 auto negotiation The auto negotiation command sets the duplex speed configuration mode for a particular Gigabit Ethernet interface Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage auto negotiation no auto negotiation 1 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands banner motd The banner motd command allows you to create a message of the day motd that displays before the login prompt The no banner motd command deletes the message of the day Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage banner motd lt 25 gt lt WORD gt no banner motd Command Syntax 1 25 Message of the Day line number WORD Text of the Message of the Day 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 batch The batch command executes a series of commands from a batch file stored in Flash memory or NVRAM Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage batch flash nvram acknowledge Command Syntax flash execute a batch file from Flash memory nvram execute a batch file from NVRAM acknowledge acknowledge the execution of each command 1 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands boot system The boot sy
444. nds and can take several minutes to display on the screen The output can also be saved to a file for later viewing For a sample display of the output of the show tech command see the individual show commands listed above Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC 1 146 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands Command Line Usage show tech flash nvram Command Syntax flash output to a file on the Flash memory file system nvram output to a file on the NVRAM file system 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 147 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show user group The show user group command displays the group access level for a specific CLI command The group access levels are as follows SYSADMIN access for users with System Administrator privileges ISP access for users with Internet Service Provider privileges MSO access for users with Multiple Service Operator privileges RESTRICTED access for users with restricted privileges ALL access for all users Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show user group lt WORD gt For example entering the following show user group password telnet 0 test would return the following The command password telnet 0 test is set to SYSADMIN access Command Syntax WORD the command name the complete command syntax must be entered otherwise the system will return
445. ne is from an authoritative time source version NTP server version last receive When the last update was received trusted server Yes if an authentication was attempted and succeeded No otherwise Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show sntp 2 66 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show tcp brief The show tcp brief command displays a brief summary of TCP status and configuration Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show tcp brief 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 67 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show tcp statistics The show tcp statistics command displays the Transmission Control Protocol TCP statistics The show tcp statistics command displays the following information rcevd total no port checksum error bad offset too short packets in sequence dup packets partially dup packets out of order packets packets with data after window packets after close window probe packets window update dup ack packets ack packets with unsent data Statistics in this section refer to packets received by the router Packets received Number of packets received with no port number of packets received with checksum error number of packets received with bad offset to data number of packets received that were too short number of data packets received in
446. ne privacy is configured with key encryption keys KEKs and Ww the TEKs are configured based on the 40 or 56 bit data encryption standard DES A life time or a grace time TEK value expires based on a life time or grace time value but a cable modem has to renew its TEK grace time value before it expires If a lasting TEK lifetime is needed use a life time key Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable privacy tek life time lt 30 604800 gt no cable privacy tek life time Command Syntax 30 604800 minimum and maximum traffic encryption life time value in seconds Command Default 43200 seconds 11 64 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable qos profile The cable qos profile command accesses QoS Profile Configuration mode QoS Profile Configuration mode allows you to create or modify a QoS Profile The no cable qos profile command deletes a QoS Profile Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration and QoS Profile Configuration Command Line Usage cable qos profile lt prof num gt no cable qos profile lt prof num gt Command Syntax prof num the QoS Profile identifying number Dy Note Only QoS Profile numbers 1 16 can be configured by the user 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 65 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable shared secret The cable shared secret command activates or deactivates cable
447. networks such as the public Internet The SSH protocol uses TCP as the transport layer An SSH server listens for connections from SSH clients on a well known TCP port An SSH client is launched from a remote host and connects to the SSH server The SSH server and SSH client then handle key exchange encryption authentication command execution and data exchange Secure Shell Server Command Descriptions This chapter contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the SSH commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ssh config The show ssh config command displays the following configuration information for an SSH session SSH2 Secure Shell the SSH version number sshTaskId the task identifier for this SSH session debugMode 0 indicates that SSH debugging is turned off 1 indicates that SSH debugging is turned on quiet_mode 1 indicates that SSH debugging is turned off 0 indicates that SSH debugging is turned on idle_ timeout the inactivity timeout value in seconds for SSH sessions to time out a specified with the ssh timeout command portStr the defined TCP port number for SSH to listen for incoming connections as specified with the ssh port command max_connections the maximum number of allowed simultaneous SSH sessions specified with the ssh session limit command password guesses the number of authentication attempts that will be a
448. ng Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage em udp port lt 65535 gt no em udp port lt 65535 gt Command Syntax 1 65535 UDP port number for event messages Command Default 1813 16 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands es The no es shutdown command enables electronic surveillance The es shutdown command disables electronic surveillance The es trap enable enable command enables the electronic surveillance SNMP trap The no es trap enable disable command disables the electronic surveillance SNMP trap Note Electronic surveillance conforms to Communications Assistance for A 7 Law Enforcement Act CALEA requirements Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage es shutdown trap enable disable enable no es shutdown trap enable disable enable Command Syntax shutdown Shutdown electronic surveillance functionality trap enable disable Enable disable the electronic enable surveillance SNMP trap Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ike client addr The ike client addr command specifies the IP address used by the BSR for its source address during IKE protocol exchanges Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage ike client addr lt A B C D gt Command Syntax
449. ng Internet Security Association Key Management Protocol ISAKMP exchange statements and prints them to the console enables the debugging of ISAKMP IKE Security Association SA exchange statements and prints them to the console enables the debugging of IPSec information and prints it to the console enables the debugging of Security Association Database SA DB information and prints it to the console enables the debugging of the IPSec Security Policy Database SPD information and prints it to the console 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 dqos emergency trap enable The dqos emergency trap enable command enables or disables an SNMP trap for Emergency Calls through the rdnPktDQoSEmergencyTrapEnable SNMP MIB object If the Emergency Call SNMP trap is enabled the BSR generates an SNMP trap if an Emergency Call is initiated Group Access All Command Mode PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage dqos emergency trap enable disable enable Command Syntax disable disable Emergency Call SNMP trap if previously enabled enable enable Emergency Call SNMP trap Command Default Disabled 16 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands dqos res req trap enable The dqos res req trap enable command enables or disables a Resource Request SNMP trap through the DQoSResReq SNMP MIB object If the Resource Request SNMP trap is enabled t
450. ng transmitted over a specific ethernet or cable routing interface The no passive interface re enables route updates to be transmitted over the routing interface Note Updates from routers that are directly connected to the passive A J interface continue to be received and processed Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage passive interface cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 1 64 gt default no passive interface cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt default Command Syntax cable X Y X is 0 Y is the cable interface port number ethernet X Y X is 0 Y is the Ethernet interface port number gigaether X Y X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet interface port number loopback lt 64 gt lt 1 64 gt is the Loopback interface number default Suppress routing updates on all interfaces Command Default Routing updates are transmitted over the router 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ping The Packet Internet Groper PING ping command sends an Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request to a remote host that reports errors and provides information relevant to IP packet addressing Use the ping command to check host reach ability and network connectivity or to confirm basic network connectivity Note The address of the source in
451. nger prefixes displays route and more specific routes filter list 7 199 number of an autonomous system path access list regexp LINE a regular expression to match the BGP autonomous system paths l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string 12 78 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 79 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip bgp memory The show ip bgp memory command displays BGP memory usage information Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp memory begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp memory count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 12 80 MGBI 526363 001 0
452. no ip pim dr priority lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 the priority of the router to be selected as the DR Higher value indicates higher priority Command Default The default DR priority for the BSR is 1 which means that the BSR is the DR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip pim message interval Use the ip pim message interval command to specify the PIM router join prune messages interval The no ip pim message interval command sets the join prune message interval to the default value Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim message interval lt 65535 gt no ip pim message interval Command Syntax 1 65535 join prune interval in seconds Command Default 60 seconds 13 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PIM Commands ip pim query interval The ip pim query interval command adjusts how often PIM router query messages are sent to other PIM routers to control the DR process IP multicast routers send PIM query Hello messages to determine which router is the Designated Router DR for each LAN segment subnetwork The DR sends Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP host query messages to all hosts on the directly connected LAN When PIM operates in sparse mode the DR sends source registration messages to the Rendezvous Point RP The no ip pim query interval command sets the PIM router query messages to
453. normal operation 3 perform either broadcast or unicast ranging on the new channel before normal operation 4 use the new channel directly without re intializing or ranging the upstream logical channel 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 49 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable modem updis The cable modem updis command enables the transmission of an an Upstream Transmitter Disable UP DIS MAC layer message that disables a specified cable modem s upstream transmitter Upon receipt of an UP DIS message the cable modem autonomously disables its upstream transmitter Once disabled through an UP DIS message the cable modem s upstream transmitter can only be re enabled by power cycling the cable modem The cable modem updis command is not intended to be a replacement for existing mechanisms for controlling a subscriber s service The cable modem updis command provides an additional tool to protect against some forms of denial of service such as a virus propagated across the Internet that cannot be controlled with existing management mechanisms Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem updis lt mac gt Command Syntax mac the cable modem MAC address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX 11 50 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable modulation profile The cable modulation profile command navigates to Modulation Profile Configuration Mode
454. ns a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 3 warning conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 4 normal but significant conditions an event of importance occurred which is not a failure severity level 5 informational descriptive system messages an unimportant event which could be helpful for tracing normal operations severity level 6 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 83 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging source interface loopback The logging source interface loopback command allows an operator to control the source IP address of SYSLOG packets generated by the BSR by specifying a loopback interface as the source IP address for SYSLOG packets The normal convention for generated SYSLOG packets is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address of the outgoing interface The logging source interface loopback command overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of the specified loopback interface The no logging source interface loopback command removes the loopback source interface Note Before using the logging source interface loopback command the A J loopback interface must be configured and assigned an IP address Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging source interface loopback lt 64 gt no logging source int
455. ns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 250 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show interfaces cable intercept Use the show interfaces cable intercept command to view statistical information for each intercepted Customer Premises Equipment CPE MAC address The show interfaces cable intercept command displays the following CPE information MAC Address MAC hardware address of a CPE such as a customer s PC or VoIP phone Destination IP Address IP address of the data collection server Destination UDP Port UDP Port number that is used exclusively by the data collection server Packets The total number of packets that have been intercepted from each specified CPE on this CMTS interface Bytes The total number of bytes that have been intercepted from each specified CPE on this CMTS interface Group Access MSO Command Mode All modes except User EXEC mode Command Line Usage show interfaces cable lt X Y gt intercept Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number Command Default None 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 251 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show interfaces
456. nse is not received for a generated message if an application provides its own retry count the value of this object is ignored sets the snmpTargetAddrTag List object which is a list of tag values which are used to select target addresses for a particular operation if there is more than one tag use quotation marks to separate each tag sets the snmpTargetAddrParams object which identifies an entry in the snmpTargetParamsTable the identified entry contains SNMP parameters to be used when generating messages to be sent to this transport address sets the snmpTargetAddrTMask object which is the mask associated with snmp TargetParamsTable the maximum message size in bytes specified by the snmpTargetAddrMMS object 0 an empty message specifies the storage type snmpTargetAddrStorageType as nonvolatile which is defined as having persistent memory so that the storage content remains after the device is turned off and on again specifies the storage type snmpTargetAddrStorageType as volatile which is the defined as having temporary memory so that the storage content is deleted if the device is turned off 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 active sets the snmpTargetAddrRowStatus object to active not in service sets the snmpTargetAddrRowStatus object to notInService Command Default snmp TargetAddrMMS 484 snmpTargetAddrRowStatus active snmp TargetAddrS
457. nsmission timeout interval Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage ike timeout lt 20 gt Command Syntax 1 20 timeout value in seconds Command Default 10 16 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands ipsec The ipsec command accesses IPSec Configuration mode from Global Configuration mode Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration and PacketCable Configuration Command Line Usage ipsec 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ipsec shutdown The ipsec shutdown command disables PSecIKE for the BSR The no ipsec shutdown command enables IPSec IKE for the BSR Note For the initial configuration of IPSec IKE the IPSec configurable LP parameters should be configured before IPSec is enabled Ata minimum the ike client addr command should be configured prior to enabling IPSec Group Access All Command Mode IPSec Configuration Command Line Usage ipsec shutdown no ipsec shutdown Command Default Disabled 16 42 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands packet cable The packet cable command is used to access PacketCable Configuration mode from Global Configuration mode Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage packet cable 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 s
458. ntifier SFID number gate priority which is either high or low gate status time at which the gate was committed 16 50 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show packet cable gate dqos cops lt 0 3 gt identifier lt OxO0000000 0xfffffff gt modem lt mac gt slot lt NUM gt subscriber lt A B C D gt Command Syntax dqos specify all DQoS gates cops 0 3 specify a COPS connection and COPS handle to display identifier Gate Identifier in hexadecimal notation to 0x00000000 0xffffffff display detailed information about the DQoS or Multimedia gate modem mac specify a cable modem MAC address to display slot NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 subscriber A B C D specify a CPE subscriber IP address to display 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 51 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show packet cable statistics The show packet cable statistics command displays COPS statistics DQoS gate statistics PacketCable Multimedia gate statistics event message statistics DQoS event message statistics and electronic surveillance event message statistics The following provides typical screen output from the show packet cable statistics gate command COPS Statistics COPS Established 6 Client Open Sent 6 COPS Terminated 3 Client Accept Received 6 COPS Unauthorized 0 Re
459. o ip domain name lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD name of domain being established Command Default No domain is configured 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip forward protocol udp The ip forward protocol udp command controls what type of UDP packet to forward when broadcasting packets or allows all types of UDP packets to be forwarded The no ip forward protocol udp command disables IP forwarding Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip forward protocol udp lt 0 65535 gt bootpc bootps domain netbios dgm netbios ns tacacs tftp time no ip forward protocol udp lt 0 65535 gt bootpe bootps domain netbios dgm netbios ns tacacs tftp time Command Syntax 0 65535 Specific UDP port number bootpc Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP client 68 bootps Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP server 67 domain Domain Name Service DNS 53 netbios dgm NetBios datagram service 138 netbios ns NetBios name service 137 tacacs TAC Access Control System 49 tftp Trivial File Transfer Protocol 69 time Time 37 2 24 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip helper address The ip helper address command determines the destination IP address of the DHCP server for where broadcast packets are forwarded The no ip helper address command removes the IP address where broadcast packets are forwarded
460. obal Configuration Command Line Usage cable spectrum group lt WORD gt no cable spectrum group lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD The cable spectrum group name 11 68 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable sync interval The synchronization message interval is the interval between successive synchronization message transmissions from the BSR CMTS interface to the CMs The cable sync interval command sets the synchronization interval between transmission of successive SYNC messages from the CMTS to CMs The no cable sync interval returns the interval setting to transmit SYNC messages to the default Note Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown f 7 command before using the cable sync interval command Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable sync interval lt 0 200 gt no cable sync interval Command Syntax 0 200 synchronization interval in milliseconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 69 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable ucd interval The cable ucd interval command sets the interval between transmission of successive Upstream Channel Descriptor UCD messages The no cable ucd interval changes the interval setting to transmit UCD messages back to the default Note Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown A J command before using the cable ucd
461. ode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage preamble length lt 0 536 gt no preamble length lt 0 536 gt Command Syntax 0 1536 the preamble length in bits 0 indicates no preamble 0 1536 is used for DOCSIS 2 0 bursts 0 1024 is used for DOCSIS 1 x bursts 11 160 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands preamble type The preamble type command specifies the preamble format for DOCSIS ATDMA MTDMA and S CDMA channel type modulation profiles The preamble format is specified through the Quadrature Phase Shift Keying QPSK digital modulation technique Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage preamble type qpsk0 qpsk1 no preamble type qpsk0 qpsk1 Command Syntax qpsk0 low power QPSK preamble qpsk1 high power QPSK preamble 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 161 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 scrambler mode The scrambler mode command enables or disables the scrambler The scrambler is used to generate an almost random sequence of transmission symbols This ensures an even distribution of transmissions through the channel Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage scrambler mode off on no scrambler mode off on Command Syntax off disable the scrambler on enable the scrambler 11 162 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands
462. of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output Command Default All access lists are displayed 5 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Routing Policy Commands Introduction This chapter contains the Routing Policy and Policy Based Routing commands used with the BSR 2000 Routing Policy allows the control of information that is imported from or exported into different routing domains or Autonomous Systems AS BSR Routing Policy allows the filtering and altering of routing information so that some of them can be advertised to other routers The BSR Routing Policy is quite versatile and flexible The BSR also supports Policy based routing The BSR also supports Policy based routing is a set of rules that define the criteria for obtaining specific routing paths for different users to give some users better routed Internet connections than others Policy based routing is established by the source information of the packets rather than the destination information that traditional routing protocols use The network administrator determines and implements routing policies to allow or deny router paths Routing Policy Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the routing policy commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 default information originate The default information or
463. ollowing is an example of typical screen output from the show cable insert interval command Cable insert interval 20 Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable insert interval 11 170 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem The show cable modem command is used to gather a variety of cable modem CM statistical information used to evaluate network performance troubleshoot registration problems and learn specific registration and ranging information on modems connected to a specific interface Use the show cable modem command to see detailed modem configuration information for a specific head end modem The following information is provided Interface Upstream IF Index Downsteam IF Index Prim SID Connectivity State Timing offset Rec Power IP address MAC address CM interface with active connection Upstream interface to which the cable modem belongs Downstream interface to which the cable modem belongs Primary Service Identifier number Describes the connectivity state of a cable modem The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR CM current timing adjustment CM receive downstream receive power level in units of whole dB to one decimal place CM IP address Media Access Control layer address Cable modem connectivity states are as follows init o init t
464. ollowing statistical information on FEC forward error correction errors MAC Address I F SID CorrFec Count CorrFec Ratio UnCorrFec Count UnCorrFec Ratio MAC Address of the cable modem interface on which the cable modem has an active connection Service ID number the number of correctable forward error correction FEC errors correctable forward error correction ratio the number of uncorrectable forward error correction FEC errors correctable forward error correction ratio 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 259 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 The following is an example of typical screen output from the show stats summary error command MAC Address I F SID CorrFec CorrFec UnCorrFec UnCorrFec Count Ratio Count Ratio 000b 0643 36c8 0 0 U2 5 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3716 0 0 U2 8 0 0 00000000 6330272 0 00000000 000b 0643 375a 0 0 U3 20 o 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3766 0 0 U3 6 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3ac6 0 0 U3 11 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3b60 0 0 U0 12 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3b72 0 0 U2 10 0 0 00000000 6330272 0 00000000 000b 0643 3b78 0 0 U1 7 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3b84 0 0 U1 15 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3b90 0 0 U1 13 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3b9a 0 0 U0 14 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 3bb2 0 0 U0 9 0 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 063b b320 0 1 U7 7 o 0 00000000 0 0 00000000 000b 0643 33f
465. omain Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage redistribute bgp connected ospf match internal external external 1 external 2 static metric lt 6 gt route map lt WORD gt no redistribute bgp connected ospf match internal external external 1 external 2 static metric lt 6 gt route map lt WORD gt Command Syntax bgp BGP source protocol connected established routes as result of IP enabled on an interface ospf OSPF source protocol match the criteria by which OSPF routes are redistributed into RIP internal routes that are internal to an autonomous system external routes external to an autonomous system but are imported into OSPF as either Type 1 or Type 2 external route external 1 routes that are external to an autonomous system but are imported into OSPF as Type 1 external route 7 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands external 2 static metric 1 16 route map WORD Command Default Disabled routes that are external to an autonomous system but are imported into OSPF as Type 2 external route IP or RIP static routes metric used for the redistributed route the RIP default metric route map used to conditionally control the route redistribution the name of the route map 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 router rip The router r
466. ommand Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip rip message digest key The ip rip message digest key command enables RIP MDS authentication The no ip rip message digest key command disables RIP MDS authentication Use the ip rip message digest key command to generate authentication information when sending packets and to authenticate incoming packets Neighbor routers must have the same key identifier Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rip message digest key lt 255 gt md5 lt password gt no ip rip message digest key lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 key identifier password RIP password string between and 16 alphanumeric characters Command Default Disabled 7 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands ip rip receive version The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only receive packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the interface to receive one or both RIP versions The no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 1 and 2 Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rip receive version 0 1 2 no ip rip receive version 0 1 2 Command Syntax 0 RIP version 1 and 2 1 RIP version 1 only 2 RIP version 2 only
467. ommand Line Usage max latency lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt no max latency lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 4294967295 the latency value in microseconds Command Default 0 14 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands max rate The max rate command specifies the maximum data rate the CM must adhere to and the CMTS must enforce The no max rate command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage max rate lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt no max rate lt WORD gt lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 4294967295 the maximum data rate value in bits per second Command Default 0 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 min pkt size The min pkt size command specifies the minimum packet size in bytes reserved for a service flow The minimum reserved rate min rate must be set in conjunction with the minimum packet size for this service flow The no min pkt size command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage min pkt size lt WORD gt lt 64 1522 gt no min pkt size lt WORD gt lt 64 1522 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service cl
468. ommand Line Usage mtrace lt A B C D group gt lt A B C D hostname gt lt A B C D hostname gt Command Syntax A B C D group group address or group hostname A B C D hostname destination IP address or destination hostname A B C D hostname source IP address or source hostname Command Default group address or group hostname 224 2 0 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip multicast cache summary The show ip multicast cache summary command displays the number of multicast flows currently passing through the router Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast cache summary 10 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Multicast Commands show ip multicast fwd cache The show ip multicast fwd cache command displays all of the multicast forwarding cache on a source group basis Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast fwd cache lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt physical Command Syntax A B C D only displays the cache for this source or group address A B C D only displays the cache for this specified source and group address physical displays the cache only in relation to the physical interface if physical is not specified it will show up with relation to the logical interface 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 10 11
469. ommand Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage show cable privacy cmts 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 221 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable privacy tek The show cable privacy tek command shows Traffic Encryption Key TEK grace time and life time values The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable privacy tek command Interface Cable 0 0 Tek grace time 3600 Tek life time 43200 Interface Cable 0 1 Tek grace time 3600 Tek life time 43200 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable privacy tek 11 222 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable qos profile The show cable qos profile command displays the following information for all QoS Profiles or a selected user configurable QoS Profile Note This command is only valid for DOCSIS 1 0 DOCSIS 1 0 and A J Euro DOCSIS 1 0 cable modems Prof Idx the QoS Profile identifying number Pri the relative priority number assigned to upstream traffic by this QoS profile with 7 being the highest priority Max UP BW the maximum upstream bandwidth Guar UP BW the guaranteed minimum upstream bandwidth Max DOWN BW the maximum downstream bandwidth Max tx burst the maximum transmit burst size in bytes valid range is from 0 the default to the largest 16 bit integer BPI Mode true indicates that
470. ommand Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ipsec spd no debug ipsec spd Command Default Disabled 4 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug packet cable The debug packet cable command enables Packet Cable debugging The no debug packet cable command disables debugging output Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug packet cable gate trace cops em no debug packet cable gate trace cops em Command Syntax gate enable gate debugging trace enable packet trace trace cops enable COPS packet trace trace em enable Event Message packet trace Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug radius The debug radius command displays RADIUS client authentication transactions The no debug radius command turns off RADIUS debugging Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug radius no debug radius 4 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug snmp The debug snmp command display detailed information about every SNMP packet transmitted or received by the BSR 2000 The no debug snmp command turns off SNMP debugging Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage debug snmp headers packets no debug snmp headers packets Command Syntax headers display S
471. ommand Reference Guide Release 1 0 default metric The default metric command sets the default metric value for redistribution of routes from one domain into another The no default metric command removes the set default value for metric Use the default metric command with the redistribute command to enforce the same metric value for all redistributed routes Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default metric lt 4294967295 gt lt 1 16777214 gt lt 1 16 gt no default metric lt 4294967295 gt lt I 16777214 gt lt 1 16 gt Command Syntax 1 4294967295 default metric value the range of values 1 16777214 depends on the routing protocol for which this 1 16 is configured for RIP the range is 7 16 for OSPF the range is 7 16777214 and for BGP the range is 7 4294967295 Command Default A built in automatic metric translation for each routing protocol 6 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands ip local policy route map The ip local policy route map command enables local policy routing for a specified route map The no ip local policy route map command disables local policy routing for a specified route map Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip local policy route map lt WORD gt no ip local policy route map lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD the route map name 526363 001 00 Rev
472. ommand restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage tos overwrite lt WORD gt lt 0x0 0xff gt lt Ox0 Oxff gt no tos overwrite lt WORD gt lt 0x0 0xff gt lt 0x0 0xff gt Command Syntax WORD Ox0 Oxff Ox0 Oxff Command Default TOS AND mask BE UP Oxff UGS Oxff UGS AD Oxff RTPS Oxff NRTPS Oxff the user defined service class name created with the name command TOS AND mask TOS OR mask TOS OR mask BE UP 0 UGS 0 UGS AD 0 RTPS 0 NRTPS 0 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 trafpriority The trafpriority command specifies the relative priority of service flows that have identical QoS parameters The no trafpriority command restores the default value Group Access All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage trafpriority lt WORD gt lt 0 7 gt no trafpriority lt WORD gt lt 0 7 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 7 the service flow priority value Command Default 0 14 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B 19 Secure Shell Server Commands Introduction Secure Shell server SSH is a program that allows remote hosts to login to the BSR over a non secure network and execute commands in a secure manner SSH provides strong authentication and secure communications over non secure
473. ommands debug ip rip events The debug ip rip events command displays information on RIP related events The no debug ip rip events command turns off RIP related event debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip events no debug ip rip events Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug ip rip trigger The debug ip rip trigger command displays RIP routing events that occur as a result of RIP trigger extensions The no debug ip rip trigger command turns off RIP triggered events debugging Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip trigger no debug ip rip trigger Command Default Disabled 4 32 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ip tcp transactions The debug ip tep transactions command displays information on significant TCP activity such as state changes retransmissions and duplicate packets The no debug tcp transactions command turns off TCP debugging Note The debug ip tcp transactions command reports output for packets LAD the BSR 2000 transmits and receives but does not display output for packets it forwards Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip tcp transactions no debug ip tcp transactions Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev
474. on 4 use the new channel directly without re intializing or ranging 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable modem qos dsa gt Yy Group Access The cable modem qos dsa command triggers a dynamic service change DSC initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem The DSC is in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format This configuration file is saved in the TFTP boot directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address The current implementation has only the change of service based on service flow not the flow classifier nor the payload header suppression Note The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS 1 1 cable modem s configuration file format This configuration file is saved in the TFTP boot directory on a TFTP server with known IP address Warning This command should be used with extreme caution as the dynamic service definition in the configuration file will be overwritten MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt qos dsa lt prefix gt lt string gt Command Syntax mac The CM Dynamic Service Addition MAC address of the specified cable modem prefix Specified cable modem IP address to create or delete a SID prefix IP address of TFTP server string File name to be configured 11 42 MGBI 526363 001
475. only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt lt X Y gt channel type tdma atdma mtdma scdma no cable upstream lt NUM gt lt X Y gt channel type tdma atdma mtdma scdma Command Syntax NUM the upstream port default channel number 0 X Y the upstream port number and logical channel number 0 3 tdma DOCSIS 1 0 or 1 1 channel type atdma DOCSIS 2 0 channel type mtdma DOCSIS 1 0 1 1 2 0 TDMA channel type scdma DOCSIS 2 0 channel type only used for logical channel configurations 11 72 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream channel width The cable upstream channel width command specifies an upstream channel width for an upstream port The no cable upstream channel width command returns the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt channel width 1600000 200000 3200000 400000 800000 no cable upstream lt NUM gt channel width 1600000 200000 3200000 400000 800000 Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 0 1 2 3 1600000 1600000 channel width 1600 kHz 200000 200000 channel width 200 kHz 3200000 3200000 channel width 3200 kHz 400000 400000 channel width 400 kHz 800000 channel width 800 kHz 800000 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 73 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream codes minislot
476. ons established number of connections closed number of times the router tried to retransmit but timed out number of connections dropped in retransmit timeout number of keepalive packets in timeout number of keepalive probes number of connections dropped in keepalive 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 69 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show tcp statistics 2 70 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands shutdown The shutdown command disables an interface An interface is in a shutdown state when some configuration tasks must be performed on the interface All interfaces on the BSR are shutdown by default The no shutdown command is used to enable a disabled interface Note Use the show interfaces command to display which interfaces are VA 7 enabled or disabled Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage shutdown no shutdown 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 71 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 sntp authenticate The sntp authenticate command enables authentication for SNTP The no sntp authenticate command disables authentication for SNTP Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp authenticate no sntp authenticate 2 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands sntp authen
477. or configuring the Long Grant Burst 11 52 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands request short station 0 10 16 253 0 255 16qam qpsk scrambler no scrambler 0x0000 Ox7 fff diff no diff 64 256 fixed shortened enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode request IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number for configuring the Request Burst enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode short IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number for configuring the Short Grant Burst enter the Modulation Profile Configuration Mode station IUC submode for the specified cable modulation profile number for configuring the Station Ranging Burst the FEC correction value 0 indicates no Forward Error Correction the FEC codeword length in kilobytes the maximum burst length in minislots 0 means no limit the modulation type enable or disable scrambler the scrambler seed in hexadecimal format enable or disable differential encoding the preamble length in bits the handling of FEC for last codeword length 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 53 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable modulation profile copy The cable modulation profile copy command copies an existing modulation profile from a source modulation profile number to a destination modulation profile number The destination modulation profile is overwritten by th
478. or each address range that is external to the area The no area range command removes summarized routes for the ABR Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt range lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt advertise not advertise lt cr gt no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt range lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt advertise not advertise no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 A B C D A B C D A B C D advertise not advertise OSPF area ID number in decimal format OSPF area ID in IP address format IP address to match Subnet mask Sets address range status to advertise generates a Type 3 summary LSA Sets address range status to DoNotAdvertise Type 3 summary LSA is suppressed and the component networks remain hidden from other networks 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 area stub Use the area stub command to configure an OSPF area as a stub area A stub area allows a default route intra area routes and inter area routes but disallows autonomous system AS external routes virtual links and Autonomous System Boundary Router ASBR routes Note If there is more than one router within a stub area ensure that the area LY that you are creating as a stub area is defined as a stub area on each of these routers The o
479. or output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 6 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B RIP Commands Introduction This chapter contains the Routing Information Protocol RIP commands used with the BSR 2000 RIP exchanges routing information to resolve routing errors RIP coordinates routers on the network to broadcast their routing database periodically and determine the route with the least number of hops relative to the active routing table Each hop determination message lists each destination with a distance in number of hops to the destination RIP Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the RIP commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 auto summary The auto summary command restores automatic summarization of subnet routes into network level routes The no auto summary command disables automatic summarization Note RIP Version 1 always uses automatic summarization RIP Version 2 Ww when routing between disconnected subnets requires automatic summarization to be off which is the default state Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage auto summary no auto summar
480. or weekly basis Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage time lt day gt lt hh mm ss gt delete lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt no time lt day gt lt hh mm ss gt delete lt 5O00000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt Command Syntax day hh mm ss 5000000 42000000 5000000 42000000 The three letter abbreviation for day of the week The time during the day when the band is removed The start upstream frequency in Hertz The end upstream frequency in Hertz 11 272 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B 12 BGP Commands Introduction This chapter describes the Border Gateway Protocol version 4 BGP 4 commands used with the BSR BGP is an Inter Autonomous System AS routing protocol that exchanges network availability information with any other router speaking BGP The information for a network is the complete list of ASs that traffic must transport to reach that network and is then used to assure loop free paths This information is used to construct a graph of AS connectivity from which routing loops may be pruned and some policy decisions at the AS level may be enforced BGP Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the BGP commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 aggregate address The aggregate address command creates an entry
481. ork bound event message that must be set to whether or not daylight savings time is in effect To satisfy this the user must manually configure this parameter when daylight savings time begins and also when it ends For automatic setting of the time the BSR can be configured to obtain its time via SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Since SNTP has no way of indicating whether daylight savings time is in effect the operator must use the daylightsavings option for compliance with Packetcable 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax WORD Hours_offset Minute_offset daylightsavings on off Command Default UTC time zone listed when standard time is in effect hours corrected from UTC range 23 to 23 non negative difference in minutes corrected from UTC range 0 to 59 configure daylight savings daylight savings on or off 1 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands configure The configure command lets you enter Global Configuration mode from Privileged EXEC mode Note To return to Privileged EXEC mode enter exit end or Control Z at A J the Global Configuration Mode prompt Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage configure 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 console authentication radius The console authentication radius
482. ors that prevented downstream transmission of packets from the interface upstream cable location upstream interface administrative status upstream interface broadcast packets received 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 245 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 multicasts unicasts discards errors unknown protocol packets input corrected uncorrectable noise microreflections guaranteed rate best effort service total modems current total upstream interface multicast packets received upstream interface unicast packets received upstream interface discarded packets total errors preventing upstream interface transmission through interface upstream interface packets received through interface upstream interface packets received through interface with no errors upstream interface packets that were uncorrected upstream interface packets that were corrected corrupted packet as a result of line noise corrupted packets as a result of microreflections number of bandwidth requests queued in the guarantee rate queue from modems that have minimum upstream rates for their class of service number of bandwidth requests queued in the best effort queue depth queue from modems without a reserved rate on the upstream interface modems active or inactive sharing upstream channel on this channel reserved for modems sharing an upstream channel interface MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B
483. ort contains actions such as system startup status and event classes System Administration Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the system administration commands supported by the BSR MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands aaa accounting commands default The aaa accounting commands default command enables command use accounting on the BSR Enabling command use accounting provides resource usage data for commands used at a specified privilege level by creating a default list of methods used for accounting services The no aaa accounting commands command disables command use accounting Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa accounting commands exec isp ro isp rw mso ro mso rw sysadmin default none start stop stop only wait start local none radius tacacs no aaa accounting commands exec isp ro isp rw mso ro mso rw sysadmin Command Syntax exec commands in the User EXEC privilege level isp ro commands in the ISP Read Only privilege level isp rw commands in the ISP Read Write privilege level mso ro commands in the MSO Read Only privilege level mso rw commands in the MSO Read Write privilege level sysadmin commands in the SYSADMIN privilege level none disables accounting services 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1
484. ount count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 12 82 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands show ip bgp paths The show ip bgp paths command displays all BGP paths in the database Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp paths lt LINE gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp paths lt LINE gt count count only Command Syntax LINE regular expression to match BGP autonomous systems paths l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 83 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip bgp peer group The show ip bgp peer group command displays information about BGP peer groups Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp peer group lt WORD gt global ipv4 begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp peer group lt WORD gt global ipv4 count count on
485. output delay lt 8 50 gt no output delay lt 8 50 gt Command Syntax 8 50 time in milliseconds of multiple packet RIP update Command Default 0 7 20 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands passive interface The passive interface command disables an interface from sending route updates by prohibiting packets from being transmitted from a specified port When disabled the subnet continues advertising to other interfaces The no passive interface command enables the interface to send route updates Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage passive interface cable lt X Y gt default ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt no passive interface cable lt X Y gt default ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt Command Syntax cable X Y X is 0 Yis the Cable interface port number default suppresses routing updates on all interfaces ethernet X Y X is 0 Y is the Ethernet interface port number gigaether X Y X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet interface port number loopback 64 Loopback interface number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 redistribute The redistribute command redistributes routes from one protocol domain to another routing domain The no redistribute command disables route distribution from one protocol domain to another routing d
486. ow ip rpf clear ip multicast fwd cache clear ip multicast proto cache mtrace Group address or group hostname 224 2 0 1 show ip multicast cache summary show ip multicast fwd cache show ip multicast interface show ip multicast oi fwd cache show ip multicast no oi fwd cache show ip multicast proto cache Table A 11 CMTS Commands Command Default arp timeout 60 minutes band cable cmts type Domestic cable deny ip cable dhcp giaddr primary The giaddr for cable modems is the primary IP address on the cable interface The giaddr for Hosts is the first secondary IP address on the cable interface 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 11 CMTS Commands Command Default cable downstream carrier only Modulation to the RF carrier is disabled cable downstream description cable downstream frequency 555000000 Hz cable downstream interleave depth The command default is 8 for North American DOCSIS cable downstream modulation 64 QAM cable downstream power level 550 dBmV cable downstream schedule cable downstream shutdown The downstream port on the cable interface is disabled or shut down by default cable downstream trap enable if Disabled cable downstream trap enable rdn Disabled cable flap list aging 1440 minu
487. own 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc I restoring no cable upstream 0 shutdown 02 10 18 41 07 07 RMsc N configuration change by hotswapper cable upstream Group Access All 1 116 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show log begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show log count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI le le BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show logging evt The show logging evt command displays the EVT configuration entries in the running configuration file The following is an example of typical screen output from the show logging evt command EVT RUNNING logging evt logging evt logging evt Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show logging evt CONFIG set c drme 82 set c rdb 197 set c dra 121 1 118 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show logging reporting
488. ows a BGP speaker to send the default route 0 0 0 0 to a neighbor for the neighbor s default The no neighbor default originate command sends no route as a default The neighbor default originate command does not require the presence of 0 0 0 0 in the local router and when used with a route map the default route 0 0 0 0 is injected only if the route map contains a match ip address clause and there is a route that matches the IP access list exactly The route map can contain other match clauses also The user can use standard or extended access lists with the neighbor default originate command Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt default originate route map lt WORD gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt default originate route map lt WORD gt Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD peer group name WORD route map name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor description The neighbor description command provides a neighbor a description The no neighbor description clears the provided neighbor description Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt description LINE no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt description LINE Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of a BGP
489. p Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable modem select lt mac gt no debug cable modem select lt mac gt Command Syntax mac MAC address of a specific cable modem 4 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug cable privacy The debug cable privacy command activates debugging of baseline privacy The no debug cable privacy command turns off this debugging operation Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable privacy no debug cable privacy 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug cable qos The debug cable qos command activates debugging of Quality of Service QoS The no debug cable qos command turns off this debugging operation Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable qos no debug cable qos 4 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug cable range The debug cable range command displays ranging messages exchanged between cable modems and the CMTS The no debug cable range command turns off this debugging operation Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug cable range no debug cable range 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 debug cable reg The debug cable reg command displays registration messages exc
490. p community list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt Command Syntax 1 99 standard community list number 100 199 expanded community list number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 87 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 synchronization The synchronization command enables IGP synchronization The no synchronization command disables IGP synchronization Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage synchronization no synchronization 12 88 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands timers bgp The timers bgp command adjusts BGP network timers The no timers bgp command resets the BGP timing defaults values Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage timers bgp lt 0 21845 gt lt 0 65535 gt no timers bgp lt 0 21845 gt Command Syntax 0 21845 the frequency in seconds at which the software sends keepalive messages to its peer 0 65535 the holdtime interval in seconds which after not receiving a keepalive message that the software declares a BGP peer dead the holdtime value is always three times the keepalive value Command Syntax keepalive 60 seconds holdtime 180 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 89 13 PIM Commands Introduction This chapter describes the Protocol Independent Multicast PIM commands that are supported on the BSR 2000 The BSR supports PIM in sparse mode PIM Command Desc
491. p enable pie Oe ere eer nett rs sam d 32 ale re OS SAGES A I OAT T T E T A EET 11 33 cable host authorization range eee N SETRA ee wee 11 35 CADIS INSEE RIOT VAN E eocadsli E 11 36 AA a E E E area eat eran tree verte A Meenerr E rarer very A err 11 37 cable modem aging Umetnine aN ia piii E A SF e E e E E E A E A E 11 40 cable modem qos dsa ies soak bantu EET E EE OEE PES PE E A cable modom gas USG sionen R onan 11 44 cable moderns gos 080 aici ssciisescniseciciinen weiss dian Kin ENIS RAEE REENE EEEREN 11 45 cable modem max hosts beara Sal MOE aith eee maracas PERE 11 46 cable modem MAx hostS Al acs ccscscsascarscscsancaccarqrastactaracsatactasterees sanuereraazarearoreonsioanentunnee 11 47 EA UE AAE apne lee A A EN AAT ATR 11 48 cable modem updis ies Mice dabei 11 50 gahe mocil onp Esana 11 51 cable modulaton Proe COPY eammeeeT re see trey ieee ernearey een opr eerprrent ter entrar ire vregeere sere 11 54 cable miodulaban pio ile Reset os siscasinincassavovsaravsanintenansavsazarantants EE Maina a ea fi BSS He E E A steam A E E E E 11 56 cable privacy auth life time eer ee eee PE E EEEE TE 11 57 cable privacy cert iiare TE E EEE TEE 11 58 gable privacy Wiig ull NESE airiai air etii iads hin ieena nedin 11 59 cable privacy cm auth reset daue eE Pee T r P E dees lanauet 11 60 pable privacy cimek Mie E ernaar raa E eee Reena 11 61 Aa a L E E
492. p relay information ip domain list ip domain lookup Enabled ip domain name No domain is configured ip forward protocol udp ip helper address ip host No hosts configured ip irdp holdtime 1800 seconds maxadvertinterval 600 seconds minadvertinterval 450 seconds preference 2147483648 2147483647 ip mask reply Enabled ip mtu 1496 bytes ip name server A 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 2 IP Commands Command Default ip proxy arp Disabled ip rarp server Disabled ip redirects ip route administrative distance 1 ip routing Enabled ip source route ip unreachables Enabled passive interface Routing updates are transmitted over the router ping show controllers show host authorization show host authorization cpe show host authorization interface cable show host authorization summary show host unauthorized cpe show hosts show interfaces show ip arp show ip dhcp stats show ip interface show ip irdp show ip protocols show ip route show ip traffic show snip show tcp brief show tcp statistics shutdown sntp authenticate 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI A 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 IP Commands Command Default sntp authentication key sntp broadcastdelay 3000 microseconds sntp broadcas
493. p server contact lt string gt Command Syntax string name of system contact person provides text for the MIB object sysContact Command Default no contact set 3 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server context The snmp server context defines or updates a context record The no snmp server context command clears a context record Note By defining a context record an access policy can be specified that LAD includes the context The context record identifies object resources that are accessible Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server context lt WORD gt no snmp server context lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD the name of context record provides text for the MIB object sysContext 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server convert The snmp server convert command converts a key or password to a localized authentication key Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server convert key lt WORD gt password lt WORD gt md5 sha eng id lt HEX gt Command Syntax key WORD specify the key to convert to a localized authentication key password WORD specify the password to convert to a localized authentication key md5 use MD5 Authentication sha use SHA Authentication eng id HEX specify
494. p statistics show ip bgp memory show ip bgp neighbors show ip bgp paths show ip bgp peer group show ip bgp regexp show ip bgp summary show ip as path access list show ip community list synchronization timers bgp keepalive 60 seconds holdtime 180 seconds Table A 13 PIM Commands Command Default ip pim border ip pim bsr candidate 30 bits ip pim bsr candidate ip address Hash mask length 30 bits ip pim dr priority The default DR priority for the BSR is 1 which means that the BSR is the DR A 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 13 PIM Commands Command Default ip pim message interval 60 seconds ip pim query interval 30 seconds ip pim rp candidate ip pim rp candidate group list ip pim rp candidate interval 60 seconds ip pim rp candidate ip address ip pim rp candidate priority 0 ip pim spt threshold lasthop 1024 kbps ip pim spt threshold rp 0 network pim accept rp Disabled pim register checksum Complete IP packet length pim rp address No PIM rendezvous points are preconfigured pim unicast route lookup router pim show ip pim Table A 14 Service Class Commands Command Default activity timeout 0 seconds admission timeout 200 seconds admitted bw threshold 0 allow share Disabled for every service class cabl
495. packetsize 1400 bytes snmp server port number UDP port number 161 snmp server shutdown Disabled snmp server sysname snmp server target addr snmpTargetAddrMMS 484 snmpTargetAddrRowStatus active snmpTargetAdadrStorage Type nonvolatile snmp server target params snmpTargetParamsRowSiatus active snmpTargetParamsStorage Type nonvolatile snmp server trap rate limit snmp server trap source loopback snmp server user snmp server view 526363 001 00 Rev B BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 4 Debug Commands Command Default debug aps debug arp debug cable cra debug cable err debug cable keyman debug cable mac debug cable map debug cable modem select debug cable privacy debug cable qos debug cable range debug cable reg debug cable ucc debug ip access list Disabled debug ip bgp debug ip icmp Disabled debug ip igmp Disabled debug ip mfm Disabled debug ip mrtm Disabled debug ip ospf Disabled debug ip packet Disabled debug ip pim Disabled debug ip policy Disabled debug ip redistribute Disabled debug ip rip Disabled debug ip rip database debug ip rip events Disabled debug ip rip trigger Disabled A 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 4 Debug Commands
496. peer group LINE up to 80 characters in length to describe neighbor 12 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor distribute list The neighbor distribute list command distributes BGP neighbor information based on the access list The no neighbor distribute list command deletes an entry Use the neighbor distribute list command to filter BGP advertisements Also use the ip as path access list and the neighbor filter list commands to use as path filters to filter BGP advertisements If a BGP peer group is specified all members of that group are associated Specifying the neighbor distribute list command with an IP address to replace the value already in the peer group Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt distribute list lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt in out no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt distribute list lt 199 gt lt 300 2699 gt in out Command Syntax A B C D WORD 1 199 1300 2699 in out neighbor IP address name of a BGP peer group standard access list number between 1 and 199 expanded range access list number between 1300 and 2699 within the group outside the group 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor ebgp multihop The neighbor ebgp mulithop command accepts route updates from external peers residing o
497. porting system to reboot severity level 0 alert conditions where immediate action is needed a serious failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning severity level 1 1 62 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands critical error warnings notifications information Command Default critical conditions a serious failure that requires immediate attention and prevents the device from transmitting data but the system could recover without rebooting severity level 2 error conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 3 warning conditions a failure occurred that could interrupt the normal data flow severity level 4 normal but significant conditions an event of importance occurred which is not a failure severity level 5 informational descriptive system messages an unimportant event which could be helpful for tracing normal operations severity level 6 notifications log file is 256 Kbytes 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 63 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging console The logging console command enables the sending of system logging messages to the console Additionally the logging of messages displayed on the console terminal can be limited to a specified severity level Use the no logging console comm
498. ptional area stub no summary command argument is used to prevent an area border router ABR from sending further Type 3 link state advertisements Lases into the stub area Use the no area stub command to return the area that you defined as a stub area to a non stub OSPF area Group Access ISP Command Mode Router configuration Command Line Usage area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt stub no summary no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt stub no area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax 0 4294967295 OSPF area ID number in decimal format A B C D OSPF area ID in IP address format no summary Prevents ABR from sending summary link advertisements into the stub area 8 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands area virtual link Use the area virtual link command to create a virtual link that connects an OSPF area to the backbone area area 0 0 0 0 without being physically connected to the OSPF backbone area Use the no area virtual link command to delete the defined OSPF virtual link Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area lt 0 4294967295 gt lt A B C D gt virtual link lt A B C D gt authentication key lt WORD gt dead interval lt 65535 gt hello interval lt 65535 gt message digest key lt 255 gt md5 lt WORD gt retransmit interval lt 65535 gt transmit delay lt 8 92 gt no area
499. put that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 131 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output Command Default frequency 60 Hz 1 132 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show process memory The show process memory command displays per process memory usage information about software processes that are running on the BSR The following screen output is displayed NAME TID STATUS Memory Requested Overhead HW mark tRootTask bfffdf8 61713912 61706523 7389 61713936 tShell aeea888 PEND 3248 2981 267 3248 ctr1lMon aeb20e8 PEND 152 128 24 152 tCmdHd1Q ae92450 READY 3712 3548 164 14016 tLogTask aeb7308 PEND T 136 108 28 136 DiagTask ac2f d28 PEND 1928 1856 72 1928 redMonitorTask ac2d2a0 DELAY 379008 378976 32 379008 redSyncMsgTask ac2c018 DELAY 380664 380584 80 380664 redIcpTask ac2ad90 PEND 380696 380600 96 380696 redSTSIHTask ac28a70 PEND 48 32 16 48 IcpTask ac42d78 READY 65832 65772 60 74528 tEVTA ac3d3 0 PEND 2952 2920 32 4440 StatsMgrTask ac32dd8 PEND T 528 464 64 528 tUpc aafe4d0 PEND 1680 1616 64 12520 fpgaDsTask 908f280 READY 48 32 16 48 tDftTask 908a570 DELAY 48
500. query interval lt 3600 gt no ip igmp query interval lt 3600 gt Command Syntax 1 3600 query interval in seconds Command Default 125 seconds 9 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IGMP Commands ip igmp query max response time The ip igmp query max response time command sets the maximum response time advertised in query Use the no ip igmp query max response time command to remove the set maximum response time advertised in query and return it to the default Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp query max response time lt 255 gt no ip igmp query max response time lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 query response value in tenths of a second Command Default 10 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 9 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip igmp static group The ip igmp static group command connects or configures the router as a member of a particular group on the interface The no ip igmp static group disassociates the router from the group The ip igmp static group command is used to give a host that does not run IGMP membership in a multicast group Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp static group lt A B C D gt no ip igmp static group lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D IP multicast group address that the router is configured to be a member of Command Defau
501. quest Sent 6 Keep Alive Sent 519 Client Close Received 0 Keep Alive Received 519 Client Close Sent 0 Keep Alive Timeout 0 Sync State Req Received 0 Del Req State Sent 0 Sync State Comp Sent 0 DQ0S Gate Statistics Gate Alloc Count Gate Alloc Ack Count Gate Alloc Err Count Gate Set Count Gate Set Ack Count Gate Set Err Count Gate Open Count Gate Close Count TO Timeout T1 Timeout T7 Timeout T8 Timeout O O N OOOONPA Gate Delete Count CM Delete Gate Delete Ack Count CM Dereg Gate Delete Err Count Admin Delete Gate Info Count Gate Info Ack Count Gate Info Err Count O O O OrRrR OF F OW WW Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC 16 52 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PacketCable Commands Command Line Usage show packet cable statistics em es identifier lt OxO0000000 0xffffffff gt gate cops lt 0 99 gt Command Syntax em display event message statistics es display electronic surveillance statistics identifier 0x00000000 0xffffffff gate identifier in hexadecimal notation gate display gate statistics cops gate statistics per COPS connection 0 99 COPS handle 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 53 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 spd allow dynamic rsp The spd allow dynamic rsp command allows a dynamic response from a peer to negotiate Internet Key Exchange IKE even though the SPD policy setting is other than th
502. r Commands show users ssh The show users ssh command displays information about active SSH sessions including SSH resource use and active calls Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show users ssh 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 15 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ssh ciphers The ssh ciphers command configures a cipher for the encryption of SSH session data Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ssh ciphers 3des cbe aes128 cbc aes192 cbe aes256 cbce any arcfour blowfish cbe cast128 cbce none twofish cbc twofish192 cbe twofish256 cbc no ssh ciphers Command Syntax 3des cbe three key triple DES in cbc mode with 168 bit keys aes128 cbe Advanced Encryption standard AES with 128 bit keys aes192 cbe Advanced Encryption standard AES with 192 bit keys aes256 cbe Advanced Encryption standard AES with 256 bit keys any attempt all possible Ciphers none excluded arcfour stream cipher with 128 bit keys blowfish cbc Blowfish in CBC mode with 128 bit keys cast128 cbe CAST cipher in cbc mode none no encryption twofish cbe alias for twofish128 cbe 15 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Secure Shell Server Commands twofish192 cbec Twofish in cbc mode with 192 bit keys twofish256 cbc Twofish in cbc mode with 256 bit keys 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI IST BSR 2000 Command Ref
503. r Datagram Protocol UDP packets The cable helper address command is also used to bind a cable helper address to a secondary IP subnet of a CM which is connected to CPEs belonging to a particular ISP This allows CPEs to have their IP address assigned from the DHCP server belonging to the corresponding ISP Note The isp bind option is only available after selecting the host or mta A 7 options It is not available for the cable modem option Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration cable and loopback interfaces only Command Line Usage cable helper address lt A B C D gt cable modem host mta isp bind lt A B C D gt no cable helper address lt A B C D gt cable modem host mta isp bind lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D the IP address of the destination DHCP server cable modem specifies that only CM UDP broadcasts are forwarded host specifies that only CPE UDP broadcasts are forwarded 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 mta specifies that only CPE MTA broadcasts are forwarded isp bind A B C D specifies the secondary IP subnet to which the cable helper is bound 2 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands clear arp cache The clear arp cache command clears dynamic entries from ARP cache Group Access ISP Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear arp cache lt A B C D gt Command Syntax
504. r for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show ip traffic The show ip traffic command displays IP ICMP UDP TCP ARP OSPF IGMP PIM and RADIUS protocol packet statistics depending on what protocols are in use on the BSR Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip traffic begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip traffic count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 65 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show sntp The Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP provides system time with high accuracy The show sntp command output displays the following SNTP information for the BSR SNTP server Configured SNRP to request NTP packets or broadcast NTP server address stratum Number of NTP hops a machi
505. r list commands Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the peer group name argument is used with the neighbor filter list command If the neighbor filter list command is used with a specified IP address then the IP address overrides the value from the peer group Note Using the command in the form no neighbor ip address peer group filter list lt access list number gt weight lt weight gt the optional A J lt weight gt argument has no effect Using the command in the form neighbor ip address peer group filter list lt access list number gt in out the optional xaccess list number gt argument has no effect Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt filter list lt 199 gt in out weight lt 0 65535 gt no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt filter list lt 199 gt in out weight lt 0 65535 gt 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 33 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD BGP peer group 1 199 filter list number in access list to incoming routes out access list to outgoing routes weight BGP weight metric assigned for competing 0 65535 incoming routes accepted values are 0 to 65535 the largest weight is preferred Command Default Disabled 12 34 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor maxi
506. r of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 6 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands show ip traffic The show ip traffic command displays the number of routing policy forwards and routing policy drops Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip traffic begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip traffic count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 39 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show route map The show route map command displays route maps Group Access All Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show route map lt WORD gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show route map lt WORD gt count count only Command Syntax WORD specified route map l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter f
507. rMask which in combination with the corresponding OID value of the snmpNotifyFilterSubtree object defines a family of subtrees which are included in or excluded from the filter profile indicates whether the family of filter subtrees defined by the snmpNotifyFilterSubtree and snmpNotifyFilterMask objects are excluded from a filter indicates whether the family of filter subtrees defined by the snmpNotifyFilterSubtree and snmpNotifyFilterMask Objects are included in a filter specifies the storage type snmpNotifyFilterStorageType as nonvolatile which is defined as having persistent memory so that the storage content remains after the device is turned off and on again specifies the storage type snmpNotifyFilterStorageType as volatile which is the defined as having temporary memory and so that the storage content is deleted if the device is turned off sets the snmpNotifyFilterRow Status object to active sets the snmpNotifyFilterRow Status object to notInService snmpNotifyFilterMask empty snmpNotifyFilterRowStatus active snmpNotifyFilterStorageType nonvolatile 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 31 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server notify filter profile The snmp server notify filter profile command configures the snmpNotifyFilterProfileTable The snmpNotifyFilterProfileTable is used to associate a notification filter profile with a particular set of target parameters An entry in th
508. ransmission of traps and SYSLOG messages with respect to the threshold specified with the logging rate limit command The logging admin status command is only relevant if DOCSIS logging control has been specified with the logging control docsis command In CLI logging control mode the logging admin status command will be ignored by the system and a warning message will display if it is used In this mode only the logging rate limit command is relevant In DOCSIS logging control mode both the logging admin status and logging rate limit commands are needed to specify throttling Note An event is always treated as a single event for threshold counting For example an event causing both a trap and a SYSLOG message is still treated as a one event Command Line Usage logging admin status inhibited maintainBelowThreshold stopAtThres unconstrained no logging admin status inhibited maintainBelowThreshold stopAtThres unconstrained Command Syntax inhibited causes all trap transmission and SYSLOG messages to be suppressed if a threshold has been specified with the logging rate limit command a warning message will be displayed maintainBelowThreshold causes trap transmission and SYSLOG messages to be suppressed if the number of traps messages would exceed the threshold specified with the logging rate limit command MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands stopAtThres unconstra
509. rd WORD the UNENCRYPTED or HIDDEN enable password 1 42 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands enable rdn process This enable rdn process command enables the process for collecting CPU utilization statistics The no enable rdn process command disables the collection of CPU utilization statistics Note This feature is enabled by default and must remain enabled if you A J intend to use it in conjunction with SNMP polling of the BSR Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage enable rdn process no enable rdn process Command Default enabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 enable secret The enable secret command allows you to provide an encrypted password that supersedes the enabled password The no enable secret command removes the secret Use the enable secret command to provide an encrypted password for entering Privileged EXEC mode in the running configuration file when then no service password encryption command is in effect Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage enable secret 5 lt WORD gt no enable secret Command Syntax 5 specifies an ENCRYPTED secret WORD the secret 31 character maximum enclosed with double quotes if the secret contains spaces The and characters must not be used
510. re does not support specifying a particular device for which rate limiting will be applied Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage dhcp throttle cm cpe on no dhcp throttle cm cpe on Command Syntax cm enable DHCP packet rate limiting for all CMs cpe enable DHCP packet rate limiting for all CPEs Command Default Disabled 11 124 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands dhcp throttle window The dhcp throttle window command configures the rate of one DHCP Request Discover packet per number of seconds for a CM or CPE The no dhcp throttle window command restores the DHCP Request Discover packet rate per number of seconds to the default value for all CMs or CPEs Note DHCP Rate Limiting must be enabled with the dhcp throttle on LY command for a new DHCP Request Discover packet rate limit setting other than the default to take effect Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage dhcp throttle cm cpe window lt 20 30000 gt no dhcp throttle cm cpe window lt 20 30000 gt Command Syntax cm cpe 20 30000 Command Default configure a DHCP packet rate limit per millisecond for all CMs configure a DHCP packet rate limit per millisecond for all CPEs the number of milliseconds for each DHCP Request Discover packet one DHCP Request packet every 5000
511. re the BSR to operate in authenticated mode you must also configure an authentication key sntp authentication key command and a trusted key trusted key command timezone command must also be specified Otherwise the timezone may not t Caution If the sntp server configuration command is specified the clock be initialized properly and wildly fluctuating time changes may be recorded Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp server 224 0 1 1 lt A B C D gt Hostname key lt 4294967295 gt no sntp server Command Syntax 224 0 1 1 NTP Multicast group A B C D Server IP address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 277 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Hostname Host server name key 1 4294967295 Key number for authentication purpose Command Default SNTP traffic not accepted from a time server 2 78 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands sntp timer The sntp timer command specifies the time interval between queries to the SNTP server The no sntp timer command remove the time interval Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp timer lt 86400 gt no sntp timer Command Syntax 1 86400 the time interval in seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 79 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 sntp trusted key The sntp trusted key command authorize
512. rea stub 8 6 area virtual link 8 7 arp 2 3 arp global 2 3 arp timeout 2 4 11 2 auto cost reference bandwidth 8 9 auto negotiation 1 18 auto summary 7 2 12 3 Index auto virtual link 8 10 balance 11 3 band 11 3 banner motd 1 19 batch 1 20 bgp always compare med 12 4 bgp confederation identifier 12 5 bgp confederation peers 12 6 bgp dampening 12 7 bgp default local preference 12 9 bgp permit 12 10 bgp router id 12 11 bind cmts 11 4 boot system 1 21 boot update 1 22 bridge cable modem 17 2 bridge mode trunk 17 3 broadcast 1 23 C cable bind 11 4 cable cmts type 11 4 cable concatenation 11 5 cable deny ip 11 6 cable dhcp giaddr primary 11 7 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI Index 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable downstream carrier only 11 8 cable downstream description 11 9 11 77 cable downstream frequency 11 10 cable downstream interleave depth 11 12 cable downstream modulation 11 14 cable downstream power level 11 15 cable downstream pre equalization 11 16 cable downstream rate limit 11 17 cable downstream schedule 11 18 cable downstream scrambler on 11 19 cable downstream shutdown 11 20 cable downstream threshold 11 21 cable downstream trap enable if 11 23 cable downstream trap enable rdn 11 24 cable dynamic service 16 2 cable dynamic service active timeout 16 4 cable flap list aging 11 25 cable flap lis
513. ream range forced continue The cable upstream range forced continue command forces a ranging response to continue for all CMs The no cable upstream range forced continue command disables forcing a ranging response Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt range forced continue no cable upstream lt NUM gt range forced continue Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 11 100 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream range power override The cable upstream range power override command enables CM power adjustment The no cable upstream range power override command disables CM power adjustment Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt range power override no cable upstream lt NUM gt range power override Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 101 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream rate limit The cable upstream rate limit command controls whether rate limiting is applied to any CM sending upstream data to the CMTS on a given upstream interface The no cable upstream rate limit command changes the rate limit applied to a cable modem sending upstream data to the CMTS back to the default which is disabled The token bucket algorithm is used for rate l
514. receive version 0 RIP version 1 and 2 ip rip send version 2 RIP version 2 only ip split horizon Enabled maximum paths network offset list Disabled output delay 0 passive interface redistribute Disabled router rip show ip rip database source port 520 Disabled timers basic update 30 seconds invalid 180 seconds flush 300 seconds version RIP receives version 1 and 2 but sends only version 1 Table A 8 OSPF Commands Command Default area authentication No authentication area default cost A 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 8 OSPF Commands Command Default area nssa No NSSA area is defined area range area stub area virtual link hello interval 10 seconds retransmit interval 5 seconds transmit delay 1 second dead interval 40 seconds auto cost reference bandwidth 10 Mbps auto virtual link Disabled clear ip ospf default information originate Disabled default metric distance 120 distance ospf intra area distance 110 inter area distance 110 external distance 110 distribute list Disabled ip ospf authentication key ip ospf cost ip ospf database filter all out Disabled ip ospf dead interval 40 seconds ip ospf hello interval 10 seconds ip ospf message digest key Disabled ip ospf networ
515. red lt mac gt lt X Y gt slot lt NUM gt spectrum group lt WORD gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem time registered lt mac gt lt X Y gt slot lt NUM gt spectrum group lt WORD gt count count only Command Syntax mac X Y slot NUM spectrum group WORD begin exclude include the MAC address of a particular cable modem X is 0 Y is the port number This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 the Spectrum Group name turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 207 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 208 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem timing offset This show cable modem timing offset command allows the user to select which cable modems are displayed on the console based on their timing offset value The timing offset stored at the cable modem is the accumulation of all the timing adjustments sent to the cable modem The cable modem starts at an initial timing offset which takes into account the cable modem s internal delays Th
516. requency value valid entries are from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz Hz for DOCSIS 5000000 65000000 The upstream frequency value valid entries are from 5000000 to 65000000 Hz for Euro DOCSIS 10000000 55000000 The upstream frequency value for the Japan DOCSIS J DOCSIS Standard Command Default none 11 80 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream hopping seed The cable upstream hopping seed command specifies the 15 bit S CDMA hopping seed value used for the code hopping sequence initialization Ww Note The logical channel must be disabled to specify a new hopping seed value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt X Y gt hopping seed lt 0 32767 gt no cable upstream lt X Y gt hopping seed lt 0 32767 gt Command Syntax X Y the upstream port and logical channel number 0 3 0 32767 the hopping seed value 0 disables code hopping 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 81 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream ingress canceller enable The cable upstream ingress canceller enable command enables the ingress canceller feature for an upstream cable port Ingress cancellation is a DOCSIS 2 0 feature that protects against worst case plant impairments such as common path distortion CPD citizen band CB short wave radio and ham radio by opening unused portions of the upstream
517. resolve unqualified host names when the primary domain specified by the ip domain name command fails to resolve Use the ip domain list command to define a list of secondary domain names Secondary domain names are used if the primary domain name fails to resolve Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip domain list lt WORD gt lt WORD gt lt WORD gt lt WORD gt lt WORD gt lt WORD gt no ip domain list lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD Domain name 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip domain lookup The ip domain lookup command enables the IP Domain Name System DNS based host name to address translation The no ip domain lookup command disables the IP DNS based name to address translation Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip domain lookup no ip domain lookup Command Default Enabled 2 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip domain name For each BSR you should configure the name of the domain in which the BSR is located This is the default domain name that is appended to host names that are not fully qualified The ip domain name command is used to configure a domain name The no ip domain name command removes the domain name Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip domain name lt WORD gt n
518. ress to create or delete a SID prefix IP address of TFTP server string File name to be configured 11 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable modem qos dsd The cable modem qos dsd command triggers a dynamic service deletion DSD initiated by the CMTS for a specified service flow Note The cable modem qos dsd command should be used with extreme caution as the correct service flow identifier must be specified Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem qos dsd lt X Y gt lt 262143 gt Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number 1 262143 Service Flow Identifier not all values are valid at all times in a running system Command Default none 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 45 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable modem max hosts The cable modem max hosts command sets the limit for the maximum Customer Premises Equipment CPE hosts behind a particular cable modem The no cable modem max hosts sets the limit to the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt max hosts lt 0 32 gt no cable modem lt mac gt lt prefix gt max hosts lt 0 32 gt Command Syntax mac Cable modem MAC address prefix Cable modem IP address 0 32 Number of CPE hosts 11 46 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable modem m
519. restart period lt 0 360 gt no graceful restart period lt 0 360 gt Command Syntax 0 360 the time period in seconds for completion of RIP graceful restart following an SRM switchover Command Default 180 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip rip authentication key The ip rip authentication key command enables RIP authentication on an interface by specifying a password or group of passwords that can be used on that interface The no rip authentication key command deletes the associated password s Ww Note Only RIP version 2 supports authentication Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rip authentication key 7 lt WORD gt lt Password gt no ip rip authentication key lt Password gt Command Syntax 7 specifies a that HIDDEN password will follow WORD the ENCRYPTED password 18 50 hex digits even number of digits Password a plain text password with a 16 character maximum 7 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands ip rip host routes The ip rip host routes command enables sending or receiving host routes with RIP version for an interface The no ip rip host routes command disables sending or receiving host routes with RIP version 1 for an interface Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rip host routes no ip rip host routes C
520. rides any configured default authentication method A configured default authentication method will be used only if local authentication fails The no aaa authentication local override disables local authentication Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa authentication local override no aaa authentication local override Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 aaa authentication login default The aaa authentication login default command enables AAA authentication to determine if a user can login to the BSR The no aaa authentication login default command disables AAA login authentication Note If multiple authentication methods are specified the methods are A 7 invoked in the sequence they are configured Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa authentication login default enable local none radius tacacs no aaa authentication login Command Syntax enable enable password command setup to be used as the authentication method local local database to be used as the authentication method none no method is specified as the authentication method radius RADIUS to be used as the authentication method tacacs TACACS to be used as the authentication method 1 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands aaa authorization comm
521. riptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the PIM commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 13 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip pim border Use the ip pim border command to configure a PIM domain boundary on the interface of a border router peering with one or more neighbors outside the PIM domain Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim border no ip pim border 13 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 PIM Commands ip pim dr priority The ip pim dr priority command sets the priority by which a router is elected as the designated router DR When a Designated Router DR is an election candidate the router with the highest priority is elected as the DR The DR priority is configured on the router s interface If a DR priority is assigned on multiple router interfaces then the router with the highest IP address is used as the DR If a router does not advertise its priority in its hello messages the router has the highest priority and is elected as the DR If multiple routers have this priority status then the router with the highest IP address configured on an interface is elected to be the DR The no ip pim dr priority command removes a router from the list of Designated Routers Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim dr priority lt 255 gt
522. rms and allows this SNMP management station to send SNMP informs to hosts also configured to accept informs using this command The snmp server host command configures a host or hosts to accept SNMP informs At least one SNMP server host must be configured For a host to receive an inform an snmp server host informs command must be configured for that host and the inform must then be enabled globally through the use of the snmp server enable informs command The no snmp server enable informs command disables sending inform notification messages from this SNMP management station Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server enable informs no snmp server enable informs Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 19 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server enable traps The snmp server enable traps command enables SNMP traps and allows the SNMP agent to send an unsolicited notification to one or more pre configured management stations The no snmp server enable traps command disables all SNMP traps or a specific trap type The snmp server enable traps command enables all SNMP traps or specific types of traps and allows this SNMP management station to send SNMP traps to hosts identified to receive traps with the snmp server host command At least one SNMP server host must be configured Note The snmp server enable traps command without ar
523. rough DHCP The no host authorization command disables host authorization on the cable interface ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration mode cable interface only Command Line Usage host authorization lt mac gt cpe lt mac gt lt prefix gt cpr lt mac gt lt prefix gt on no host authorization on lt mac gt cpe lt mac gt lt prefix gt cpr lt mac gt lt prefix gt on Command Syntax mac the cable modem mac address in the form of XXXX XXXX XXXX cpe specify customer premise equipment mac the MAC address of the customer premises equipment CPE or customer premises router CPR prefix the CPE or CPR s IP address 2 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands cpr on Command Default Disabled specify a customer premise router enable host authorization 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 interface The interface command specifies an interface for further configuration Once the interface is selected you enter Interface configuration mode Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage interface cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt Command Syntax cable X Y CMTS that provides 1 downstream channel and 4 upstream channels Commonly referred to as the cable interface ethernet X Y On the BSR 2000 Ethernet interface 0 is a 1
524. roup Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage message lt WORD gt lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD session number or username WORD message to send 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 91 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 more The more command displays the contents of a specified file Use the more nvram startup config command to view the startup configuration file in NVRAM The config_file environmental table will be displayed if the startup configuration file is not displayed The user can determine the status of the file which is either a complete or a distilled version of the configuration file Use the more system running config command to view the running configuration file The more system running config command displays the version of the software and any changes that were previously made SA Note You can use the more command to view files on remote systems Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage more flash lt file gt ftp lt file gt nvram lt file gt nvram startup config startup config system startup config begin exclude include lt WORD gt Command Syntax file file name turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string 1 92 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Re
525. roup allowed on interface 9 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IGMP Commands ip igmp querier timeout The ip igmp querier interval command configures the timeout prior to the time the router takes over as the interface querier The no ip igmp querier timeout removes the configured timeout prior to the time the router takes over as the interface querier and returns it to the default Note Only after the querier has completed the last query does the router Ww take over as the interface querier after a no ip igmp querier timeout command is issued Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp querier timeout lt 3600 gt no ip igmp querier timeout lt 3600 gt Command Syntax 1 3600 querier timeout value in seconds Command Default query value x 2 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 9 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip igmp query interval The igmp query interval command sets the interval in which the router sends out IGMP queries for that interface The no ip igmp query interval command removes the set interval in which the router send out IGMP queries for an interface and returns it to the default value Use the ip igmp query interval command to configure how often the router solicits the IGMP report responses from all of the multicast hosts on the network Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp
526. rt gt LINE no docstest type lt 1 112 gt lt Slot Port gt LINE Command Syntax 1 112 the enumerated test mode corresponding to an integer TYPE field in the DOCSIS 2 0 Testing MIB s CM CMTS TLV Table Slot Port Slot is always 0 for the BSR 2000 Port is the CMTS port number LINE specifies the data required for the test up to 510 characters can be entered with first two characters being the length and value of the data that follows the length and value correspond to the LENGTH and VALUE fields from the DOCSIS 2 0 Testing MIB s CM CMTS TLV Table 11 128 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands fec codeword This fee codeword command specifies the number of information bytes for each FEC codeword Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage fec codeword lt 6 253 gt no fec codeword lt 6 253 gt Command Syntax 16 253 the number of information bytes for each FEC codeword 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 129 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 fec correction The fec correction command specifies the number of bytes that can be corrected per Forward Error Correction FEC code word This is the number of bytes that the FEC decoder can correct within a codeword A FEC codeword consists of information and parity bytes for error correction The number of parity bytes is equal to two times the number of correctable errors The si
527. rty 2 53 Ua aD EC seer eee RRR Oo TC EEU PE OEE Detter Perr nea ern eerie inane RNRE rere neemn errr ery ye 2 55 GSU EE AEA T aon casein E E A A ENEA E E anaes 2 57 show TP MERANER EEEE E TERNS 2 58 shove IP TP oies A E 2 60 Show POCO e E 2 62 a OE a SE Bee Reta eRe Pr OnE E eevee TERRE ee mnCPE te renee TET ert eer ee 2 63 SUNS WEE BU E A E E E E roan A em E E E E 2 65 show S er AE NO 2 66 Show top Brief eons E a 2 67 EE exe a ere E ne E A E E E N A E E erate 2 68 xii MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BEAN TP E AE iaa PE E P E E EE E E needs 2 71 eE OIA I i vaca acd AE E E AE E ee 2 72 E a es a E TEN ONE ENA N E N 2 73 stp CAUSE Slay noigonini oraaa a aE E E EOE 2 74 A E EE AA eres r T A T ALEA E T EIEII AAT 2 75 TI A AE EEE E Eee eRe eR E E EA E A E ae rear re ere 2 76 R CAN A A E E E A E E E A ae E 2 77 AI ET MERETE E AE E r A T T A A A A T 2 79 A a SY E E E AE E E E E E E E E E T 2 80 E eaen A E E E E 2 81 tapena e Ee ern Cetera ne ere E E E E EE E T 2 83 WAPOA DIST piaia a aa ee 2 84 3 SNMP Commands oLa Tee o a E AE A E E E E 3 1 SAMP Conmend DESG tine veriyi iiaiai steikir Ei nie EDURNE EE RERE aie 3 2 SHO SD eai a a i a 3 3 a a EE E E E S E E E E use 3 7 E E a A tenes tee E Ter A A E ter E T 3 9 SPARET SE ATOY irna RE 3 10 SULA PROT EEO a SIA E E E E A E A E 3 11 siinip server COntaCi sisseniscseiseoe iie P E E EE EE RE A EE EEA 3 14 TUNA ROY GOREN aa E E 3 15 a i A E nadie E E S A E eres 3 16 sump server O
528. s 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 25 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snr enable signal to noise ratio meaurement traps udp port 0 65535 the UDP port number for the host to use Command Default No hosts configured 3 26 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server location The snmp server location command specifies the system location information in the sysLocation MIB object Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server location lt string gt Command Syntax string text for MIB object sysLocation identifies the physical location of the SNMP server using 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters including spaces 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server notify The snmp server notify command specifies the target addresses for notifications by setting the snmpNotifyName object in the sampNotifyTable and the snmpNotifyTag object in the snmpTargetAddrTable The snmpNotifyTable contains entries which are used to select which entries in the snmp TargetAddrTable should be used for generating notifications and the type of notifications to be generated Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server notify lt octet string gt lt octet string gt inform trap nonvolatile volatile active not in servi
529. s debug ip ospf The debug ip ospf command displays Open Shortest Path First OSPF related activity The no debug ip ospf command turns off OSPF related debugging Use the debug ip ospf command to turn on debugging for IP OSPF The debug ip ospf command can be used to do the following Confirm that the routers match the same IP mask a Verify same hello interval Verify same dead interval a Verify neighbors are part of the same area Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip ospf adj dr events Isa packet retransmission spf detail no debug ip ospf adj dr events Isa packet retransmission spf detail Command Syntax adj dr events Isa packet retransmission spf detail debug OSPF adjacency events debug OSPF DR election events debug all OSPFevents debug OSPF LSA rx tx events debug OSPF packets reception events debug OSPF retransmission events debug OSPF SPF calculation events display detailed SPF calculation events debug information 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default Disabled 4 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Debug Commands debug ip packet The debug ip packet command displays general IP debugging information including packets received generated and forwarded The no debug ip packet command turns IP debugging operations
530. s 11 159 Policy Enforcement Point PEP 16 13 poll interval 14 23 poll jitter 14 24 preamble length 11 160 preamble type 11 161 privilege restricted 1 98 R radius server 1 99 radius server source interface loopback 1 101 redistribute 7 22 8 31 12 54 reload 1 102 repeat 1 103 req trans policy 14 25 restricted admission disabled 14 27 RF output upstream frequency setting 11 79 rfc1583 compatible 8 33 route map 6 16 12 56 router bgp 12 56 router ospf 8 35 router pim 13 13 router rip 7 24 router id 8 34 S schedpriority 14 28 scrambler mode 11 162 scrambler seed 11 163 service password encryption 1 104 session timeout 1 105 session window set 1 106 set as path prepend 6 18 12 59 set automatic tag 6 19 set comm list 6 20 12 60 set community 6 22 12 62 set default interface null0 6 24 set interface null0 6 25 set ip default next hop 6 26 set ip diff serv 6 27 set ip next hop 6 29 12 64 set ip qos queue 6 30 set local preference 6 31 12 65 set metric 6 32 set metric type 6 33 12 66 set origin 6 34 12 67 set tag 6 35 12 68 set weight 6 36 12 69 setting RF output upstream frequency 11 79 show access lists 5 14 show aliases 1 107 show arp 2 42 show bindings 11 164 show boot 1 109 show bridge vlan 17 6 show cable dcc stats 11 164 show cable downstream 11 166 show cable flap list 11 168 show cable insert interval 11
531. s aes poL Eine 1 1 System Administration Command Descriptions scissura ie rerata oense aNu anaE a EaR 1 2 aaa UTNE coinimands deflatie sursipe aek Vets asoncneneaweansatancntennanonantantes 1 3 EE Ea T AA GS Ea E A E A E 1 5 asa authentication enable detault civic cersceivesdaciessiacciniaiaviren E AE 1 7 aaa duihenteatign PANE CSG ASG apis ssdasicsiesssdsendanardegues tadddiats sapetbiads paeaandiaesdiaee 1 8 aaa authentication local overtide si ceinieierseiarantoriiiancesneinarades E E EE 1 9 gas cuihenticatens log mn ert einsi seas eas an atr NaS KREMENA Ne 1 10 BAe auihorization commands dernie csiis n E EEEa EEE SAES 1 11 aaa authorization exec default surunnieari a E E E 1 13 aaa cansole authentiek nosiai ini kE EEE RER AR kini EES 1 14 aaa console authorization commands default ssiscsioissrninnirsennenn rnanis rinser 1 15 ee UG TN sera e peracetic E A EAE N S ant E E E 1 16 URES EE E EP A A AN E E ER E OE E OE 1 17 BiVa He BOL TALIC ss i 245c0oiants EE E 1 18 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI vii BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 DOn O EeaRepe ane Ree ee ne cere E 1 19 e Le petra E EE E E ere eter cree ene are ere E p re ae rene re ae geen eee rere rere 1 20 TEIN a AE EET E E epee pe 1 21 DGG HATS sorcen a EE 1 22 J S E EE P EE EA IA A O AE ESTOT TE 1 23 S105 1 E REET Sree A ANAE AE E AR ITE E ENTE EA AT EE AE 1 24 E Se ee E E E A EE T ee E E E errr Seer ea aera 1 25 E e AEE T E A A a E Reena eee 1 27 e a A E E E E E neta
532. s are enabled or disabled and other event message configuration parameters displays if ES is enabled or disabled and if the ES status SNMP trap is enabled or disabled All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show packet cable configuration dqos em es Command Syntax cops dqos em es display the COPS configuration and status information display DQoS configuration and status information display event message configuration and status information display electronic surveillance configuration and status information 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 16 47 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show packet cable cops The show packet cable cops command display all COPS connections which includes the COPS Client handle PDP IP address port number keep alive timeout and duration time The following provides typical screen output from the show packet cable cops command and output field descriptions COPS Connection Information Handle Type IP Address 0 DQoS 172 50 1 100 52287 60 01 05 02 1 DQoS 150 31 1 143 46351 30 01 05 02 4 DQoS 150 31 1 140 59970 60 00 49 25 Handle COPS handle ID CMS IP Address PDP IP address Port Number Socket connection port number Keep Alive Timeout Keep Alive timeout interval between when a Keep Alive packet is sent and received for a COPS connection Duration Time time days and hours the COPS connection has been active If a COPS handle has
533. s cpu Frequency 60 Hz show process memory All display output is shown in bytes Sorting is disabled show process msg q info 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 1 System Administration Commands Command Default show process semaphores show process stack show running config show startup config show tacacs show tacacs statistics show tech show user group show users show version speed Auto negotiation enabled sync file tacacs server host tacacs server key tacacs server port global port number 49 tacacs server reset connections tacacs server retry 3 retries tacacs server timeout 10 seconds telnet telnet authentication radius telnet session limit 64 concurrent telnet sessions username username privilege username user group 526363 001 00 Rev B A 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Table A 2 IP Commands Command Default arp No entries in table arpa ethernet ARP arp timeout cable helper address clear arp cache clear counters clear host clear ip route clear ip traffic host authorization Disabled interface ip access group No access groups defined ip address ip broadcast address ip dhc
534. s locais Se n o houver sistemas de coleta dispon veis entre em contato com o Servi o ao Cliente da Motorola para ob ter assist ncia Dba o o rodowisko recycling Produkt w Motorola oznaczonych tym symbolem nie nale y wyrzuca do komunalnych pojemnik w na mieci Recykling posiadanego sprz tu Motorola Produktu nie nale y wyrzuca do komunalnych pojemnik w na mieci W niekt rych krajach i regionach np w Unii Europejskiej istniej systemy zbierania i recyklingu sprz tu elektrycznego i elektronicznego Informacje o utylizacji tego rodzaju odpad w nale y uzyska od w adz lokalnych Je li w danym regionie nie istniej sys temy zbierania odpad w elektrycznych i elektronicznych informacje o utylizacji nale y uzyska od biura obs ugi klienta firmy Motorola Motorola Customer Service Beskyttelse af milj et med genbrug N r du ser dette symbol p et Motorola produkt m produktet ikke bortskaffes sammen med husholdning saffald eller erhvervsaffald Genbrug af dit Motorola udstyr Dette produkt m ikke bortskaffes sammen med husholdningsaffald eller erhvervsaffald Nogle lande eller omr der f eks EU har oprettet systemer til indsamling og genbrug af elektriske og elektroniske affald sprodukter Kontakt de lokale myndigheder for oplysninger om g ldende fremgangsm der i dit omr de Hvis der ikke findes tilg ngelige indsamlingssystemer kan du kontakte Motorola Kundeservice Milieubewust recycleren
535. s synchronization and authenticates system identity The no ntp trusted key command disables synchronization and removes system identity Use the sntp trusted key command to establish a key or keys following the sntp authentication key command to synchronize the system The sntp trusted key command synchronizes with only those systems that are trusted delivering additional security Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp trusted key lt 4294967295 gt no sntp trusted key lt 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 1 4294967295 Trusted authentication key number for trusted time source Command Default No trusted keys defined 2 80 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands traceroute The traceroute command is used to trace the route that packets take through the network from their source to their destination The BSR sends out a sequence of User Datagram Protocol UDP datagrams to an invalid port address at the remote host to trace the route through the network as follows First three UDP datagrams are sent each with a TTL field value set to 1 The TTL value of 1 causes the datagram to timeout as soon as it reaches the first router in the path The router responds with an ICMP time exceeded message indicating that the datagram has expired Next three more UDP datagrams are sent each with the TTL value set to 2 This causes the second router in th
536. sTable The snmpTargetAddrTable contains information about transport domains and addresses to be used in the generation of SNMP operations It also contains the snmpTargetAddrTagList object which provides a mechanism for grouping table entries Entries in the snmpTargetAddrTable are created or deleted using the snmp TargetAddrRowStatus object Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server target addr lt octet string gt lt A B C D gt udp port lt 0 65535 gt lt 0 2147483647 gt lt 0 255 gt lt octet string gt lt octet string gt lt octet string gt 0 lt 484 2147483647 gt nonvolatile volatile active not in service no snmp server target addr lt octet string gt Command Syntax octet string specifies the snmpTargetAddrName index into the snmpTargetAddrTable which is a unique identifier associated with this snmpTargetAddrEntry A B C D the IP address of the SNMP notification host udp port 0 65535 specifies the SNMP notification host s UDP port number 0 2147483647 the expected maximum round trip time snmpTargetAddrTimeout for communicating with the transport address defined by this row 3 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands 0 255 octet string octet string octet string 0 484 2147483647 nonvolatile volatile specifies a default number of retries snmpTargetAddrRetryCount to be attempted when a respo
537. scrambler seed The scramber seed command specifies a scrambler seed value as a hexidecimal number The scrambler seed is the initial value that is used to start the scrambler s pseudo randomizer to scramble the bits As the transmitter and receiver know the scrambler seed value scrambling can be reversed at the receiver leaving only the original data Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage scrambler seed lt 0x00 0x7fff gt no scrambler seed lt 0x00 0x7 ff gt Command Syntax Ox00 Ox7fff the scrambler seed value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 163 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable dcc stats The show cable dcc stats command displays DOCSIS Dynamic Channel Change DCC statistics for a MAC domain The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable dec stats command CMTS Slot Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Group Access All Command Mode of of of of of of of CMTS Slot 0 FH FH FH FH Fo EFA Fh O 0 O O 0 O CMTS Slot of of of of of of of of of DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC MAC Domain Reqs Rsps Rsps Depart Rsps Arrive Acks
538. se 1 0 distribute list out The distribute list out command prevents networks from being advertised in updates The no distribute list out command enables update advertisements Use the distribute list out command to apply the access list to outgoing route updates Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distribute list lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt out no distribute list lt 199 gt lt 300 2699 gt out Command Syntax 1 199 pre defined access list number 1300 2699 out applies access list to outgoing route updates Command Default Disabled 7 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands graceful restart period The graceful restart period command enables RIP graceful restart Graceful restart allows a RIP router to stay on the forwarding path even as its RIP software is being restarted As the graceful restart procedure executes the RIP routing table is updated with recalculated route entries that replace older entries in the routng table which are marked with a replicated flag RIP graceful restart has a configurable time period in seconds that must elapse before routing table updates are completed and entries with the replicated flag are flushed from the routing table and the Fast Path database The no graceful restart period command disables RIP graceful restart Group Access ISP Command Mode Routing Configuration Command Line Usage graceful
539. se 1 0 match community seals ays Anes EE PEATE EAE E 12 25 ob nean n E E E E E E E E A E E 12 26 neighbor sdverh senile val isinisi iiini aae ei aes ireak 12 27 neighbor confed segmient ninosonenrin iaa a sent AeA 12 28 MeN bOr Pera EO EMA vryer iiriksi EE EAEN E oe EEEREN 12 29 neighbor description bie PE EE A RTS TSS E E E 12 30 ISLET MAGI MS esane a iA EEIE A A RPS 12 31 neighbor sbep mMNOD airrdhe dekie tr errr veriverey erie 12 32 neighbor filter list ashe E EE AO E R REN P EE jeiehbor masiniu pre Eeee Pere art herent ore EREE AERE RK SIAR IR 12 35 neighbor next hop self PENTR sigs eee ere re ee sais ee ao 1237 Heir PARAM chia E epee datas 12 38 neighbor peer group assigning mMemibETS 1 6 css scsssossisessssssessnsesssasssocansaseisegensnansanicns 12 39 neighbor peer group creating ccccceseseeeeeeee TA reer rece PEAT 12 40 e e a a oa E E A E E A N ETE EENE E T 12 41 E a a a S A A E O T 12 43 meig hbar TOUSA Ai Gini cea Gnuliaaea a 12 44 STO Tallente 1 doro ei s a ae aaa eat 12 45 biheab Wl r yee ed Liker era 1011 LANE 1 8 3 aapka eieiaeo ein terserrerer ever verte rer tec reer 12 46 neighbor shutdown snini orea james E Let neighbor softeconiiguration MOOV cn cctv ssstsaeanmaeeedseaememennnad 12 48 neighbor timers cccecceeeeeeeeeeees PETF eer PEP ree eas PEET 12 49 neighbor update soutce loopback siseseid iieri eieiei 12 51 a e N E A E T E E S E T tery errger 1
540. se 1 0 show docstest The show docstest command displays DOCSIS 2 0 testing information A displayed value of 0 indicates that no test has been initiated Note DOCSIS 2 0 test mode must be enabled with the docstest enable A J command before DOCSIS 2 0 testing information can be displayed Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show docstest 11 244 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B CMTS Commands show interfaces cable The show interfaces cable command displays the following cable interface information cable port up administratively down up administratively down hardware internet address MTU BW received broadcast cable downstream up administratively down packets output bytes discarded output errors cable upstream up administratively down received broadcasts cable modem active or taken down by administrator determines if software processes handling lineup protocol down interface is operational or taken down by the administrator hardware type and address internet address then subnet mask interface maximum transmission unit MTU bandwidth BW in kilobits per second total number of broadcast or multicast packets that interface receives downstream interface location interface administrative state number of packets transmitted from the interface number of bytes transmitted from the interface number of packets discarded err
541. se 1 0 System Administration Commands Note Refer to Defining a User Name with an Encrypted Password in the LD BSR 2000 Configuration and Management Guide for Release 3 1 for details on encrypting passwords 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 165 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 username privilege The username privilege command sets a privilege level for a user Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage username lt WORD gt privilege ro rw Command Syntax WORD privilege ro rw the username up to 16 characters the user privilege level read only privilege read and write privilege 1 166 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands username user group The username user group command assigns a user to a user group The no username user group command removes a user from a user group Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage username lt WORD gt user group isp lt gt mso restricted sysadmin no username lt WORD gt user group isp lt gt mso restricted sysadmin Command Syntax WORD the username up to 16 characters user group assigns the user group name isp provides this user access to most CLI commands including routing commands but excluding cable commands 1 1 the number of the virtual ISP mso provides this user ac
542. seconds Command Default 43200 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 61 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable privacy cm tek reset The cable privacy cm tek reset command resets a CM Traffic Encryption Key TEK Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable privacy cm tek reset lt 6383 gt Command Syntax 1 16383 the primary Service Identifier SID of the cable modem 11 62 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable privacy mcast access The cable privacy mcast access command configures a multicast access list by specifying a cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP address Note A cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP A J address is required Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable privacy mcast access lt H H H gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax H H H cable modem physical address MAC in the form XXXX XXXX XXXX A B C D multicast IP address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 63 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable privacy tek life time The cable privacy tek life time command sets the cable privacy Traffic Encryption Key TEK life time value The no cable privacy tek life time command returns the cable privacy TEK life time value to the default value Note Baseli
543. security on the network All packets passing through the BSR can be allowed onto all parts of the network if an access list is not part of the router configuration Access List Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the access list commands supported by the BSR 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 5 1 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 access class in The access class in command filters incoming connections based on an IP access list Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage access class lt 99 gt lt 300 1999 gt in Command Syntax 1 99 the IP access list number 1300 1999 the IP access list number expanded range 5 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Access List Commands access list standard The standard access list command defines a standard access list to configure and control the flow of routing information and traffic by matching a packet with a permit or deny result The no access list command deletes the access list Use the access list command to restrict routing update information control the transmission of packets on an interface or control virtual terminal line access Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage access list lt 99 gt lt 300 1999 gt deny permit lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt any host lt A B C D gt no access
544. senenssye 11 252 show interiness cable Upstrestt oranin aoina an nan ar OEA 11 254 shen Stats CHNS visiini piis EE ee ee jimh ined 1 257 show Stats CUA Girisim ie tac a aa aie 11 259 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI XXV BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 BUH CUS sco shite ssc cus E E E T EE E Sti VO gcse hatisd ca aac SH SMP isis atin EEE A EA GUAT RTP Be bas E E E E OTE RARE ITE IE E A triausteriniai TA 11 E EE E en E en eae SPONGE Olid sate E A E A tom EncoMne GU ererek ter ra nieri iin PTAC eal 1208 E eee a eee A E E E E Nee ae esccs verse SE E A ASE T E E 12 BGP Commands Introduction BGP Command Descriptions a a E EE PE E E BANA AIA TEI pies wie anbenioniven bgp abways comipare med csssccicsesacnncarnaicccesianses bgp contederaton identifici resser bgp confederation Peers c cccsccrscssicisesesssiesencesiain bap dampening sorene aar bgp default local preteren6e riscas AA E EE EAE E E N EE E E bap router id enia EA ar E E T E E A A S N clear ip Dop AU INNA os sss si accks cde cecateedancadassecacceds clear ip C E E default information griginatE ssisssissssirsiisisiiessisissn eTa IG rae e anaes IS TOROS DED sirais GPUS UCM VEE Tics 52s sadn sasddaninieahssbaciezstsaisaausshaiieiapae CUS TERD NTS list Oi sssccc stssisccs Poncarepeheortacassaren toner carve nnaeee Ep ie peat Access NE oaas TD COMMITS is eea TALC AS ath screens adia erin eens Xxvi MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Relea
545. sent and received for a specified slot or all slots on the BSR Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dhcp stats lt NUM gt Command Syntax NUM This is always 0 for the BSR 2000 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 57 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip interface The show ip interface command displays the status statistical information and configuration for the network interfaces The show ip interface command without any command arguments displays status statistical information and configuration for all interfaces Group Access All Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show ip interface brief cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip interface brief cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt count count only Command Syntax brief Provides a brief summary of IP status and configuration information for a specific interface or all interfaces cable X Y X is 0 Y is the Cable interface port number ethernet X Y X is 0 Y is the Ethernet interface port number gigaether X Y X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet interface port number loopback 64 Loopback interface number l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that b
546. sequence number of duplicate packets received number of packets received with partially duplicated data number of packets received out of order number of packets received with data that exceeds the receiver window size number of packets received after the connection has been closed number of window probe packets received number of window update packets received number of duplicate acknowledgment packets received number of acknowledgment packets with unsent data received 2 68 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands Group Access ack packets sent total urgent packets control packets data packets data packets retransmitted ack only packets window probe packets window update packets connections initiated connections accepted connections established connections closed total rxmt timeout connections dropped in rxmit timeout keepalive timeout keepalive probe connections dropped in keepalive All number of acknowledgment packets received statistics for packets sent by the router total number of packets sent number of urgent packets sent number of control packets SYN FIN or RST sent number of data packets sent number of data packets retransmitted number of packets sent that are acknowledgments only number of window probe packets sent number of window update packets sent number of connections initiated number of connections accepted number of connecti
547. server key Command Syntax WORD specifies an authentication and encryption key this key must match the key used by the TACACS server 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 155 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 tacacs server port The tacacs server port command to specify a global port number for all communication between the TACACS server and the TACACS client A global port number is used if no port number is specifically configured for this TACACS server The no tacacs server port command restores the default port number value of 49 Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage tacacs server port lt 0 65536 gt no tacacs server port Command Syntax 0 65536 specifies the global port number used for all communication between the TACACS server and the TACACS client Command Default 49 1 156 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands tacacs reset connections The tacacs reset connections command is used to reset all the TACACS server connections and associated sessions After reset all connections will be re established The tacacs reset connections command is useful to initiate a reset and re establish the existing connections after making any connection specific configuration changes Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage tacacs reset connections 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 157 BSR 200
548. show interfaces cable upstream 11 254 show cable privacy tek 11 222 show ip arp 2 55 show cable qos profile 11 223 show ip as path access list 12 70 show cable qos svc flow classifier 11 226 show ip bgp 12 70 show cable qos sve flow dynamic stat 11 227 show ip bgp cidr only 12 73 show cable qos svc flow log 11 228 show ip bgp community 12 74 show cable qos svc flow param set 11 229 show ip bgp community list 12 76 show cable qos svc flow phs 11 230 show ip bgp dampened paths 12 77 show cable qos svc flow statistics 11 231 show ip bgp flap statistics 12 78 show cable qos svc flow summary 11 232 show ip bgp memory 12 80 show cable qos svc flow upstream stat 11 233 show ip bgp neighbors 12 81 show cable service clas 14 29 show ip bgp paths 12 83 show cable spectrum group 1 234 show ip bgp peer group 12 84 show cable spectrum group load balance summary show ip bgp regexp 12 85 11 235 show ip bgp summary 12 86 show cable srvclass stats 14 32 show ip community list 12 87 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI Index 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip dhep stats 2 57 show ip igmp groups 9 12 show ip igmp interface 9 11 show ip igmp statistics 9 14 show ip interface 2 58 show ip irdp 2 60 show ip multicast cache summary 10 10 show ip multicast fwd cache 10 11 show ip multicast interface 10 12 show ip multicast no oi fwd cache 10 14 show ip multicast oi fwd cache 10 13 show ip multicast proto
549. shutdown command shuts down the SNMP Agent preventing it from further processing SNMP packets while retaining all SNMP configuration data in the event the agent is restarted The snmp server shutdown delete command shuts down the SNMP Agent and deletes all SNMP configuration data all SNMP configuration data is lost Note The snmp server shutdown command is identical to the no M 7 snmp server command Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server shutdown delete Command Syntax delete deletes all SNMP configuration data upon shutting down without this option all SNMP configuration data is retained and the agent is suspended Command Default Disabled 3 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server sysname The snmp server sysname command specifies the system name information in the sysLocation MIB object Note The sysName MIB variable is the name of the node The show snmp A 7 sysname command gets the sysName MIB variable Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server sysname lt string gt Command Syntax string text for the MIB object sysName 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server target addr The snmp server target addr command configures the SNMP target address entries in the snmpTargetAddres
550. sole Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa console authorization commands default no aaa console authorization commands default Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 aaa new model The aaa new model command enables the AAA network security model The AAA network security model provides a software mechanism or framework for consistent authentication authorization and accounting on the BSR The no aaa new model disables the AAA network security model Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa new model no aaa new model Command Default Disabled 1 16 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands alias The alias command allows you to specify an alias for a CLI command in a specific command mode User EXEC Privileged EXEC or Global Configuration The no alias command deletes a specific alias defined within the command mode Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage alias exec priv conf all lt WORD gt lt WORD gt no alias exec priv conf all lt WORD gt Command Syntax exec User EXEC mode alias command priv Privileged EXEC mode alias command conf Global Configuration mode alias command all Alias is visible in all modes WORD name of alias WORD the comma
551. ss before the route is removed from the routing table the interval specified should be greater than the value of the invalid argument If it is less than this sum the proper holddown interval cannot elapse which results in a new route being accepted before the holddown interval expires Command Default update 30 seconds invalid 180 seconds flush 300 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 version The version command specifies the routing RIP version The no version command disables the routing RIP version and resets the default Use the ip rip receive version and the ip rip send version commands to specify versions per interface Note The basic timers for RIP are adjustable but must be the same for all routers and servers on the network to execute a distributed asynchronous VA 7 routing algorithm When the route timeout timer expires the route is marked invalid but is retained in the table until the route flush timer expires Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage version 1 2 no version Command Syntax 1 RIP version 1 2 RIP version 2 Command Default RIP receives version and 2 but sends only version 1 7 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B OSPF Commands Introduction This chapter describes the Open Shortest Path First OSPF commands used with the BSR 2000 OSPF is a link state routing protocol
552. ssis id command returns the chassis ID to the default value which is the serial number of the chassis Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server chassis id lt string gt no snmp server chassis id lt string gt Command Syntax string a unique ID string which overwrites the MIB object chassisId Command Default Defaults to chassis serial number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 9 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 snmp server community The snmp server community command enables SNMP and sets community strings and access privileges The no snmp server community command removes community strings and access privileges to a particular SNMP community Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server community lt WORD gt lt 199 gt ro rw view lt WORD gt no snmp server community lt WORD gt Command Syntax 1 199 IP access list allowed access with this community string ro set read only access with this community string rw sets read write access authorized management stations can retrieve and modify MIB objects view WORD MIB view to restrict community 3 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server community table The snmp server community table command configures the snmpCommunityTable which is part of the snmpCommunityMIB RFC 2576 The
553. stem Operators MSOs with Lawful Intercept capabilities required by the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act CALEA for electronic surveillance Lawful Intercept capabilities are used by law enforcement agencies to conduct electronic surveillance of circuit and data communications authorized by either a judicial means to support local laws or through an administrative order governed by service level agreements SLAs The proper legal or administrative persons must be contacted first before customer traffic is intercepted and examined Warning Lawful Intercept capabilities to intercept customer traffic are When the Cable Intercept feature is initiated copies of the data transmissions from and to a specified Customer Premises Equipment CPE MAC address such as a PC are sent to an intercept collector which is a server at a specified IP address and UDP port number The BSR 2000 supports a maximum of 16 cable intercept entries in the startup configuration and running configuration files Only one MAC address per CPE device such as a PC can be intercepted and only packets from these CPEs are intercepted Use the cable intercept command to create a cable intercept on the CMTS interface to respond to CALEA requests from law enforcement for traffic regarding a specific user Use the no cable intercept command to delete a cable intercept on the CMTS interface Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration Comm
554. stem command lets you boot the BSR using a boot image file stored in either Flash memory or NVRAM Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage boot system flash nvram lt filename gt Command Syntax flash specifies flash memory as the location of the boot image file nvram specifies Non volatile Random Access Memory NVRAM as the location of the boot image file filename filename of the boot image stored in Flash memory or NVRAM 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 21 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 boot update The boot update command allows you upgrade the BSR boot ROM Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage boot update lt prefix gt lt string gt Command Syntax prefix The server IP address string The boot image name 1 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands broadcast The broadcast command is used to send a message to all connected users Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage broadcast lt WORD gt Command Syntax WORD The text message intended for broadcast 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 chkdsk The chkdsk command checks for and corrects any file system errors found in files stored in Flash memory or NVRAM Group Access System A
555. stream maintain power density on The cable upstream maintain power density on command enables the Maintain Power Spectral Density feature for each logical channel If Maintain Power Spectral Density is enabled and the modulation rate is different from the previous UCD the cable modem must change its transmit power level to keep the power spectral density as close as possible to what it was prior to the modulation rate change The no cable upstream maintain power density on command disables the Maintain Power Spectral Density feature If Maintain Power Spectral Density is disabled the cable modem maintains the same power level that it was using prior to the modulation rate change Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt X Y gt maintain power density on no cable upstream lt X Y gt maintain power density on Command Syntax X Y the upstream port and logical channel number 0 3 11 86 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream map interval The cable upstream map interval command is used to determine the time interval in microseconds for bandwidth maps messages MAP to be used by the CM to allocate upstream time slots The no cable upstream map interval command resets the upstream interval to the default Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstr
556. stream unsolicited grant service class upstream unsolicited grant service with activity detection service class upstream real time polling service class upstream non real time polling service class upstream emergency call service class downstream emergency call service class downstream multicast service class The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable service class command 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 29 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Upstream Service Classes Service Class mab cap priority allowShared De fB EUp 10 50 1 0 De RRUp 5 100 5 0 De fUGS 70 100 1 0 De fUGSAD L 80 1 0 DefRTPS uD 5 1 0 DefNRTPS HO 5 1 0 De fEMUp L 100 1 0 up Ping I 0 1 0 Total assigned bandwidth mab sum 90 Downstream Service Classes Service Class mab cap priority allowShare De fBEDown 10 50 al 0 DefRRDown 85 100 5 0 De fEMDown T 100 1 0 dn Ping 1 0 1 0 Total assigned bandwidth mab sum 97 The following is an example of typical screen output for an individual service class from the show cable service class lt WORD gt command 14 30 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands Group Access All Command Mode All service class name direction schedule type maximum assigned bandwidth configured active percent scheduling priority admitted bw threshold traffic priority sustained rate traffic burst reserved rate maxi
557. successful distribution if the network metrics are not converted Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default metric lt 6 gt no default metric lt 6 gt Command Syntax 1 16 the metric value Command Default Automatic metric translations given for each routing protocol 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 5 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 distance The distance command sets the administrative distances for routes The no distance command disables the administrative distance for routes Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distance lt 255 gt no distance lt 255 gt Command Syntax 1 255 administrative distance for setting routes Command Default 120 7 6 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands distribute list in The distribute list in command filters networks received in routing updates The no distribute list in command changes or cancels the filters received in updates Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distribute list lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt in no distribute list lt 99 gt lt 300 2699 gt in Command Syntax 1 199 access list number 1300 2699 extended access list number in applies access list to incoming route updates Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Relea
558. t mta isp bind lt A B C D gt no ip address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt secondary host mta isp bind lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D the IP address A B C D the subnetwork mask for the IP address the BSR supports up to a 30 bit subnetwork IP address mask secondary designates the specified IP address as a secondary IP address on a cable interface defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into host DHCP requests 11 150 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands host mta isp bind A B C D defines the IP address for the cable interface as the giaddr for host DHCP requests on the cable interface defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into host DHCP requests this option is only available on the cable interface defines the IP address for the cable interface as the giaddr for all MTA DHCP requests on the cable interface defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into MTA DHCP requests this option is only available on the cable interface specifies the secondary IP subnet to which this secondary address is bound 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 151 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip dhcp relay information option The IP DHCP relay function is used only when multiple subnetworks are configured on the same cable interface The IP DHCP relay function gathers broadcast DHCP MAC discovery packets from
559. t aggregator AS 0 aggregator address 0 no bgp permit aggregator AS 0 aggregator address 0 Command Syntax aggregator AS 0 permits updates to AGGREGATOR attribute set with an AS of 0 aggregator address 0 permits updates with the AGGREGATOR attribute set with a 0 0 0 0 address Command Default Disabled 12 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands bgp router id The bgp router id command overrides a configured BGP router identifier IP address by manually configuring a new identifier The no bgp router id command restores the initial configuration Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp router id lt A B C D gt no bgp router id Command Syntax A B C D the new BGP router identifier IP address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 11 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear ip bgp The clear ip bgp command resets a BGP connection using soft reconfiguration Group Access ISP Command Mode All Modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip bgp lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt soft in out Command Syntax resets active BGP sessions A B C D IP address of BGP neighbor to clear WORD name of a specific BGP peer group to clear the state soft reapply any export policies and sends refresh updates without clearing the state in inbound soft reconfiguration reapply any import policies and send refresh updates witho
560. t service class all downstream upstream count count only Command Syntax X Y all downstream upstream begin exclude include WORD count count only X is 0 Y is the CMTS port number display both upstream and downstream service class information display downstream service class information only display upstream service class information only turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 253 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show interfaces cable upstream The show interfaces cable upstream command displays the following upstream cable interface information Cable Upstream up administratively down Received broadcasts Received multicasts Received unicasts discarded errors unknown protocol Avg upstream channel utilization packets input Total Modems On This Upstream Channel Spectrum Group upstream cable location upstream interface administrative status upstream interface broadcast packets received upstream interface multicast packets received upstream interface unicast packets received upstream interface discarded packets
561. t client sntp disable Enabled sntp server SNTP traffic not accepted from a time server snip timer sntp trusted key No trusted keys defined traceroute timeout 3 seconds nprobes 3 minhops 1 maxhops 64 port 32868 tos 0 df disabled trap enable if Disabled trap enable rdn Disabled Table A 3 SNMP Commands Command Default show snmp snmp server access snmp server chassis id Defaults to chassis serial number snmp server community snmp server community table snmpCommunityStatus active snmpCommunityStorageType nonvolatile snmp server contact no contact set snmp server context snmp server convert MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 3 SNMP Commands Command Default snmp server docs trap control snmp server enable informs Disabled snmp server enable traps Disabled snmp server enginelD snmp server group snmp server host No hosts configured snmp server location snmp server notify snmpNotifyRowStatus active snmpNotifyStorage Type nonvolatile snmp server notify filter snmpNotifyFilterMask empty snmpNotifyFilterRowStatus active snmpNotifyFilterStorage Type nonvolatile snmp server notify filter profile snmpNotifyFilterProfileRowStatus active snmpNotifyFilterProfileStorType nonvolatile snmp server
562. t insertion time 11 27 cable flap list miss threshold 11 28 cable flap list percentage threshold 11 29 cable flap list power adjust threshold 11 30 cable flap list size 11 31 cable flap list trap enable 11 32 cable helper address 2 5 11 33 cable host authorization range 11 35 cable insert interval 11 36 cable intercept 11 37 cable modem dcc 11 40 cable modem max hosts 11 46 cable modem max hosts all 11 47 cable modem qos dsa 11 42 cable modem qos dsc 11 44 cable modem qos dsd 11 45 cable modem ucc 11 48 cable modem updis 11 50 cable modem aging timer 11 39 cable modulation profile 11 51 cable modulation profile copy 11 54 cable modulation profile reset 11 55 cable multi ds override 11 56 cable privacy auth life time 11 57 cable privacy cert 11 58 cable privacy cm auth life time 11 59 cable privacy cm auth reset 11 60 cable privacy cm tek life time 11 61 cable privacy cm tek reset 11 62 cable privacy mcast access 11 63 cable privacy tek life time 11 64 cable qos profile 11 65 cable service class 14 7 cable shared secondary secret 11 67 cable shared secret 11 66 cable spectrum group 11 68 cable sync interval 11 69 cable ucd interval 11 70 cable upstream active_codes 11 71 cable upstream channel type 11 72 cable upstream channel width 11 73 cable upstream codes minislot 11 74 cable upstream concatenation 11 75 cable upstream data backoff 11 76 cable
563. t only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 248 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show interfaces cable downstream The show interfaces cable downstream command displays the following downstream cable information cable downstream cable location upstream up downstream interface administrative status administratively down packets output number of packets transmitted from the interface bytes number of bytes transmitted from the interface discarded number of packets discarded total active modems total active cable modems on this downstream channel Spectrum Group the associated upstream Spectrum Group names The following is an example of typical screen output from the show interfaces cable downstream command Cable 3 0 Downstream 0 is administratively down 0 packet output 0 bytes 0 discarded 0 total active modems Spectrum Group N A Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interfaces cable lt X Y gt downstream lt 0 0 gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show interfaces cable lt X Y gt downstream lt 0 0 gt count count only 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 249 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Syntax X Y 0 0 begin exclude include WORD count count only X is 0 Y is the port number downstream port number tur
564. t will be removed too ISP Command Mode Global Configuration 12 22 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands Command Line Usage ip community list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt permit deny lt 4294967295 gt internet local AS no export no advertise no ip community list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt permit deny lt 4294967295 gt internet local AS no export no advertise Command Syntax 1 99 100 199 permit deny 1 4294967295 internet local AS no export no advertise standard access list number extended access list number allows access for matching prevents access for matching a community number you can specify a single number or multiple numbers separated by a space internet community do not advertise this route to peers outside of the local autonomous system routes with this community are sent to peers in other sub autonomous systems within a confederation do not advertise this route to any peer internal or external 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 23 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 match as path The match as path command matches a BGP autonomous system path access list match entries or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry The no match as path command removes the list numbers from the match entry used in the command Use the match as path command to match a BGP autonomous system path to advertise on
565. tbound update Use the no set community command removes the specified communities from the set Use the route map command and the match and set commands to configure the rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another Each route map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it The match commands specify the match criteria which are the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route map command The set commands specify the set actions the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met The no route map command deletes the route map Note The communities could be specified as numbers the result will be the same none removes community attribute from the update unless additive is specified for the set entry In this case it doesn t modify update community attributes In other words the no set community command if the entry had some community numbers in it before removal and as the result of the removal no numbers are left then the entry itself is deleted The command set community none removes all community numbers from set entry if any but leaves the value of the additive attribute intact ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage set community lt 4294967295 gt local AS no advertise no export additive none no set community lt 4294967295 gt local AS no advertise
566. te map lt WORD gt in out no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt route map lt WORD gt in out Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group WORD name of route map in apply to incoming routes out apply to outgoing routes 12 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands neighbor route reflector client The neighbor route reflector client command configures the router as a BGP route reflector The no neighbor route reflector client command configures a router back to a BGP route reflector Use the neighbor route reflector client command to establish a local router to act as the route reflector with the specified neighbor as a client Note When all clients are disabled the local router is no longer a A 7 route reflector Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt route reflector client no neighbor lt A B C D gt lt WORD gt route reflector client Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address WORD name of BGP peer group 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 45 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 neighbor send community The neighbor send community command will allow a communities attribute if any to be sent in outbound updates to a neighbor The no neighbor send community command stops sending communities attribute Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration
567. ted be included in the BGP updates Network types are learned from connected routes dynamic routing and static route sources Because BGP can handle subnetting and supernetting the mask is used The maximum number of network commands is based on the configured nvram or ram Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network lt A B C D gt mask lt A B C D gt no network lt A B C D gt mask lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D network that BGP will advertise A B C D network or subnetwork mask address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 53 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 redistribute The redistribute command redistributes routes from one protocol domain to another routing domain The no redistribute command disables route distribution from one protocol domain to another routing domain Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage redistribute connected ospf match internal external external 1 external 2 rip static metric lt 0 4294967295 gt route map lt WORD gt weight lt 0 65535 gt no redistribute connected ospf match internal external external 1 external 2 rip static metric lt 0 4294967295 gt route map lt WORD gt weight lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax connected established routes as result of IP enabled on an interface ospf OSPF source protocol match the criteria by which OS
568. tem encoding on command enables trellis coded modulation TCM for this S CDMA channel The trellis coded modulation technique partitions the constellation into subsets called cosets so as to maximize the minimum distance between pairs of points in each coset The no tem encoding on command disables trellis coded modulation TCM for this S CDMA channel Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage tem encoding on no tem encoding on 11 270 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands time band The time band command is used to schedule when a spectrum group band is available The spectrum group band can be made available on either a daily or weekly schedule Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage time lt day gt lt hh mm ss gt band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt no time lt day gt lt hh mm ss gt band lt 5000000 42000000 gt lt 5000000 42000000 gt Command Syntax day The three letter abbreviation for day of the week hh mm ss The time during the day when the band becomes available 5000000 42000000 The start upstream frequency in Hertz 5000000 42000000 The end upstream frequency in Hertz 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 271 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 time delete The time delete command can be used to schedule the time when the spectrum group band is removed on a daily
569. tem reboot turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 129 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 1 130 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show process cpu The show process cpu command displays detailed CPU usage statistics for the BSR 2000 The module type for example 1x4 CMTS slot lt NUMs is displayed along with the CPU usage statistics for that module For HSIM modules the module sub type for example Sub Type SMGE is displayed Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process cpu frequency lt 30 200 gt restart stop begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show process cpu frequency lt 30 200 gt restart stop count count only Command Syntax frequency 30 200 how many times per second a CPU statistic measurement is taken in 30 200 Hz restart restart the utilization measurement process on the BSR 2000 stop stops the utilization measurement process turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for out
570. ter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output Command Default 32 bit 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 125 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show network clocks The show network clocks command displays the current BITS clock state and alarms Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show network clocks 1 126 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show pool The show pool command displays information on data buffering including all memory buffer pools application specific pools the network pool system physical structures and all mBuf pool names Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show pool lt WORD gt all application names network system begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show pool lt WORD gt all application names network system count count only Command Syntax WORD the name of the buffer pool all view all memory buffer pools application view all application specific pools names view the network pool where network data transfer information for the stack is located network view the net
571. terface BPI enabled and key encryption key KEK is assigned CM registered BPI enabled and traffic encryption key TEK is assigned CM did attempt to register registration was refused due to unavailable resource KEK modem key assignment is rejected TEK modem key assignment is rejected All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem registered begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem registered count count only Command Syntax begin exclude include WORD turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 195 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 196 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem stats The show cable modem stats command displays the following statistics for each cable modem on a CMTS module This includes cable modems that are off line Interface Prim Sid Connect State Mac Address Registration Time TxKbytes RxKbytes cable modem interface with active connection Primary Service Identifier number describes t
572. tes cable flap list insertion time 60 seconds cable flap list miss threshold 6 cable flap list percentage threshold 10 percent cable flap list power adjust threshold 2 dBmvV cable flap list size 256 cable modems cable flap list trap enable Enabled cable helper address cable host authorization range cable insert interval The default insertion interval is 20 hundredths of a second cable intercept None cable modem qos dsa None cable modem qos dsc cable modem qos dsd None cable modem max hosts cable modem max hosts all cable modem aging timer Disabled 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Command Defaults Table A 11 CMTS Commands Command Default cable modem ucc cable modulation profile cable multi ds override Disabled cable privacy cert Trust is set to untrusted Certificate validity checking is enabled cable privacy auth life time 604800 seconds 7 days cable privacy cm auth life time 604800 seconds 7 days cable privacy cm auth reset profile 1 cable privacy cm tek life time 43200 seconds cable privacy cm tek reset cable privacy mcast access cable privacy tek life time 43200 seconds cable qos profile cable shared secret Null string cable spectrum group cable sync interval cable ucd interval 1000 milliseconds cable upstream channel width cabl
573. th the reload switched command Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show reload 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 139 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show running config The show running config command displays configuration information currently running on the BSR Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show running config interface cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show running config interface cable lt X Y gt ethernet lt X Y gt gigaether lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt count count only show running config bgp verbose begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show running config bgp verbose count count only Command Syntax interface display running configuration information on all interfaces or a specific interface card cable X Y X is 0 Y is the cable port number on the BSR ethernet X Y X is 0 Yis the Ethernet Fast Ethernet IEEE 802 3 port number on the BSR gigaether X Y X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet port number on the BSR loopback 64 the loopback interface number bgp Border Gateway Protocol parameters verbose runs the show running config command in verbose mode 1 140 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev
574. the BSR Privilege level authorization determines if a user is allowed to run an EXEC shell user session by creating a default list of methods used for authorization services The no aaa authorization exec default command disables privilege level authorization Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa authorization exec default local none tacacs no aaa authorization exec Command Syntax local local database to be used as the authorization method none no method is specified as the authorization method tacacs TACACS to be used as the authorization method 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 aaa console authentication The aaa console authentication command enables TACACS authentication for the console if AAA is configured The no aaa console authentication command disables login authentication for the console Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa console authentication no aaa console authentication Command Default Enabled 1 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands aaa console authorization commands default The aaa console authorization commands default command enables command authorization for the console if AAA is configured The no aaa console authorization commands default command disables command authorization for the con
575. the TACACS client instead of maintaining a list of all IP addresses and is useful in cases where the a router has many interfaces and an operator wants to ensure that all TACACS packets from a particular router have the same IP address The no ip tacacs source interface command removes the specified source interface Note Before using the ip tacacs source interface command the interface must be configured assigned an IP address and up and running Any A 7 configuration change with this command will not take effect until after the next BSR connection attempt Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip tacacs source interface ethernet lt X Y gt loopback lt 64 gt no ip tacacs source interface Command Syntax ethernet X Y X is 0 Y is the port number loopback 64 the loopback interface number 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 55 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip tftp source interface loopback The ip tftp source interface loopback command allows an operator to control the source IP address of TFTP packets generated by the BSR by specifying a loopback interface as the source IP address for TFTP packets The normal convention for generated TFTP packets is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address of the outgoing interface The ip tftp source interface loopback command overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of the speci
576. the running configuration file a Any logging lt A B C D gt for SYSLOG server commands are unaffected a The logging rate limit command is unaffected a The logging buffered lt size gt command is restored to its default size The command restores the following entries to the running configuration file no logging control docsis logging buffered notifications logging console error no logging trap no logging snmp trap logging facility local7 Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging default 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 67 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages The logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages command disables logging of the BPI authorization invalid DOCSIS error message The no logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages enables the logging of this error message This command is useful in situations where a high volume of this error message is being generated and logged Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages no logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_message Command Default Logging of BPI authorization invalid messages is enabled by default 1 68 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages The logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages command disa
577. the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 137 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show process stack The show process stack command monitors the stack utilization of processes and interrupt routines Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process stack procID procName begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show process stack procID procName count count only Command Syntax procID process identifier in decimal or hexadecimal format Ox is required procName the name of the process turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 1 138 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show reload The show reload command displays the status of a Hitless Upgrade in progress after a software reload of all modules in the BSR chassis has been initiated wi
578. the traffic counters or reset a single cable modem or all cable modems connected to the BSR The clear cable modem command options can be used to do the following Clear or reset a single cable modem by using its MAC address Clear or reset specific group of cable modems Clear or reset a single cable modem by using its IP address m Clear or reset all cable modems Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable modem lt mac gt lt mac gt lt prefix gt all counters reset Command Syntax mac the cable modem s MAC address mac a MAC address mask that specifies a group of cable modems prefix the cable modem s IP address all clear the cable modem traffic counters or reset all cable modems counters clear the cable modem traffic counters reset reset the cable modem 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 115 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear cable modem offline 7 Group Access The clear cable modem offline command removes a cable modem from the list of offline cable modems This command allows you to do the following remove a single offline cable modem from the offline list remove all offline cable modems in a single CMTS from the offline list m remove all offline cable modems from the offline list Note The cable modem aging timer removes offline cable modems from the list after the configured timeout period has expired The clear cabl
579. ther end of the physical connection Command Default Auto negotiation enabled 1 152 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands tacacs server host The tacacs server host command is used to specify and configure individual TACACS servers The command can also be used to configure multiple TACACS servers The TACACS client will contact the servers in the order in which they are specified The no tacacs server host command removes a TACACS server from the list Note Since the key port retry and timeout parameters specified with the tacacs server host command override any global settings made by the VA 7 tacacs server key tacacs server port tacacs server retry and tacacs server timeout commands the tacacs server host command can be used to enhance network security by uniquely configuring individual TACACS servers Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage tacacs server host lt hostname gt lt A B C D gt key lt WORD gt port lt 0 65535 gt retry lt 0 00 gt single connection timeout lt 000 gt no tacacs server host lt hostname gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax key WORD specifies an authentication and encryption key specifying a key with this command overrides the global key specified by the tacacs server key command for this TACACS server only port 0 65535 specifies a server port number this value overrides the
580. ticast preference lt 2147483648 2147483647 gt no ip irdp address lt A B C D gt holdtime lt 9000 gt maxadvertinterval lt 4 800 gt minadvertinterval lt 3 800 gt multicast preference lt 2147483648 2147483647 gt Command Syntax address IP addresses to proxy advertise preference value A B C D IP address to advertise holdtime amount of time in seconds advertisements hold valid 1 9000 value in seconds maxadvertinterval maximum time between advertisements 4 1800 value in seconds minadvertinterval minimal time between advertisement in seconds multicast advertisements are sent with multicast 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 preference preference value for this interface 23 to 23 higher value increases performance preferred router 2147483648 2147483647 preference for this address higher values Command Default holdtime maxadvertinterval minadvertinterval preference preferred 1800 seconds 600 seconds 450 seconds 2147483648 2 147483647 2 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip mask reply The ip mask reply command enables Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP netmask reply messages The no ip mask reply command disables ICMP netmask reply messages Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Mode ip mask reply no ip mask reply Command Default Enabled
581. tication Note If multiple authentication methods are specified the methods are A 7 invoked in the sequence they are configured Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa authentication enable default enable local none radius tacacs no aaa authentication enable default Command Syntax enable enable password command setup to be used as the authentication method local local database to be used as the authentication method none no method is specified as the authentication method radius RADIUS to be used as the authentication method tacacs TACACS to be used as the authentication method 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 aaa authentication fail message The aaa authentication fail message command allows you to configure an error message to display when a TACACS login has failed The no aaa authentication login default command disables the error message Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage aaa authentication fail message lt LINE gt no aaa authentication fail message Command Syntax LINE the text message to display for the failed login authentication 1 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands aaa authentication local override The aaa authentication local override command enables local authentication This command over
582. tication key The sntp authentication key command enables authentication for SNTP The no sntp authentication key command disables authentication for SNTP Use the sntp authentication key command to authenticate SNTP sources for additional security Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp authentication key lt 4294967295 gt md5 lt WORD gt no sntp authentication key lt 4294967295 gt Command Syntax 1 4294967295 Key number md5 Use the md5 algorithm presently this is the only algorithm supported WORD Key value up to 8 characters 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 73 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 sntp broadcastdelay The sntp broadcastdelay command establishes the length of a round trip between the system and a broadcast server The no sntp broadcastdelay command removes the length of a round trip between the system and a broadcast server and returns it to the default Use the sntp broadcastdelay command to set the exact time between the router as a broadcast client and the network Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp broadcastdelay lt 999999 gt no sntp broadcastdelay lt 999999 gt Command Syntax 1 999999 Microseconds calculated on round trip time for SNTP transactor Command Default 3000 microseconds 2 74 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Co
583. tion Group Access ISP Command Mode Route map Configuration Command Line Usage match route type internal level 1 level 2 no match route type internal level 1 level 2 Command Syntax level 1 IS IS level 1 route level 2 IS IS level 2 route 6 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Routing Policy Commands match tag The match tag command redistributes routes in the routing table that match a specified tag value Use the no match tag command to disable redistributing routes in the routing table that match a specified tag Group Access ISP Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage match tag lt 0 4294967295 gt no match tag Command Syntax 0 4294967295 tag value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 6 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 route map The route map command defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one protocol to another or to configure routing policies The no route map command removes some or all of the instances of the route map Use the route map command and the match and set commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another or for accepting routes from a neighboring router Each route map command has an associated list of match and set commands The match commands specify the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route map command The set commands specify t
584. tion physical delay rate limit interface index displays the user defined description of the upstream port center frequency for cable modem use initial ranging backoff fixed start value initial ranging backoff fixed end value initial data backoff fixed start value initial data backoff fixed end value radio frequency channel width power level in units of whole dB to one decimal place port minislot size in number of time ticks forced fragmentation enabled configured map interval value pre equalization adjustment enabled the number of invited range interval requests configured for this upstream channel range forced continue enabled specifies whether range power override is enabled true or disabled false specifies whether concatenation is on true or off false the upstream physical delay configuration upstream data transmission rate limit 11 240 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands modulation profile max calls Spectrum Group modem ranging delay physical layer profile characteristics the maximum number of voice calls configured for this upstream channel displays the associated Spectrum Group name the maximum ranging timing offset for a modem that is co located with next to the CMTS in microseconds The range 0 to 600 with a default of 250 corresponds to ranging timing offsets in REFCLK units of 0 to 6144 with a default of 2560 The following is an
585. tion time interval in seconds Command Default 60 seconds 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 27 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable flap list miss threshold The cable flap list miss threshold command specifies the threshold for missing consecutive polling messages which triggers the polling flap detector The no cable flap list miss threshold removes the specified threshold Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable flap list miss threshold lt 2 gt no cable flap list miss threshold lt 2 gt Command Syntax 1 12 missing consecutive polling messages Command Default 6 11 28 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable flap list percentage threshold The cable flap list percentage threshold command specifies the CM miss percentage threshold The no cable flap list percentage threshold command restores the default threshold value If CM miss percentage exceeds the flapListPercentageThreshold and the flapListTrap is enabled with the cable flap list trap enable command a flapListTrap will be sent to the CMTS by the SNMP agent Group Access MSO Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable flap list percentage threshold lt 00 gt no cable flap list percentage threshold Command Syntax 1 100 the CM miss threshold percentage Command Default 10 percent 5
586. tions If you have not given each user configurable QoS Profile a unique identifying number in the range of 1 through 16 in the CM configuration file a When you modify a CM s configuration file and specify parameter values that are already in use by other registered modems and fail to change the QoS Profile identifying number to a unique value Note All registered CMs are using the QoS parameters as defined in their respective configuration files and only the output from the show cable qos profile command is inconsistent 11 224 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Once all DOCSIS 1 0 DOCSIS 1 0 and Euro DOCSIS 1 0 cable modems have a a unique QoS Profile number the display of the show cable qos profile command is accurate Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos profile lt NUM gt lt 32 gt mac Note The show cable qos profile command without any argumanets displays all user configured QoS profiles on the BSR regardless of whether VA j they are in use The show cable qos profile command without arguments does not display any QoS profiles that have been learned via modem registration The show cable qos profile command with the lt NUM gt argument displays all active Qos Profiles either user configured or learned via modem registration for the specified CMTS slot Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR
587. to 4294967295 Command Default Administrative distance 1 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 35 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip routing The ip routing command enables IP routing The no ip routing command disables IP routing Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip routing no ip routing Command Default Enabled 2 36 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands ip source route The ip source route command allows the BSR to handle IP datagrams with source routing header options The no ip source route command discards any IP datagram containing a source route option Group Access ISP Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip source route no ip source route 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 37 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 ip unreachables The ip unreachables command enables processing of an ICMP unreachable message when the BSR cannot deliver a received packet The no ip unreachables command disables ICMP unreachable message processing when the router cannot deliver a received a packet Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration and Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip unreachables no ip unreachables Command Default Enabled 2 38 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands passive interface The passive interface command suppresses routing updates from bei
588. to adjust transmit TX power beyond threshold configured with the cable flap list power adjust threshold command can indicate unacceptable connections thermal sensitivity Flap Total of P Adj and Ins values high flap count modems have high SIDs and may not register Rng Number of times the modem exceeded the missed ranging threshold 11 168 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands Type Specifies the type of flap ranging timing or power Time Most recent time modem dropped connection The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable flap list command MAC ID CableIF Hit Miss Ins Pow Rng Flap Type Time 000b 0643 3b60 4 0 U1 1469 7 0 0 I 1 Rng FRI NOV 05 11 59 39 000b 0643 36c8 4 0 U1 1469 7 0 0 1 1 Rng FRI NOV 05 11 59 40 000b 0643 3b78 4 0 U1 1469 6 0 0 1 1 Rng FRI NOV 05 11 59 40 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable flap list sort flap sort interface sort time Command Syntax sort flap Sort by number of times cable modem flapped sort interface Sort cable modem flaps by interface sort time Sort most recent time cable modem flapped 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 169 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable insert interval The show cable insert interval command shows the period in hundredths of a second with which Initial Maintenance intervals are scheduled in the upstream The f
589. torageType nonvolatile 3 40 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 SNMP Commands snmp server target params The snmp server target params configures the snmpTargetParamsTable The snmpTargetParamsTable contains information about SNMP version and security information to be used when sending messages to particular transport domains and addresses Entries in the snmpTargetParamsTable are created or deleted using the snmp TargetParamsRowStatus object Group Access System Administrator Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp server target params lt octet string gt lt O0 3 gt lt 0 3 gt lt octet string gt authNoPriv authPriv noAuthNoPriv nonvolatile volatile active not in service no snmp server target params lt octet string gt Command Syntax Command Default snmp TargetParamsRowStatus active snmp TargetParamsStorageType nonvolatile 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 3 41 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 octet string specifies the snmpTargetParamsName index into the snmpTargetParamsTable which is a unique identifier associated with this snmp TargetParamsEntry 0 3 the message processing model snmpTargetParamsMPModel to be used when generating SNMP messages using this entry 0 SNMPv1 1 SNMPv2c 2 SNMPv2u and SNMPv2 3 SNMPv3 0 3 the security model snmpTargetParamsSecurityModel to be used when generating SNMP messages using this entry an
590. tream lt NUM gt total begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem summary lt X Y gt downstream lt NUM gt total count count only Command Syntax X Y X is 0 Y is the port number l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 201 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show cable modem summary total The show cable modem summary total command displays cable modem information for each cable interface on the BSR The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable modem summary total command and descriptions of the output fields Interface Cable 2 0 U0 Cable 2 0 U1 Cable 3 0 U1 Cable 3 0 U2 Total Interface Total Modems Active Modems Total Active Registered SpecGrp Modems Modems Modems Name 5 0 5 Mansfield 2 0 2 Mansfield 1 0 1 Tewksbury 1 0 1 Tewksbury 9 0 9 Registered Modems SpecGrp Group Access All Command Mode the BSR 2000 CMTS slot always 0 for the BSR 2000 port and upstream port number the total number of active registered and o
591. tream lt NUM gt shutdown no cable upstream lt NUM gt shutdown Command Syntax NUM Upstream port number Command Default Each upstream port is disabled 11 106 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable upstream spread interval The cable upstream spread interval specifies the spreading interval for an S CDMA frame A spreading interval is the time that it takes to transmit one symbol per code across all 128 codes in an S CDMA frame The time duration of an S CDMA frame is determined by a configurable number of spreading intervals and the signaling rate Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt X Y gt spread interval lt 32 gt no cable upstream lt X Y gt spread interval lt 32 gt Command Syntax X Y the upstream port and logical channel number 0 3 1 32 the spreading interval value 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 107 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream trap enable cmts The cable upstream trap enable cmts command enables the rdnCmtsLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap for an upstream port The rdnCmtsLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates whether a CMTS link up or link down trap should be generated The no cable upstream trap enable rdn command disables the rdnCmtsLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap Group Access All Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Lin
592. trust for all self signed manufacturer trusted untrusted certificates default is untrusted valid enable disable the checking for a certificate s validity period false disable certificate validity checking true enable certificate validity checking default Command Default trust is set to untrusted certificate validity checking is enabled 11 58 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands cable privacy cm auth life time The cable privacy cm auth life time command sets AK life time values for a cable modem The no cable privacy cm auth life time changes the setting of AK life time values for a cable modem back to the default Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable privacy cm auth life time lt mac gt lt 300 6048000 gt no cable privacy cm auth life time lt mac gt Command Syntax mac cable modem physical address MAC in the form XXXX XXXX XXXX 300 6048000 length of key encryption life time in seconds Command Default 604800 seconds 7 days 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 59 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable privacy cm auth reset The cable privacy cm auth reset command resets a Traffic Encryption Key TEK before expiration on a grace time or a life time value The no cable privacy cm auth reset command changes the TEK expiration back to the default Group Access MSO Command Mode Interfa
593. ts conforming to RFC 1042 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 arp timeout The ARP timeout feature is used to prevent unnecessary flooding of traffic over the cable network ARP resolution requests are terminated after a defined interval when attempts to resolve addressing information for a device entry in the ARP cache table The ARP cache table expiration value is disabled by default The arp timeout command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP cache The no arp timeout command restores the default ARP timeout condition The show interfaces command displays the current ARP timeout value Note When the arp timeout value is changed the change affects all the A J existing entries in addition to the entries subsequently created Group Access ISP Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage arp timeout lt 4 6000 gt no arp timeout lt 4 6000 gt Command Syntax 4 6000 The expiration value in minutes for the amount of time an entry is allowed to stay in the ARP cache Command Default 60 minutes 2 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands cable helper address The cable helper address function disassembles a DHCP broadcast packet and reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the router and communicate with the DHCP server The cable helper address command enables broadcast forwarding for Use
594. turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 186 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem maintenance The show cable modem maintenance command displays the following station maintenance error statistics for all cable modems attached to the BSR cable modems on a specific CMTS module or a specific cable modem Mac Address I F Prime Sid SM Exhausted Count Time SM Aborted Count Time the MAC address of the cable modem the interface on which the cable modem has an active connection the primary service identifier assigned to the modem the number of times a CM was dropped because it did not reply to station maintenance requests the number of times the CM was dropped because its operational parameters were unacceptable including power level outside of the acceptable range or the timing offset changes The following is typical output from the show cable modem maintenance command MAC Address I F Prim SM Exhausted SM Aborted Sid Count Time Count Time 000b 0643 36c8 C4 1 U1 5 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 0 XXX XX XX XX XX 000b 0643 3716 C4 1 U1 1 0 XXX XX
595. ual interfaces Admission control is determined by the bandwidth percentage maximum assigned bandwidth and the amount of over booking configured active percent allowed for a service class on an interface The creation of service classes involves assigning service flows to a service class and providing all flows belonging to that class with a defined Quality of Service DOCSIS 1 1 has defined a set of QoS parameters a means for associating specific QoS parameter values to a service flow and assigning service flows their QoS parameters by referencing a service class name A set of pre defined default service classes are provided with the BSR 2000 and a user has the capability of modifying these default service class parameters 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 4 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Entering Service Class Configuration Mode Service Class Configuration mode provides access to the service class commands described in this section To enter Service Class Configuration mode do the following 1 From Global Configuration mode enter cable service class and press the lt Enter gt key MOT config cable service class lt Enter gt The command line prompt changes to MOT config srvclass To return to Global Configuration mode 2 Enter the end or exit press the lt Enter gt key MOT config srvclass end exit lt Enter gt Service Class Command Descriptions This section contains an alphabetized list and
596. um Group Command Line Usage hop action power level lt 60 290 gt default lt 150 50 gt priority lt 1 255 gt no hop action power level lt 60 290 gt default lt 150 50 gt priority lt 1 255 gt Command Syntax lt 160 290 gt The input power level expressed in tenths of a dB 11 140 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands default 750 150 The number in tenths of a dB above or below the default input power level 1 255 The upstream band priority number The lower number takes precedence Command Default upstream band priority 128 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 141 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 hop action roll back The hop action roll back command is used to return the upstream channel width or modulation profile setting that was adjusted during a hop action to the original configuration when upstream channel conditions improve Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action roll back no hop action roll back Command Default Disabled 11 142 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands hop period The hop period command is used to prevent excessive frequency hops on an upstream port Group Access MSO Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop period lt 30 3600 gt no hop period lt 30 3600 gt Command Syntax 30 3600 The rate
597. umber of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 43 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip ospf virtual links The show ip ospf virtual links command displays parameters regarding the current state of the OSPF virtual links Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf virtual links begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip ospf virtual links count count only Command Syntax l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 8 44 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 OSPF Commands summary address The summary address aggregates external routes at the border of the OSPF domain The no summary address command deletes aggregated external routes at the border of the OSPF domain Use the summary address command to summarize routes from other routing protocols that are redistributed to OSPF The area range command summarizes routes between OSPF areas The summary address command is responsible for an OSPF autonomous system boundary router to advertise one e
598. unt count only Command Syntax ethernet X Y X is 0 Y is the Ethernet interface port number gigaether X Y X is 0 Y is the Gigabit Ethernet interface port number cable X Y X is 0 Y is the cable interface port number loopback 64 Loopback interface number accounting Displays the number of packets for each protocol type that has been sent through an interface turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 2 53 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 include WORD count count only filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 IP Commands show ip arp The show ip arp command displays the Internet Protocol IP Address Resolution Protocol ARP cache table entries for individual interfaces or all interfaces on the BSR Each ARP entry describes the protocol type IP address to MAC address binding age time ARP type and interface location and type Use the additional command arguments to filter the output information you want to receive Group Access All Command Mode All modes except for User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip arp lt A B C D gt lt H H H gt Hostname
599. unt of routing information in the routing tables Use the network command or the no auto summary command to advertise and transmit subnet routes in BGP BGP will not accept subnets distributed from IGP If a network command is not entered and auto summarization is disabled network routes will not be advertised for networks with subnet routes unless they contain a summary route Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage auto summary no auto summary Command Default Enabled 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 bgp always compare med Group Access The bgp always compare med command enables comparison of the Multi exit Discriminator MED from path entries from different ASs The no bgp always compare med command stops comparisons Use the bgp always compare MED command to change the default allowing comparison of MEDs which are received from any autonomous system By default during the best path selection process MED comparison is done only among paths from the same autonomous system This command changes the default behavior by allowing comparison of MEDs among paths regardless of the autonomous system from which the paths are received The MED path considered the best path is the parameter used when selecting the paths compared to many other options The preference between a path with a lower MED and a path with a higher MED is the lower ME
600. unt the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 174 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem cpe The show cable modem cpe command displays the following Customer Premises Equipment CPE information for all cable interfaces a particular upstream port or a specific CPE Interface the downstream cable interface and upstream port the cable modem is connected to PSID the upstream Primary SID number associated with this cable modem CM MAC the cable modem s MAC address CM IP the cable modem s IP address CPE MAC the MAC address of a CPE device connected to the cable modem displayed in the command output CPE IP the IP address of a CPE device connected to the cable modem displayed in the command output Count the CPE count per cable modem The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable modem cpe command Interface Prim Connect Timing Rec Ip Address Mac Address Sid State Offset Power Cable 4 1 D1U1 2 online pt 578 0 3 150 31 101 15 000b 0643 3bb2 Number of Hosts 0 Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 175 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Line Usage show cable modem lt mac gt cpe begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show cable modem lt mac gt cpe count count only
601. upstream force frag 11 78 cable upstream frequency 11 79 cable upstream hopping seed 11 81 cable upstream ingress canceller enable 11 82 cable upstream ingress canceller idle interval 11 83 cable upstream invited range interval 11 84 cable upstream iucl1 grant size 11 85 cable upstream maintain power density on 11 86 cable upstream map interval 11 87 cable upstream max calls 11 88 cable upstream minislot size 11 89 cable upstream modem ranging delay 11 90 cable upstream modulation profile 11 91 Index 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Index cable upstream physical delay 11 92 cable upstream power level 11 94 cable upstream power level default 11 96 cable upstream pre equalization 11 98 cable upstream range backoff 11 99 cable upstream range forced continue 11 100 cable upstream range power override 11 101 cable upstream rate limit 11 102 cable upstream shutdown 11 106 cable upstream snr offset 11 103 cable upstream spectrum group 11 105 cable upstream spread interval 11 107 cable upstream trap enable cmts 11 108 cable upstream trap enable if 11 109 cable upstream trap enable rdn 11 110 cable utilization interval 11 111 cap 14 8 channel type 11 112 chkdsk 1 24 clear arp cache 2 7 clear bridge 17 4 clear cable dcc stats 11 113 clear cable flap list 11 114 clear cable modem 11 115 clear cable modem offline 11 116 clear cable qos svc flow statistics 11 1
602. upstream minislot size Use the cable upstream minislot size command to set the number of 6 25 microsecond ticks in each upstream minislot The no cable upstream minislot size command returns the minislot size to the default value Group Access MSO Command Mode Interface Configuration cable interface only Command Line Usage cable upstream lt NUM gt minislot size 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 no cable upstream lt NUM gt minislot size 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 Command Syntax NUM the upstream port number 2 Channel Width Valid Minislot Sizes 4 3200000 Hz 2 4 8 ticks 8 1600000 Hz 4 8 16 ticks 16 800000 Hz 8 16 32 ticks 32 400000 Hz 16 32 64 ticks 64 200000 Hz 32 64 128 ticks 128 Command Defaults Channel Width Minislot Size 3200000 Hz 4 ticks 1600000 Hz 8 ticks 800000 Hz 16 ticks 400000 Hz 32 ticks 200000 Hz 64 ticks 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 89 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cable upstream modem ranging delay The cable upstream modem ranging delay command specifies the maximum cable modem ranging delay in microseconds usec The ranging delay of a modem is the timing adjustment that would be sent to the modem if it were located next to the CMTS For example if a modem is located next to the CMTS and the show cable modem command indicates a timing offset of 1800 LOMHz clock units the ranging delay for the modem is 1800 x 100 1024 175 microseconds The maximum modem
603. ut clearing the state out outbound soft reconfiguration Command Default Disabled 12 12 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands clear ip bgp dampening The clear ip bgp dampening command clears route dampening information and unsuppress the suppressed routes Group Access ISP Command Mode All Modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip bgp dampening lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt Command Syntax A B C D IP address of the network about which to clear dampening information A B C D network mask applied to the above address 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 13 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 clear ip bgp flap statistics The clear ip bgp flap statistics clears BGP flap statistics Group Access ISP Command Mode All Modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip bgp flap statistics lt A B C D gt filter list lt 199 gt regexp lt LINE gt Command Syntax A B C D network to clear flap statistics filter list clear flap statistics for all the paths that pass the access list 1 199 clear flap statistics for all the paths that match the regular expression regexp clear flap statistics for all the paths that match the regular expression LINE a regular expression to match the BGP AS paths 12 14 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands default information originate The default information originate command generates a default route
604. ut that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 75 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show ip bgp community list The show ip bgp community list command display routes that are permitted by the BGP community list Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp community list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt exact match begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show ip bgp community list lt 99 gt lt 00 199 gt exact match count count only Command Syntax 1 99 the standard community list number 100 199 the expanded community list number exact match display routes that have an exact match l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 12 76 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands show ip bgp dampened paths The show ip bgp dampened paths command displays
605. ute and the most unreliable route is 255 The bgp distance command has an influence on whether the BGP learned routes are installed in the routing table bA Note It is recommended that the administrative distance not be changed Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distance bgp lt 255 gt lt 1 255 gt lt 1 255 gt no distance bgp Command Syntax 1 255 1 255 1 255 administrative distance for routes external to the AS administrative distance for routes external to the AS routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table administrative distance for local route 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 12 17 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 Command Default external distance 20 internal distance 200 local distance 200 12 18 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 BGP Commands distribute list in The distribute list in command filters networks received in routing updates The no distribute list in command changes or cancels the filters received in updates Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distribute list lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt in no distribute list lt 99 gt lt 300 2699 gt in Command Syntax 1 199 access list number 1300 2699 extended access list number in applies access list to incoming route updates Command Default Disabled 526363 001 00 R
606. utput 1 108 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show boot The show boot command lists the boot parameters Use the show boot command to display the contents of the BOOT environment variables and the configuration register setting Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show boot begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show boot count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 1 109 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 show clock The show clock command shows the system clock Group Access All Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show clock begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show clock count count only Command Syntax turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WOR
607. v B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands cable service class The cable service class command enters Service Class Configuration mode from Global Configuration mode To return to Global Configuration mode use the end command Group Access All Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable service class 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 14 7 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 cap Group Access The cap command specifies the configured active percent CAP parameter for a service flow This parameter controls overbooking for a service class The no cap command restores the default value The configured active percent of a service class is an estimation of what fraction expressed as a percentage of service flows belonging to that service class that will be simultaneously active on an interface All Command Mode Service Class Configuration Command Line Usage cap lt WORD gt lt 0 100 gt no cap lt WORD gt lt 0 100 gt Command Syntax WORD the user defined service class name created with the name command 0 100 the configured active percentage value Command Default BE UP 0 BE DOWN 0 UGS 100 UGS AD 80 RTPS 5 NRTPS 5 14 8 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Service Class Commands clear cable srvclass stats The clear cable srvclass stats command clears service class statistics on the BSR These are the same service class statistics displayed w
608. ve or inactive cable modems on this upstream channel the associated Spectrum Group name Downstream Statistics cable downstream up administratively down packets output bytes downstream cable location downstream interface administrative status number of packets transmitted from the interface number of bytes transmitted from the interface 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 297 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 discarded number of packets discarded total active modems total active cable modems on this downstream channel Spectrum Group the associated upstream Spectrum Group names Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show stats lt VUM gt cmts begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show stats lt VUM gt cmts count count only Command Syntax NUM This number is always 0 for the BSR 2000 l turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 11 258 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show stats summary error The show stats summary error command displays the f
609. while suppressing screen output 11 190 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands show cable modem phy The show cable modem phy command displays the following physical hardware information for or all cable modems attached to the BSR cable modems on a specific CMTS module or a specific cable modem Mac Address I F USPwr dBmV USSNR tenthdB Timing Offset Mod Type the MAC address of the cable modem the channel number the upstream power level in dBmV as measured at the CMTS upstream port for this cable modem the estimated upstream signal to noise ratio of signals generated by this cable modem as measured at the CMTS upstream port the ranging time offset for the cable modem the modulation type for the cable modem possible types are TDMA DOCSIS 1 X capable modems or DOCSIS 2 0 modems with TLV39 DOCSIS 2 0 Mode disabled ATDMA DOCSIS 2 0 modems on an ATDMA or MTDMA channel SCDMA DOCSIS 2 0 modems on an SCDMA channel The following is typical output from the show cable modem phy command 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 11 191 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 MAC Address I F USPwr USSNR Timing Mod dBmV tenthdB Offset Type 0008 0e10 3cb2 C1 0 U0 2 323 1494 TDMA 0010 1848 2004 C1 0 U1 2 343 1788 TDMA 0010 9518 403 C1 0 U3 1 356 1872 TDMA 0012 c90b cff 8 C1 0 U3 2 356 1787 TDMA 0020 4094 e238 c1 0 U0 0 321 1908 TDMA 0050 04b2 8e0 C1 0 U1 1 343 2088 TDMA
610. work pool where network data transfer information for the stack is located system view system pool physical structures such as the number of sockets routes interface addresses PCB and multicast addresses turns on output modifiers filters begin filter for output that begins with the specified string 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI t127 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 exclude filter for output that excludes the specified string include filter for output that includes the specified string WORD the specified string count count the number of outputted lines count only count the number of lines while suppressing screen output 1 128 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands show process The show process command displays information about software processes that are running on the router Group Access All Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process cpu memory msg q info semaphores stack begin exclude include lt WORD gt count count only show process cpu memory msg q info semaphores stack count count only Command Syntax cpu cpu utilization by each process memory memory information per process msg q info information about current message queues semaphores display state of semaphore s stack process stack usage and interrupt routines including the reason for the last sys
611. xclude include lt WORD gt count count only show process memory lt process id gt bytes kilobytes megabytes lt process name gt bytes kilobytes megabytes sorted bytes high water mark bytes kilobytes megabytes kilobytes megabytes name bytes kilobytes megabytes no sort bytes kilobytes megabytes use bytes kilobytes megabytes count count only Command Syntax process id A process identifier in hexadecimal format bytes Display total sizes in bytes kilobytes Display total sizes in kilobytes megabytes Display total sizes in megabytes process name The alphanumeric process name up to 15 characters sorted Display sorted memory information for all processes high water mark Sort by maximum memory used name Sort by name no sort Display the first memory request order 1 134 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 System Administration Commands use begin exclude include WORD count count only Command Defaults Sort by memory used now turns on output modifiers filters filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string count the number of outputted lines count the number of lines while suppressing screen output All display output is shown in bytes Sorting is disabled
612. xternal route as an aggregate This applies to all redistributed routes that the address covers Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage summary address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt tag lt 0 4294967295 gt no summary address lt A B C D gt lt A B C D gt tag lt 0 4294967295 gt Command Syntax A B C D summary address of range of addresses A B C D IP subnet mask for the summary route tag 0 4294967295 tag value can be used as a match value to control redistribution Command Default All redistributed routes advertised separately 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 8 45 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 timers spf The timers spf command configures the amount of time between OSPF topology change receipt and when it starts a shortest path first SPF calculation This includes the hold time between two consecutive SPF calculations The no timers spf command changes the configuration of the amount of time between OSPF topology changes receipt and when it starts an SPF calculation and returns it to the default value Use the timers spf command to set the delay time and hold time to change routing to a faster path Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage timers spf lt 0 65535 gt lt 0 65535 gt no timers spf lt 0 65535 gt lt 0 65535 gt Command Syntax 0 65535 time in seconds between receipt and SPF 0 65535 minimum time in seconds
613. y Command Default Disabled 7 2 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands clear ip rip statistics The clear ip rip statistics command clears all routes from the RIP routing table This is the same route information displayed with the show ip rip database command Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip rip statistics 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 7 3 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 default information originate The default information originate command generates a default route into the RIP database The no default information originate command disables default route generation Group Access ISP Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default information originate no default information originate Command Default Disabled 7 4 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 RIP Commands default metric The default metric command specifies a new RIP default metric value The no metric command returns the metric value to the default Use the default metric command to set the current protocol to the same metric value for all distributed routes The default metric command is used with the redistribute command to obtain the same metric value for all distributed protocol specific routes Note This command assures that metrics are compatible during route LY redistribution The default metric delivers an alternate for
614. y peer Show open messages sent and received between peers Show keepalive messages sent and received between peers Show update messages sent and received between peers including advertised routes and withdrawn routes Show notification messages sent and received between peers Troubleshoot BGP peer sessions and route exchanges Group Access ISP Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip bgp lt A B C D gt dampening events inbound connection access list lt 1 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt keepalives in out message dump in keepalive notify open others out refresh update notifies in out rules in out soft reconfiguration inbound updates in out no debug ip bgp lt A B C D gt dampening events inbound connection access list lt 199 gt lt 1300 2699 gt keepalives in out message dump in keepalive notify open others out refresh update notifies in out rules in out soft reconfiguration inbound updates in out Command Syntax A B C D neighbor IP address to debug dampening BGP dampening events enables logging of BGP state transitions 526363 001 00 Rev B MGBI 4 15 BSR 2000 Command Reference Guide Release 1 0 inbound connection access list 1 199 1300 2699 keepalives in out message dump keepalive notify open others refresh update notifies
615. y table 3 11 snmp server contact 3 14 snmp server context 3 15 snmp server convert 3 16 snmp server docs trap control 3 17 snmp server enable informs 3 19 snmp server enable traps 3 20 Index 10 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 Index snmp server engineID 3 22 snmp server group 3 23 snmp server host 3 24 snmp server location 3 27 snmp server notify 3 28 snmp server notify filter 3 30 snmp server notify filter profile 3 32 snmp server packetsize 3 34 snmp server port number 3 35 snmp server shutdown 3 36 snmp server sysname 3 37 snmp server target addr 3 38 snmp server target params 3 41 snmp server trap rate limit 3 44 snmp server trap source loopback 3 45 snmp server user 3 46 snmp server view 3 48 snr display 11 261 snr loop 11 262 snr setup 11 264 snr setup get 11 266 11 267 snr start 11 267 snr store 11 268 sntp authenticate 2 72 sntp authentication key 2 73 sntp broadcast client 2 75 sntp broadcastdelay 2 74 sntp disable 2 76 sntp server 2 77 sntp timer 2 79 sntp trusted key 2 80 source port 520 7 27 spd policy 16 56 spd preshared key 16 58 speed 1 152 spreader on 11 269 ssh ciphers 15 6 ssh enable 15 8 ssh load host key files 15 11 ssh logout session id 15 12 ssh message authentication 15 13 ssh password authentication radius 15 14 ssh password guesses 15 15 ssh port 15 16 ssh session limit 15 17 ssh timeout 15 18
616. ze of correctable errors is dictated by channel impairments Group Access MSO Command Mode Modulation Profile Configuration Command Line Usage fec correction lt 0 0 gt no fec correction lt 0 10 gt Command Syntax 0 10 the FEC correction value 0 indicates no Forward Error Correction 11 130 MGBI 526363 001 00 Rev B Release 1 0 CMTS Commands fft display The fft display command displays the FFT power level measurement data to the console or telnet session in one of the two formats table or graph ASCH plot Power level measurement data is retrieved either from an operational CMTS module or a file system The user specifies a frequency range for which power level measurement data is to be displayed Group Access MSO Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage fft display S ot Port nvram lt WORD gt flash lt WORD gt startfreq lt 0 81920000 gt endfreq lt 0 81920000 gt table graph Command Syntax Slot Port nvram flash WORD startfreq 0 8 1920000 endfreq 0 81920000 table graph Slot is always 0 for the BSR 2000 Portis a valid upstream port number retrieve the power level measurement data from the NVRAM file system retrieve the power level measurement data from the flash file system power level measurement data filename limit of 20 characters excluding the fft filename extension start of the frequency range 0 Hz 81 92 MHz end o

Motorola BSR 2000 Network Router User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents